Casio EX-S12BK Specifications

1010101101011011S
BU
111000
RM
AN
ITDO
MEOX
R
1
00
01
01
00
www.networkscentre.com
11
Networks Centre
Product
Catalogue
+44 (0)1403 754 233
01
100
01
010
01
10D
00
PA
01
Y
N
MDOURI
01
01
T
101110
01
00 101010101000
0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 101
10010
0F
00001
1
0
1
010110111000
1110
LU
00
0 01
10
KE
01 0
1
NE
11
001
00
TW
01
01
OR
01
0
KS
01
10
101
01
00
00
1 10
10
10
10
001
11
10
010
10
0010
10
00
1 01 0
1
00
1
10
1
0
111NE
10
10001010DYMO RHI
10
T
1
C 0001010
NO100
1
10101000100101110001011000010101010100101110000
01101000101
0101
00
01010100
0001
01
10
00101
0101
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
110
0
1
0
10
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0101010
10
10
1 11
11101111010
0
1
1
1
0
0
01
1
0
0
0
0
1
0 0010
010
1001
101
00
10PRISM10111000101000
0111
10 0
010
0
1
0001
010
0
10 1
00 0
0100
101
01
0 10
1
0 00
01 0
01 0
010
101
100
101
101
01 0
010
000
01 0
100
01 0
101
000
101
111
LILI
10 1
1
100
N010
0 00
0101
0
110111
1
1
0100
0
100
1100000101000101010
110001010001010010KBC1011100010100010101011010
0
101000
1010
0 10
10010
10 1
1010
1110
010
1000
0010
100
01010
10 0
101
1010
For more information
1100
010
contact our sales team:
101
0101
010
0001
0101
1 00
01010
01403 754 233
101
10100
1 01 00 0
1 01
01403 750 663
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
Welcome to the Networks Centre catalogue…
Your complete guide
to our extensive product range
Established in 2005, Networks Centre
has fast become one of the UK’s leading
Network Cabling and Security product
distributors; offering an extensive range
of premier cabling systems and quality
networking products.
Manufacturing Partners
Exceeding your expectations
is our number one objective
Training Programmes
We want you to understand how committed we are to
supporting your business... As a company we do not aim to
be the biggest, we strive to be the best. With today’s business
demands, we understand you need a professional, fast, effective
and helpful service from your distributor. Our approach is to act
as a partner, understand your requirements and tailor the way
we service your account, to suit the way you do business.
Customer Service Level Promises
➤Each customer has a dedicated Internal Account Manager
to provide quotes, process orders, and offer advice
and support.
➤Internal/External Technical Support.
➤All standard quotations are either completed on the spot or
e-mailed direct within a maximum 30 minute time frame.
➤A
ll acknowledgements are e-mailed within 30 minutes
of processing an order.
Networks Centre has forged and developed strong relationships
with a number of industry leading manufacturers. Year on
year, we have increased our stock holding across all product
categories, to ensure we can offer highly competitive prices on
all our stocked brands. To offer our customers a high level of
customer and technical service, we work hand in hand with our
manufacturing partners, to facilitate you with the resources to
win and rollout projects of all sizes.
At Networks Centre we offer in-house and onsite technical
training. We cover subjects from operating test and
measurement equipment, through to optical and copper
accreditation courses.
Investment in developing the skills of staff sends the message
that they are valued members of your business. Giving them
the skills to carry out their jobs correctly can boost their
effectiveness, which reduces errors and makes your life easier…
For more information please contact our sales team.
3 Ways to Pay
0%
Open an account (Interest free credit)
Credit or Debit card
Cash or Cheque
➤We accept orders for next day delivery up to 6pm.
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
3 Fibre Optic Cabling
43Tools
51Copper Cabling
57Networking
We make
ordering easy
Sales Office opening hours
(8am-6pm)
+44 (0)1403 754233
65Brand Rex
95Panduit
+44 (0)1403 750663
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
F I BRE OP TI C C A B LI NG ➤ standard cables
Contents
135 Telecom/Voice Products137
139Cabinets & Racks
Delivery options
➤Standard Next Day Delivery
149Test & Measurement
➤Pre 12:00am
➤Pre 10:30am
➤Pre 9:00am
169Security
➤Same Day
We understand you have a choice;
it's our aim to make that choice is always
187Wireless
191Labelling
Networks Centre Ltd
Head Office, Lawson Hunt Industrial Park
Broadbridge Heath
West Sussex Rh12 3JR
ISO 14001
Registered Firm
International
Accreditation Board
ISO 9001
Registered Firm
International
Accreditation Board
Certificate No. EM2000352
Registration No. 0044/1
Certificate No. GB2002159
Registration No. 0044/1
01403 754 233
200Terms & Conditions
204 how to find us
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
1
&
r
e
c
i
s
l
l
p
a
S
t
n
n
e
o
i
R
s
t
u
F
n
e
m
p
i
u
q
E
Test
plicers
S
n
o
i
s
r Fu
oducts
r
o
f
p
f
e
o
c
i
v
n
tal ser
electio
n
s
e
r
a
s
a
i
r
we offe ipment. Below
e
r
t
n
e
orks C
nt Equ
w
e
t
e
m
N
e
r
t
u
A
NTAL
E
eas
R
M
X
T
D
&
t
s
and Te
ntal.
e
r
r
o
f
le
availab
DTX-1800 Cable
Analyzer 900mhz
certification tester
DTX-SFM-REN
TAL
Singlemode fibre
heads for dtx Cable
Analyser
TAL
DTX-MFM-REN
Multimode fibre
heads for dtx
cable Analyser
DTX-OTDR-REN
TAL
DTX OTDR QMOD
MM/SM module
for dtx Cable
Analyser
ation
m
r
o
f
n
re i
For mo rvice please
se
.
on this ur sales team
o
contact
TAL
-REN
fusion-splicer
MM/SM Core
Aligning Fusion
Splicer
*Minimum rental one week.
At Networks Centre we pride ourselves on being
able to offer our customers one of the most
extensive ranges of fibre optic cabling products
in Europe.
We stock loose tube, tight buffered, steel-tapearmoured and steel-wire-armoured cables; as
well as 2.8mm and flat twin zip-cord. Cables are
available in: OS1, OS2, OM1, OM2, OM3 and OM4.
In total, we have over ninety six cable variants,
all available from stock. To compliment our optical
cable stock range, we also offer a bespoke cable
manufacturing service. We can manufacturerto-order an extensive range of specialist cables,
for a vast range of applications and operating
environments.
Our optical patchcord range includes all standard
connection types; available in up to 30m on a next
day delivery service. We also offer bespoke optical
patchcord and pre-term manufacturing services (UK:
typical 2-3 day lead-time and Far East: 7-10 day
lead-time). We can manufacture up to 6,000 optical
patchcords a day; in any type of fibre, with any kind
of connector, in any length and any colour.
➤ Standard Cables
4
➤ Specialist Cables
8
➤ Pre-Terminated Cables
10
➤ Patchcords
14
➤ Pigtails
16
➤ Connectors 17
➤ Adaptors 19
➤ Patch Panels/Wall Boxes
& Enclosures
FI B R E OP TI C C A B LI NG
FIBRE OPTIC CABLING
22
➤ Fusion Splicers & Accessories 32
➤ Attenuators
35
➤ Splitters/Couplers
36
➤ Accessories
37
➤ Cleaning & Consumables
39
We stock the complete range of associated optical
products to ensure we can fulfil all your fibre supply
requirements. If you can’t find what you’re looking
for just give us a call.
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
3
F I BRE OP TI C C A B LI NG ➤ Standard Cables
standard cables
Up to 48 Core Cables available on a next day delivery
We hold stock of Loose Tube, Tight Buffered, Steel Tape Armoured, Steel Wire Armoured and Zipcord cables.
Our selection of chosen brands ensures we are always able to offer market leading prices on quality industry recognised
cables. All stocked cables are available on a next day delivery service; we provide a FREE cable cutting service, there’s
NO minimum-order-quantity and we accept orders for next day delivery up to 6pm!
HOW TO CREATE OUR STANDARD FIBRE CABLE PART NUMBERS
Populate this field with the
required number of fibre cores.
Eg:
04 = 4 core
08 = 8 core
12 = 12 core
16 = 16 core
24 = 24 core
48 = 48 core etc
x
Populate this field with the
required grade of outer sheath:
Eg: 9-04-LT-GN- = 4 core singlemode
loose tube cable LSZH, INT/EXT, green
IX = LSZH
EX = Polyethelene
xx
xx
xx
Populate this field with the
type of fibre you require:
Populate this field with the type of cable
required:
3 = 50/125um
4 = 50/125um
5 = 50/125um
6 = 62.5/12um
9 = 09/125um
TB
= Tight Buffered
LT
= Loose Tube
LT-CST = Corrigate Steel Tape Armoured
LT-SWA = Steel Wire Armoured
MLT = Multi Loose Tube
OM3
OM4
OM2
OM1
OS1
xx
Populate this field with the
required colour:
Eg:
GN = Green
BK = Black
BE = Blue
Eg: 9-04-LT-IX-BK = SINGLEMODE LOOSE TIBE CABLE LSZH, INT/EXT, BLACK
➤ SINGLE Loose Tube
FREE
16 – 24 core
7.2mm
8.5mm
➤ A
Weight
59kg / km
72kg / km
➤ Suitable
Tensile Strength (during installation)
1200N
1200N
Tensile Strength (long term)
350N
350N
Bending Radius
Approx 10 times OD
Approx 10
times OD
N GTh S
Technical Specification
Operating Temperature Range -20 / +70
➤ Suitable
➤ Ducts,
-20 / +70
for internal and external use.
aerial installations and direct burial.
➤ Distribution
and general purpose cables.
➤ Cable consists of a single tube containing 2 to 24 fibres.
ER
VICE
4 – 12 core
Outer Diameter
O
CuT T
blocking gel gives a moisture protection for cable
installation in ducts.
hen there are more than 12 fibres, they are divided in two
➤W
groups where a coloured thread identifies each group.
hysical protection and tensile strength are provided by aramid
➤P
yarn or fibreglass wound around the tube.
➤ LSZH sheath for internal and external use.
LE
4
➤ Water
ripcord is located under the jacket to facilitate jacket removal.
for occasional flooded ducts.
➤ Polyethylene jacket available.
mall diameter and light weight.
➤S
➤ Cost
effective.
➤ Wide
operating temperature range.
➤ Wide range of jacket options.
odent resistant.
➤R
vailable in singlemode OM1, OM2, OM3 and OM4.
➤A
ables ordered with PVC or LSZH jackets meet IEC-60332-1
➤C
standard. Upon request, cables meeting the IEC-60332-3 can be
supplied.
➤ Standard colour black, other colours available upon request.
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
➤ The
ER
O
CuT T
LE
VICE
FREE
N GTh S
cables can be ordered with a central strength member, either
made of dielectric FRP, or made of solid or stranded steel coated
with polyethylene.
➤ 2
– 12 colour coded fibres are loosely laid in each tube that is
filled with a water blocking gel.
➤ Standard
Technical Specification
Max. pulling load1500-2700N or the equivalent of the
cable weight per km, whichever is higher
tube diameters are 2.1mm for up to 6 fibres per tube
and 2.5mm for 8 – 12 fibres per tube. (Other configurations
available upon request).
Max. Operating Load60% of the max pulling load
➤ 4
Min. bending radius
for installation
➤ Available
20 times the cable OD
➤ Ripcord
is located under the jacket to facilitate jacket removal.
➤ Cables
meet or exceed Bellcore requirements for outside plant
cables (GR-20-CORE) when the appropriate options are chosen.
125 times the cable OD
Cyclic flexing25 cycles for armoured cables,
100 cycles for unarmoured cables.
➤ Cables
ordered with PVC or HFFR jackets meet the IEC-60332-1
standard. On request cables meeting the IEC-60332-3 can be
supplied.
➤ Long
distance outside plant telephone. CATV as well as data
communications.
➤ Direct
in singlemode OM1, OM2, OM3 and OM4.
➤ Armoured versions available – Corrugated Steel Tape and Steel
Wire Armour.
Min. long term 20 times the cable OD for armoured
bending radiuscables, 10 times the cable OD for
unarmoured cables
Twist (torsion) – length
– 432 fibres available.
➤ Peripheral
strength members may be added in order to reach the
specified tensile load.
burial and installations in ducts.
➤ The
elements are usually tubes containing fibre, however fillers
are also used, when needed, to preserve cable geometry.
➤ Optical
measurements are made after load removal.
F I BRE OP TI C C A B LI NG ➤ Standard Cables
➤ Multi Loose Tube
➤ Loose Tube with Corrugated Steel Tape Armour
➤ CST
FREE
VICE
ER
O
CuT T
LE
armour provides resistance against rodents.
➤ Crush
N GTh S
proof.
➤ Aramid
➤ A
yarn or fibre glass is wound around the tube.
ripcord is located under the jacket to facilitate jacket removal.
➤ Suitable
for occasional flooded ducts.
➤ Wide operating temperature range.
ide range of jacket options for different applications.
➤W
hen there are more than 12 fibres, they are divided in two
➤W
groups where a coloured thread identifies each group.
ver 24 fibres the cable is constructed in a multi loose tube
➤O
construction.
➤ Available in singlemode OM1, OM2, OM3 and OM4.
Technical Specification
4 – 24 core
Weight
160kg / km
Tensile Strength (during installation)
1600N
Tensile Strength (long term)
550N
Bending Radius
Approx 20 times OD
Operating Temperature Range
-20 / +70
➤ Suitable
➤ Cable
➤ LSZH
for internal and external use.
➤ Polyethylene
for ducts and direct burial.
➤ Suitable
sheath for internal / external use.
➤ Cables
ordered with PVC or LSZH jackets meet IEC-60332-1
standard. Upon request, cables meeting the IEC-60332-3 can be
supplied.
jacket available.
consists of a single gel filled tube containing 2 – 24 fibres.
➤ loose tube with STEEL WIRE ARMOUR
FREE
VICE
ER
O
CuT T
LE
➤ Designed
N GTh S
to offer enhanced armoured protection against
mechanical and rodent damage.
lexible armoured construction.
➤F
➤ Optimised
➤ Available
crush resistance.
in LSZH, PVC and PE sheaths.
➤ Suitable
for direct burial and other applications within hazardous
environments.
vailable in singlemode OM1, OM2, OM3 and OM4.
➤A
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
5
LE
VICE
ER
F I BRE OP TI C C A B LI NG ➤ Standard Cables
➤ 4
FREE
O
CuT T
6
➤ Tight Buffered
N GTh S
- 72 fibres individually buffered to 0.9mm in a tight or semi
tight construction and coded.
- 24 fibre cables contain individual fibres without sub-units.
➤4
➤ 24
- 72 fibre cables the fibres are grouped in sub-units.
➤ 4
4 – 12 core
16 – 24 core
Outer Diameter
7.2mm
8.5mm
- 24 fibre cables, the individual fibres are stranded and
protected by aramid yarn and a LSZH jacket (other jackets
available upon request).
4 - 72 fibre cables, the fibres are grouped into sub-units which
➤2
are laid helically along the cable axis.
ripcord is located under the jacket to facilitate jacket removal.
➤A
Weight
59kg / km
72kg / km
➤ Cost
Tensile Strength (during installation)
1200N
1200N
Tensile Strength (long term)
350N
350N
Bending Radius
Approx 10 times OD
Approx 10
times OD
➤ Standard
-20 / +70
➤ Cables
Technical Specification
Operating Temperature Range -20 / +70
➤ Short
➤ As
and medium distance.
effective multi fibre cable.
➤ Compact and flexible construction especially suited for indoor
installations.
vailable in singlemode OM1, OM2, OM3 and OM4.
➤A
➤ Suitable
colour black, other colours available upon request.
for manufacturing pre-terminated fibre cables.
ordered with PVC or LSZH jackets meet IEC-60332-1
standard. Upon request, cables meeting the IEC-60332-3 can
be supplied.
➤ Up to 24 fibres as standard.
a riser or general purpose cable.
➤ Suitable
Note:
for direct termination.
➤ Interconnection
between floors.
of distribution boxes and customer equipment,
T actical grade tight buffer is designed to enhance the cable
ruggedness and resistance to repeated flexing. Approximately
5mm of the buffer are strippable in one stripping operation.
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
9-DX-D28-IN-YW-NC
3-DX-D28-IN-AA-NC
om3 2.8mm zipcord suitable
for internal use,
lszh, aqua
singlemode 2.8mm zipcord
suitable for internal use,
lszh, yellow
Technical Specification
400 N
Max. Operating Load
60% of the Max. Pulling Load
Max. Compressive Load
1000 N
Repeated Impact
0.5 N.m
Minimum Short and Long
Term Bending Radius
10 times the cable narrowest dimensions
Twist (Torsion) – Length
100 times the cable widest dimension
Cyclic Flexing
300 cycles
Operating Temperature Range
-10C to +50C
Storage Temperature Range
-20C to +70C
2.5/125um 2.8mm zipcord
6
suitable for internal use,
lszh, grey
➤ Suitable
N GTh S
5-DX-D28-IN-OE-NC
0/125um 2.8mm zipcord
5
suitable for internal use,
lszh, orange
for general internal use.
➤ Interconnect
cable for patchcords and pigtails.
➤ Consists
of two fibres buffered to 900um in a tight or semi-tight
construction.
hysical protection and tensile strength is provided for each unit
➤P
using aramid yarn.
➤ L SZH sheath.
➤ Typical
cable dimensions are 2.8 x 5.6mm, however smaller
constructions are also available (1.8mm).
➤ L ightweight and flexible.
➤ Easy
termination, rugged cable-connector interface.
➤ Fibre sub-units can be easily separated from each other.
vailable in singlemode OM1, OM2, OM3 and OM4.
➤A
➤ Cables
➤ Upon
ordered with PVC or LSZH jackets meet IEC-60332-1 standard.
request, cables meeting the IEC-60332-3 can be supplied.
➤ Flat Twin
O
CuT T
LE
3-FT-D28-IN-AA-B
6-FT-D28-IN-GY-B
OM3 2.8MM FLAT TWIN CABLE
INTERNAL USE,
LSZH, AQUA
62.5-125UM 2.8MM FLAT TWIN
CABLE INTERNAL USE,
LSZH, GREY
Technical Specification
5-FT-D28-IN-OE-B
50-125UM 2.8MM FLAT TWIN
CABLE INTERNAL USE,
LSZH, ORANGE
VICE
FREE
ER
Max. Pulling Load
6-DX-D28-IN-GY-NC
ER
O
CuT T
LE
VICE
FREE
F I BRE OP TI C C A B LI NG ➤ Standard Cables
➤ Duplex Zipcord
N GTh S
9-FT-D28-IN-YW-B
SINGLEMODE 2.8MM FLAT
TWIN CABLE INTERNAL USE,
LSZH, YELLOW
➤ Includes
an extra LSZH outer sheath to offer additional strength
to standard duplex zipcord.
Max. Pulling Load
500 N
Max. Operating Load
60% of the Max. Pulling Load
➤ Internal
Max. Compressive Load
1500 N
➤ Physical
Repeated Impact
0.5 N.m
Minimum Short and Long
Term Bending Radius
10 times the cable O.D.
Twist (Torsion) – Length
100 times the cable O.D.
Cyclic Flexing
500 cycles
Operating Temperature Range
-10C to +50C
Storage Temperature Range
-20C to +70C
LSZH sub-units for breaking out.
protection and tensile strength is provided for each unit
using aramid yarn.
➤ LSZH
outer sheath.
➤ Typical
cable dimensions are 3.8 x 6.6mm, however smaller
constructions are also available.
➤ Lightweight
➤ Easy
and flexible.
termination, rugged cable-connector interface.
➤ Available in singlemode OM1, OM2, OM3 and OM4.
➤ Suitable
➤ Cables
for general internal use.
➤ Interconnect
cable for patchcords and pigtails.
➤ Consists
of two fibres buffered to 900um in a tight or semi-tight
construction.
01403 754 233
ordered with PVC or LSZH jackets meet IEC-60332-1
standard.
➤ Upon
request, cables meeting the IEC-60332-3 can be supplied.
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
7
F I BRE OP TI C C A B LI NG ➤ Specialist Cables
SPECIALIST cables
Our specialist cable manufacturing service
Our production services include fibre optic cable manufacturing. Using our European based manufacturing facility
we are able to produce and deliver specialist cables within a Three Week Time-frame. Not only can we offer fantastic
lead-times, we also manufacture-to-order with a minimum-order-quantity of just 300m! All cables come complete
with a manufacturer’s 15 year warranty and can be manufactured in any colour you require.
HOW TO CREATE OUR specialist FIBRE CABLE PART NUMBERS
Populate this field with the
required number of fibre cores.
Eg:
04 = 4 core
08 = 8 core
12 = 12 core
x
xx
Populate this field with the
required grade of outer sheath.
Populate this field with
the required colour:
IX = Internal/External
EX = External
I = Internal
Eg:
xxx
xxx
Populate this field with the
type of fibre you require:
Populate this field with the first
part of the cable construction:
3 = 50/125um
5 = 50/125um
6 = 62.5/12um
9 = 09/125um
LT =Loose Tube
TB =Tight Buffered
BO =Breakout
MLT=Multi Loose Tube
OM3
OM2
OM1
OS1
GN = Green
BK = Black
BE = Blue
xx
xx
Populate this field with the
second part of the cable
construction:
AER = Aerial
MIL = Military
SWB= Steel Wire Braid
DLA = Dielectric Armoured
Eg: 9-08-BO-IX-BK = 8 CORE SINGLEMODE BREAK-OUT CABLE, LSZH, INT/EXT, BLACK
➤ MULTI LOOSE TUBE STEEL TAPE ARMOUR
➤ Suitable
for occasional flooded ducts.
➤ Wide
operating temperature range.
➤ Wide
range of jacket options for different applications.
➤ When
there are more than 12 fibres, they are divided in two groups
where a coloured thread identifies each group.
➤ Suitable
➤ Polyethylene
➤ CST
24 fibres the cable is constructed in a multi loose tube
construction.
jacket available.
armour provides resistance against rodents.
➤ Crush
proof.
➤ Aramid
➤A
➤ Over
for internal and external use.
➤ Available
in singlemode, 50/125um, 62.5/125um and OM3.
➤ Available
in single and multi loose tube constructions.
➤ LSZH
yarn or fibre glass is wound around the tube.
sheath for internal / external use.
➤ Cables
ordered with PVC or LSZH jackets meet IEC-60332-1 standard.
Upon request, cables meeting the IEC-60332-3 can be supplied.
ripcord is located under the jacket to facilitate jacket removal.
➤ MULTI LOOSE TUBE STEEL WIRE ARMOUR
➤ Designed
to offer enhanced armoured protection against
mechanical and rodent damage
➤ Flexible
armoured construction
➤
Optimised crush resistance
➤
Available in LSZH, PVC and PE sheaths
➤S
uitable
for direct burial and other applications within hazardous
environments
8
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
➤ Military TIGHT BUFFERED
2
4
6
Strong resistant construction using Steel Wire Braid armouring.
➤
Flexible metallic armoured design.
➤
Gel free tight buffered construction.
➤
Suitable for terminating directly.
➤
Double Jacket moisture proof sheath.
➤
Enhanced crush resistance design.
➤ Military BREAK OUT
Technical Specification – TIGHT BUFFERED
Fibres
➤
8
12
Diameter (mm)
5
5
5.5
6
6.5
Weight (kg/km)
23
25
28
35
40
Tensile load (kg/km)
600
600
600
600
700
Bending Radius (mm)
50
50
55
60
65
Technical Specification – BREAK OUT
Fibres
2
4
6
8
12
Diameter
6
7
8
9.5
11
Weight (kg/km)
30
40
50
70
90
Tensile load (kg/km)
600
600
600
800
1200
Bending Radius (mm)
60
70
80
95
110
➤
Available in 2 versions: tight buffered and breakout construction.
➤
ery strong and lightweight cable for use in military and tactical
V
applications.
➤
Designed to be used in more adverse environments.
Can be used in repeated deployment and retrieval of cable in
outdoor environments.
➤
S uitable for applications such as outside broadcast and other
temporary installations.
an be used in environments where resistance to chemicals, oil
➤C
and other solvents are required.
➤
➤
S uitable for direct connection to tactical fibre optic connectors
where high cable retention force is needed.
➤
Excellent crush resistance.
➤
Can be buried directly into the ground.
➤
Strong, flexible, resistant construction.
Easy to install and terminate directly.
F I BRE OP TI C C A B LI NG ➤ Specialist Cables
➤ TIGHT BUFFERED STEEL WIRE BRAIDED
➤ BREAKOUT
➤
Gel free, easy to strip.
➤ 900um tight buffered fibres housed in breakout sub-units with
added aramid yarn for physical protection and tensile strength.
➤ Ideal for direct connection into active equipment and fibre to the
desk.
➤
➤ TIGHT BUFFERED Dielectric Armoured FIRE Resistant
➤
Strong resistant construction using fibre glass armouring.
➤
Gel free tight buffered construction.
➤
Suitable for terminating directly.
➤
Double Jacket moisture proof sheath.
➤
Can operate up to three hours in temperatures of 750˚C.
➤
Enhanced crush resistance design.
➤
Stranded loose tube design, with messenger wire.
➤
Dielectric central strength member.
➤
Resistant to severe environmental conditions.
➤
S uitable for aerial installations along wooden/concrete poles
or lattice towers.
➤
Generally used in railway or telecommunication applications.
➤ LOOSE TUBE ARIEL
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
9
F I BRE OPT I C C A B LI NG ➤ Specialist & NGTS Cables
➤ Dielectric armoured distribution
➤ Very
strong cable construction
➤ Low
smoke halogen free emission
➤ Flame
➤ High
retardant
flexibility
➤ Moisture
protected
➤ Ultraviolet
➤ Suitable
resistance and rodent protected.
for indoor and outdoor applications.
➤ fire resistant
➤ Independent
tested.
➤ Unitube
design offering up to 24 fibres in a 4.00mm gel filled
loose tube.
➤ Layer
➤ low
of fire retardant tape.
smoke halogen-free bedding.
➤ Steel
➤ Low
Tape Armoured.
smoke halogen-free outer sheath.
NGTS cables
HOW TO CREATE OUR NGTS FIBRE CABLE PART NUMBERS
x
xx
XXXXXXXX
Populate this field with the
type of fibre you require:
Populate this field with the
number of cores:
Populate this field with the
spec of NGTS:
3 = 50/125um
5 = 50/125um
6 = 62.5/12um
9 = 09/125um
Eg 4= 4 core
8= 8 core
etc…
Eg 3.8.32
or
3.8.7
OM3
OM2
OM1
OS1
Eg: 3-04-3.8.32 = 4 Core OM3 50/125 NGTS 3.8.32
➤ Multi Loose tube NGTS 3.8.32
➤ CST
armoured underground cable for direct burial or lying in
closed cable trenches.
➤ Multi
➤ Dry
loose tube cable with easy mid span fibre access
Water Blocked Core
➤ Suitable
➤ High
➤ Wide
for external installation
Density Polyethylene sheath.
operating temperature range.
➤ External Multi Loose Tube NGTS 3.8.7
➤ Non-metallic
armoured cable used for use in high voltage
installations.
➤ Multi
➤ Dry
loose tube cable with easy mid span fibre access
Water Blocked Core
➤ Suitable
➤ High
➤ Wide
10
for external installation
Density Polyethylene sheath
operating temperature range.
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
HOW TO CREATE OUR FIBRE OPTIC PRE-TERMINATED ASSEMBLY PART NUMBERS
Populate both fields with the
required connections:
LC = LC
SC = SC
FC = FC
ST = ST
MJ = MTRJ
E2 = E2000
EA = E2000/APC
ESC = ESCON
Populate this field with
the required number of
fibre cores.
Eg:
04 = 4 core
08 = 8 core
12 = 12 core
x
PT
xx
Populate this field with the
type of fibre you require:
3
4
5
6
9
xx
xx
xx
Populate this field with
the required length:
Populate this field with
‘PT’ to reflect ‘Pre-term’
= 50/125um OM3
= 50/125um OM4
= 50/125um OM2
= 62.5/125umOM1
= 09/125um OS1
Eg:
5 = 5m
9 = 9m
12 =12m
Eg: 9-04-PT-LC-SC-90 = 90M LC-SC 09/125um 4 CORE PRE-TERM W/PROTECTIVE SOCK
F I BRE OP T IC C A B LI NG ➤ Pre-Terminated Cables
pre-terminated cables
➤ Pre-Terminated Assemblies
Available in fibre counts of:
4, 8, 12, 16, 24, 48, 72 and 96.
Available terminations:
➤ ST
➤ LC
➤ SC
Product Benefits:
➤ FC
Manufactured in a controlled environment to improve quality
of product.
➤
➤ Reduces
site storage requirements.
Offers low installation cost.
➤ FDDI
test results prior to installation.
➤ Pulling
sock supplied as standard to protect the terminated ends
whilst installing.
Available in the following cable constructions:
Tight buffered (standard spec unless otherwise specified).
➤
➤ Tight
➤ MPO
➤ ESCON
➤
➤ Confirmed
➤ E2000
Additional military/specialist connector terminations are also
available…. Contact us to discuss further!
Fibre Types:
➤ Available
in singlemode OM1, OM2, OM3 and OM4.
.
buffered steel wire braid.
➤ Breakout
cable.
➤ Military
cable (for re-deployable use, suitable for applications such
as outside broadcast and military communications.
➤ Loose
tube.
➤ Corrugated
Steel Tape Armour.
Steel wire armour.
➤
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
11
F I BRE OP T IC C A B LI NG ➤ Pre-Terminated Cables
➤ MTP Breakout Assemblies
➤
Used to breakout MTP assemblies into standard connection types.
➤
ugged construction enables direct connection into active
R
components.
➤
Tails can be staggered to aid installation.
➤
Available in Singlemode and Multimode.
Part No:
MTP-BO-X-XX-12
➤ MTP – MTP Pre-Terminated Assemblies
➤
Ideal for connecting between panels and cassettes.
➤
Available in Multimode and Singlemode and up to 72 Fibres.
➤
Factory tested for complete piece of mind.
Part No:
MTP-PC-X-MTP-12-XX
➤ MTP – MTP Ruggedised Internal / External Assembly
➤
Ruggedised MTP assembly with unique connector housing.
➤
Offers exceptional protection during installation.
➤
Ideal for external applications.
➤
Available in Singlemode and Multimode.
➤
Factory tested for complete piece of mind.
Part No:
MTP-BBC-X-MTP-12-XX
➤ MTP Cassettes
➤
Modular MTP cassettes allow quick and easy installation.
➤
E ach cassette holds 12 or 24 fibres and fit into modular panels
that can hold up to 4 cassettes.
➤
LC or SC Connections available as standard.
➤
Available in Singlemode and Multimode.
➤
Factory tested for complete piece of mind.
Part No:
MTP-CASS-X-XX-XX
Replace X with required fibre type e.g. OM3 = 3, OM4,4, 50/125 = 5 etc…
Replace XX with the required length e.g. 04 = 4metres
Replace XX with number of connections either 06/12/24
Replace XX with the required connection type either LC or SC
12
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
Hand wound cable reels are ideal for redeployable cable use for
various applications such as outside broadcast, temporary CCTV
applications, military requirements and emergency repairs.
➤
Available in various sizes.
➤
Twin carry handles and crank handle for transportation.
➤
Oversize
ventilated drum centre for cables requiring large bend
radii (SK version).
➤
uild to order service for special plug, sock and reeling
B
requirements.
➤
E xternal flanges available with straps for securing cable /
pullsocks.
➤
Available
for harsh environments where chemicals, petrol and oil
are common.
Part No:
Description:
RL-RD-MY-XX Redeployable marcaddy cable reel
XX = size of drum, contact our sales team for available sizes.
➤ CONTINUOUS RODS
➤
High
quality fibre glass rod helically wound giving good adhesion
properties for the abrasive resistant outer polyethylene coating.
➤
Fitted
as standard with two threaded connectors and a guide tip
to attach the draw rope to.
➤
Used for:
– pushing into the duct
F I BRE OP T IC C A B LI NG ➤ Pre-Terminated Cables
➤ redeployable Reels
– installing draw ropes
– pulling in winch ropes and light cables.
Part No:
Description:
CDR-60-6-F
60m cable duct rod, 6mm on frame
CDR-120-9-W120m cable duct rod, 9mm on wheeled
trolley
CDR-250-11-W 250m cable duct rod 11mm on wheeled
trolley
➤ Hydraulic jacks
➤
Lightweight hydraulic drum jacks.
➤
Versatile
and easily adjustable within seconds to accommodate a
vast range of drums.
➤
Excellent
all round stability, fitted with wheels to allow easy
movement by one person.
➤
Supplied complete with spindle and collars.
Part NumberMinimum Maximum Capacity
Drum Drum Pair
Diameter Diameter
HC-JK-HJ3
HC-JK-HJ6
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
800mm
2500mm
3 Tonnes
880mm
3000mm
6 Tonnes
www.networkscentre.com
13
F I BR E OP TI C C A B LI NG ➤ Patchcords
patchCORDS
Applications:
➤
Used
to connect to the active components of a fibre optic system
usually from the front of a patch panel. Applications:
– Telecommunication
– LAN and WAN
– Broadband
– CATV
– Network
– FTTP
Features:
➤
➤
LSZH cable sheath as standard.
➤
ESCON, E2000, FDDI, DIN, SMA and MU available upon request.
➤
Angled connector patchcords available.
➤
Can be labelled/branded and packaged to your requirements.
➤
Angled boots also available.
Insertion Loss:
Manufactured
on a variety of cables to provide protection to the
fibre:
Singlemode:
–
–
–
–
➤
Tested
in accordance with GR-326-CORE and industry standard
TIA/EIA-568-B.3.
➤
Maximum
insertion loss shall not exceed 0.3dB against master
connector, Networks Centre typical value 0.1dB.
Duplex (2.8mm and 1.8mm)
Flat twin
Simplex
Distribution
➤ Available
in singlemode OM1, OM2, OM3 and OM4.
➤
Standard
lengths available from stock: 1, 2, 3, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25
and 30 metre.
➤
Various
connectors and combinations available from stock: ST, SC,
LC, FC and MTRJ.
➤
Standard
Colours:
– Singlemode OS1 – Yellow
– 62.5/125um OM1 – Grey (Orange also available from stock)
– 50/125um OM2 – Orange
– 50/125um OM3/OM4 – Aqua
➤
Any colour or length can be supplied to suit requirements.
➤
patchcords are individually bagged with individual test
All
certificates.
Multimode:
➤
accordance with FOTP-34 (interconnection device insertion loss
In
test) and FOTP-171 (attenuation by substitution measurement),
all tests are measured with advanced testing equipment.
➤
Maximum
insertion loss shall not exceed 0.3dB against master
connector, Networks Centre typical value 0.2dB.
Return Loss:
For Singlemode Fibre Optic Cable Only. All patchcords follow FOTP107 using JDSU RX and RM series power and back reflection meters
for return loss measurement.
HOW TO CREATE OUR FIBRE OPTIC PATCHCORDS PART NUMBERS
Populate this field with the
required length:
Populate this field with type of zipcord you require:
DX = Duplex
SX = Simplex
FT = Flat Twin
x
Eg:
xx
Populate this field with the
type of fibre you require:
3 = 50/125um
4 = 50/125um
5 = 50/125um
6 = 62.5/12um
9 = 09/125um
OM3
OM4
OM2
OM1
OS1
xx
xx
5 = 5m
45 = 45m
x
xx
Populate both fields with
the required connections:
LC = LC
SC = SC
FC = FC
ST = ST
MJ = MTRJ
E2 = E2000
EA = E2000/APC
ESC = ESCON
This field indicates the colour:
Populate with the first and last
letter of the required colour:
Eg: Blue
= BE
Orange = OE
Eg: 6-DX-SC-ST-1-GY = 1m SC-ST 62.5/125um duplex patchcord, GREY
14
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
➤ SC Patchcords
➤ Easy
push – pull installation.
➤ Meet
Bellcore GR-326 requirements.
➤ Duplex
clip available separately.
➤ Available
in angled version.
➤ ST Patchcords
➤ Bayonet
coupling minimises the rotation needed to mate the
connector.
➤ Singlemode
and multimode versions available.
➤ Available
in angled version.
➤ Threaded
metallic coupling provides durable reliable connections.
➤ FC Patchcords
➤ Keyed
➤ Low
F I BR E OP TI C C A B LI NG ➤ Patchcords
ALL PATCHCORDS ARE AVAILABLE IN ANY COMBINATION
connector minimises the rotation to mate the connector.
insertion loss and return.
➤ Available
in angled version.
➤ LC Patchcords
➤ High
➤ Clip
density applications.
together as standard.
➤ 1.25mm
ferrule.
➤ Standard
cable size 3mm but 1.8mm also available.
➤ Available
in angled version.
➤ MTRJ Patchcords
➤ Duplex
connector.
➤ Compliant
with Telcordia, TIA/EIA and IEC.
➤ Easy
to install.
➤ Low
insertion loss.
➤ Available
with pins.
➤ MU Patchcords
➤ 50%
➤ Pull
smaller than SC connector for high density applications.
proof.
➤ Very
easy to connect and disconnect.
➤ E2000 Patchcords
➤ Compliant
insertion loss.
➤ Low
back reflection loss.
➤ Available
01403 754 233
with Telcordia, TIA / EIA and IEC.
➤ Low
in standard PC, UPC and APC.
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
15
pigtails
FI B R E OP TI C C A B LI NG ➤ Pigtails
HOW TO CREATE OUR FIBRE OPTIC pigtail PART NUMBERS
Populate this field
with the required
length:
Populate this field with ’PG’
to reflect ‘Pigtail’
x
PG
Populate this field with the
type of fibre you require:
3 = 50/125um
4 = 50/125um
5 = 50/125um
6 = 62.5/12um
9 = 09/125um
Eg:
xx
x
Populate both fields with
the required connections:
LC = LC
SC = SC
FC = FC
ST = ST
MJ = MTRJ
E2 = E2000
SCA = SC-apc
OM3
OM4
OM2
OM1
OS1
1 = 1m
1.5 =1.5m
xx
This field indicates the colour:
Populate with the first and last
letter of the required colour:
Eg: Blue
= BE
Orange = OE
Eg: 5-PG-SC-1.5-WE = 1.5m SC 50/125um pigtail WHITE
➤ SC PIG
➤ Fusion
➤ As
➤ LC PIG
or mechanically spliced on to fibre optic cable.
standard terminated onto 1 metre 900um buffered fibre.
➤ Available
in tight jacket if additional protection required.
➤ Available
in semi tight buffer (easy strip).
➤ Available
in singlemode OM1, OM2, OM3 and OM4.
➤ LC,
➤ FC PIG
FC, ST and SC available from stock.
➤ E2000,
ESCON, FDDI, MU and MTRJ available within minimal
time-frame.
➤ Standard
➤ Other
colour – white.
buffer colours available upon request.
➤ Individually
➤ Bar-coded
➤ Can
16
bagged with individual test certificates.
for traceability.
be labelled and packaged to your requirements.
Part No:
X-PG-ST-1-WE
X-PG-SC-1-WE
X-PG-FC-1-WE
X-PG-FCA-1-WE
X-PG-LC-1-WE
X-PG-LCA-1-WE
X-PG-MJ-1-WE
X-PG-SCA-1-WE
➤ ST PIG
Description:
1m ST pigtail WHITE
1m SC pigtail WHITE
1m FC pigtail WHITE
1m FCA pigtail WHITE
1m LC pigtail WHITE
1m LCA pigtail WHITE
1m MTRJ pigtail WHITE
1m SCA pigtail WHITE
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
SC, ST, FC and LC Connectors
Features:
Applications:
➤ Low
➤ Telecoms.
insertion loss.
➤ Standard
➤ Zirconia
➤ CATV
connector housing.
(Fibre To The Home).
and CCTV. ➤ Local Area Networks.
ferrule.
➤ Available
Specification
in multimode and singlemode.
➤ All
connectors come with a 900um and 3mm boot
(LC also with a 2mm).
➤ All
➤ FTTH
standard connectors available in angled version.
Mode
SinglemodeMultimode
Typical Insertion loss
0.20dB
0.30dB
Humidity Cycling
75C, RH 95%
75C, RH 95%
➤ SC Connector
➤ Meets
the TIA/EIA-568A standards.
➤ Available
➤ Pre
➤ Ferrules
step crimp ring with jacket retention.
➤ One
universal body suitable for 900um, 2.0mm and 3.0mm boot.
colour options available.
➤ Same
SC SINGLEMODE
CONNECTOR
can be configured for Super, Ultra, PC and APC polishing.
➤ One
➤ Boot
SC MULTIMODE
CONNECTOR
in simplex or duplex, duplex clip available separately.
radiused ceramic ferrules.
termination tool as ST and FC.
Part No:
Description:
CO-SC-MM-I
S C multimode connector with a 3mm and
900um boot
CO-SC-SM-I
S C singlemode connector with a 3mm and
900um boot
F I B R E OP TI C C A B LI NG ➤ Connectors
connectors
➤ ST Connector
➤ Coupling
nut radial track minimises the rotation needed to mate
the connector.
➤ One
piece body construction simplifies field assembly.
➤ Ceramic
ferrules are configured for easy hand or machine ‘super’
PC and ‘ultra’ polishing.
➤ Optional
boot colours available.
Part No:
ST MULTIMODE
CONNECTOR
ST SINGLEMODE
CONNECTOR
Description:
CO-ST-MM-I S T multimode connector with a 3mm and
900um boot
CO-ST-SM-I S T singlemode connector with a 3mm and
900um boot
➤ LC Connector
➤ 1.25mm
ferrule which is half the size of current industry standard
connectors.
➤ Increases
panel density to provide duplex connection in 50% less
space.
➤ Available
➤ User
in Ultra, Super and Angle (APC) polishing.
friendly audible latch to indicate proper mating.
➤ Simplex
and duplex version available.
Part No:
Description:
CO-LC-MM-I LC multimode connector with a 2mm, 3mm
LC MULTIMODE
CONNECTOR
LC SINGLEMODE
CONNECTOR
and 900um boot
CO-LC-SM-I LC singlemode connector with a 2mm, 3mm
and 900um boot
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
17
F I B R E OP TI C C A B LI NG ➤ Connectors
➤ FC Connector
ne
➤ O
piece with pre-domed zirconia ferrule is designed for fast,
easy assembly and polishing.
➤ Meets
JIS C-5970 standard.
errule
➤ F
➤ One
is keyed during manufacture to optimise performance.
step crimp with jacket retention.
➤ Corrosion
➤ Boot
resistant body.
colour options available.
Part No:
Description:
CO-FC-SM-I FC singlemode connector with a 3mm and
FC SINGLEMODE CONNECTOR
900um boot
CONNECTORS
➤ LIGHTCRIMP+ Connector
Part No:
Description:
CO-SC-1278079-1SC 50/125um lightcrimp plus
connector
CO-SC-492643-1SC 62.5/125um lightcrimp plus
connector
CO-ST-1278082-1ST 50/125um lightcrimp plus
connector
ST LIGHTCRIMP+
CONNECTOR
asy
➤ E
SC LIGHTCRIMP+
CONNECTOR
connector
CO-SC-1693276-1SC simplex 09/125um lightcrimp
plus connector
and quick fibre termination (less than one minute).
➤ Factory
polished for consistent high quality and finish (no lapping
film required).
➤ No
CO-ST-1278082-1ST 62.5/125um lightcrimp plus
epoxy, curing or UV-light required.
plus connector
Co-lc-6754483-1Lc lightcrimp plus connector
➤ Available
in SC, ST and LC.
➤ Complies
with the relevant TIA/EIA, IEC, CECC and EN/IS standards.
eramic
➤ C
CO-SC-1693278-1SC duplex 09/125um lightcrimp
ferrule with pre-installed and pre-polished fibre.
62.5-125um
Co-lc-6754483-4
Lc lightcrimp plus connector om3
ermination
➤ T
kit which contains all the tools required to terminate
the LightCrimp Plus is available.
HOTMELT CONNECTORS
➤ Hot
Melt connectors are pre-loaded with adhesive, so there
is no mixing of epoxy and no syringe required.
➤ Easy
termination, simply insert the connector into the oven,
allow it to reach temperature while preparing the fibre end,
remove the connector from the oven, fit the fibre and allow
to cool before polishing.
➤ Available
in SC and ST.
➤ Available
in multimode and singlemode.
➤ Compatible
with other SC and ST connectors and adaptors.
➤ Termination
ST HOTMELT
CONNECTOR
SC HOTMELT
CONNECTOR
LC HOTMELTS ALSO AVAILABLE
18
kit which contains all of the tools and consumables
required to terminate the Hotmelt is available.
Part No:
Description:
CO-ST-HM-MM
CO-SC-HM-MM
ST multimode hotmelts
SC multimode hotmelts
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
SC, ST, FC, LC and MTRJ ADAPTORS
Features:
Applications:
Specification
➤
Low insertion loss.
➤
Local Area Networks.
Mode
SinglemodeMultimode
➤
Easy to handle.
➤
FTTH (Fibre To The Home).
Typical Insertion Loss
0.20
0.30
➤
Environmentally stable.
➤
CATV and CCTV.
Operating Temperature
-40 – +80C
-40 – +80C
➤
Compliant with IEC, TIA.
➤
Telecoms.
➤
Hybrid adaptors available.
Vibration
10 - 55 HZ (3 axis)
10 - 55 HZ
(3 axis)
Durability (500 matings)
0.12dB Max
0.12dB Max
➤ LC Adaptor
LC MULTIMODE
DUPLEX ADAPTOR
LC SINGLEMODE
duplex ADAPTOR
➤
Increases panel density and quick plug in installation.
➤
S tandard adaptor pushes into the panel and clips in with no need
for screws.
➤
Duplex adaptors come as standard with SC simplex footprint.
➤
Quad adaptor available which fits into an SC duplex footprint.
➤
S tandard colours: Multimode – Beige
Singlemode – Blue
APC – Green
➤
Also available in simplex.
Part No:
LC MULTIMODE
QUAD ADAPTOR
LC SINGLEMODE
QUAD ADAPTOR
FI B R E OP TI C C A B LI NG ➤ Adaptors
ADAPTORS
Description:
AD-LC-DX-MM LC duplex multimode adaptor
AD-LC-DX-SM LC duplex singlemode adaptor
AD-LCA-DX-SM LC/APC duplex singlemode adaptor
AD-LC-SX-MM LC simplex multimode adaptor
AD-LC-SX-SM LC simplex singlemode adaptor
AD-LCA-SX-SM LC/APC simplex singlemode adaptor
➤ SC Adaptor
SC MULTIMODE
DUPLEX ADAPTOR
SC SINGLEMODE
DUPLEX ADAPTOR
➤
Simplex and duplex panel cutouts.
➤
Panel clip for easy installation.
➤
Standard colours: Beige – Multimode, Blue – Singlemode.
➤
Available in several colours upon request.
➤
Removable duplex flanges.
Part No:
Description:
AD-SC-SX-MM
AD-SC-DX-MM
AD-SC-SX-SM
AD-SC-DX-SM
AD-SCA-SX-SM
AD-SCA-DX-SM
SC simplex multimode adaptor
SC duplex multimode adaptor
SC simplex singlemode adaptor
SC duplex singlemode adaptor
SC/APC simplex singlemode adaptor
SC/APC duplex singlemode adaptor
SC MULTIMODE
SC SINGLEMODE
SC APC
SIMPLEX ADAPTOR SIMPLEX ADAPTOR SIMPLEX ADAPTOR
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
19
FI B R E OP TI C C A B LI NG ➤ Adaptors
➤ ST Adaptor
ST MULTIMODE
ADAPTOR
ST SINGLEMODE
ADAPTOR
➤
D shape as standard.
➤
D shape threaded with nuts easily installs into patch panels.
➤
Meets Bellcore GR326 and TIA 568A standard.
➤
Zinc alloy coupling body for long life.
➤
Available in a plastic or metal duplex with SC duplex footprint.
➤
Available in a plastic or metal simplex with SC simplex footprint.
Part No:
Description:
AD-ST-MM
AD-ST-SM
AD-STA-SM
ST multimode adaptor
ST singlemode adaptor
ST/APC singlemode adaptor
➤ FC Adaptor
➤D
Shape as standard.
➤D
shape easily installs into patch panels.
➤ Available
➤ Metal
in square and rectangular mount.
body for long life and more than 1000 matings.
➤ Multimode
➤ Meet
Part No:
FC MULTIMODE
ADAPTOR
20
FC SINGLEMODE
ADAPTOR
FC APC
ADAPTOR
– phosphor bronze and singlemode – ceramic sleeves.
JIS5970 and Bellcore GR-326 standard.
Description:
AD-FC-MM
FC multimode adaptor
AD-FC-SMFC singlemode adaptor
AD-FCA-SM
FC/APC singlemode adaptor
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
Features:
➤
High return Loss
➤
Low insertion Loss
➤
100% optic test (Insertion Loss)
Applications:
➤
CATV, Metro, LANs and military
➤
Active device termination
➤
Telecommunication networks
Specification
Fibre Type
SinglemodeMultimode
APC
Insertion Loss
≤0.2dB
≤0.2dB
Part No:
Description:
AD-E2-SM
AD-E2A-SM
E2000 Singlemode Adaptor
Operating Temperature
E2000 APC Singlemode Adaptor
Durability
≤0.2dB –40°C to +75°C
≤0.1 dB typical change , 500 matings
FI B R E OP TI C C A B LI NG ➤ Adaptors
➤ E2000 Adaptor
HYBRID ADAPT0RS – ALL VARIANTS CAN BE SUPPLIED
FC-SC SIMPLEX HYBRID MULTIMODE
ADAPTOR
LC-SC SIMPLEX SINGLEMODE HYBRID
ADAPTOR
FC-SC SIMPLEX SINGLEMODE SC-ST SIMPLEX SINGLEMODE
HYBRID ADAPTOR
HYBRID ADAPTOR
Other Hybrid specifications are available.
Please contact our sales team.
01403 754 233
SC-ST DUPLEX SINGLEMODE HYBRID
ADAPTOR
➤
Used to convert from one style of connector to another.
➤
Hybrid all version adaptors.
➤
Fit specific applications and save cost.
➤
Available in multimode and singlemode.
➤
Available in plastic and metal versions.
Part No:
Description:
AD-SC-ST-SX-MM
S C-ST simplex hybrid multimode
adaptor
AD-LC-SC-SX-SM
S C-LC simplex hybrid singlemode
adaptor
AD-SC-ST-DX-SMST-SC duplex hybrid singlemode
adaptor
ad-sc-st-sx-sm
ad-fc-st-sx-sm
ad-fc-sc-sx-sm
enquiries@networkscentre.com
sc to sT simplex singlemode adaptor
fc to st simplex singlemode adaptor
fc to sc simplex simglemode adaptor
www.networkscentre.com
21
F I BRE OPT I C C A BLI N G ➤ Patch Panels/Wall Boxes & Enclosures
Patch Panels
22
➤ Available
in black or beige.
➤ Adjustable
➤5
variations available from stock. FC, ST, SC duplex, LC duplex
and LC quad.
➤1
U
accept up to 24 ST, 24 FC, 12 SC Duplex, 24 LC duplex and
12 LC quad adaptors (multimode and singlemode).
➤ 2U
accept up to 48 ST, 48 FC, 24 LC Quad and 24 SC Duplex
adaptors (multimode and singlemode).
➤ Supplied
with 4 kurly loks, panel fixing kit and a PG-11 gland.
ears allowing the panel to be installed either
flush or recessed.
➤ Screen
printed for port identification.
➤ 1U
dimensions: 205D x 435W x 43.5H (1U).
➤ 2U
dimensions: 205D x 435W x 90H (2U).
➤ Knockout
➤ 1.2mm
sizes: 4 x 20mm and 2 x 25mm for cable entry.
mild steel.
➤ 3
knockouts at either side of the panel at the rear for cable entry
into the back of the panel.
➤ LC PATCH PANELS
For singlemode adaptors…
JUST PUT ‘SM’ after the number of adaptors required!
EG: PAT-24-lcd-s-04-SM-BK-SFE = 1U 19” LC patch panel
loaded with 4 LC duplex singlemode adaptors.
ALSO LC PUSH IN STYLE
ADAPTORS AVAILABLE
Part No:
Description:
PAT-24-LCD-S-UL-BK-SFE1U 19" LC duplex front sliding patch panel, unloaded - black
PAT-24-LCD-S-04-BK-SFE1U 19" LC duplex front sliding patch panel loaded with 4 LC duplex MM adaptors - black
PAT-24-LCD-S-06-BK-SFE1U 19" LC duplex front sliding patch panel loaded with 6 LC duplex MM adaptors - black
PAT-24-LCD-S-08-BK-SFE1U 19" LC duplex front sliding patch panel loaded with 8 LC duplex MM adaptors - black
PAT-24-LCD-S-12-BK-SFE1U 19" LC duplex front sliding patch panel loaded with 12 LC duplex MM adaptors - black
PAT-24-LCD-S-16-BK-SFE1U 19" LC duplex front sliding patch panel loaded with 16 LC duplex MM adaptors - black
PAT-24-LCD-S-24-BK-SFE1U 19" LC duplex front sliding patch panel loaded with 24 LC duplex MM adaptors - black
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
For singlemode adaptors…
JUST PUT ‘SM’ after the number of adaptors required!
EG: PAT-24-Scd-s-04-SM-BK-SFE = 1U 19” SC patch panel
loaded with 4 LC duplex singlemode adaptors.
Part No:
Description:
PAT-12-SCD-UL-BK-SFE1U 19" SC front sliding patch panel unloaded - black
PAT-12-SCD-02-BK-SFE1U 19" SC front sliding patch panel loaded with 2 SC duplex MM adaptors - black
PAT-12-SCD-04-BK-SFE1U 19" SC front sliding patch panel loaded with 4 SC duplex MM adaptors - black
PAT-12-SCD-06-BK-SFE1U 19" SC front sliding patch panel loaded with 6 SC duplex MM adaptors - black
PAT-12-SCD-08-BK-SFE1U 19" SC front sliding patch panel loaded with 8 SC duplex MM adaptors - black
PAT-12-SCD-12-BK-SFE1U 19" SC front sliding patch panel loaded with 12 SC duplex MM adaptors - black
PAT-24-SCD-UL-22U 19" 24 port SC duplex fixed patch panel unloaded
PAT-24-SCD-16-22U 19" 24 port SC duplex fixed panel loaded with 16 SC duplex MM adaptors
PAT-24-SCD-18-22U 19" 24 port SC duplex fixed patch panel loaded with 18 SC duplex MM adaptors
PAT-24-SCD-24-22U 19" 24 port SC duplex fixed patch panel loaded with 24 SC duplex MM adaptors
F I BRE OPT I C C A BLI N G ➤ Patch Panels/Wall Boxes & Enclosures
➤ SC DUPLEX PATCH PANELS
➤ SC SIMPLEX PATCH PANELS
For singlemode adaptors…
JUST PUT ‘SM’ after the number of adaptors required!
EG: PAT-24-SCS-s-04-SM-BK-SFE = 1U 19” SC simplex patch
panel loaded with 4 LC duplex singlemode adaptors.
Part no:
Description:
Pat-24-scs-ul-bk-sfe
Pat-24-scs-04-bk-sfe
Pat-24-scs-06-bk-sfe
Pat-24-scs-08-bk-sfe
Pat-24-scs-12-bk-sfe
Pat-24-scs-16-bk-sfe
Pat-24-scs-24-bk-sfe
1u 19" 24 way front sliding sc simplex patch panel unloaded - black
01403 754 233
1U 19" 24 way front sliding patch panel loaded with 04 mm sc simplex adapters- black
1U 19" 24 way front sliding patch panel loaded with 06 mm sc simplex adapters- black
1U 19" 24 way front sliding patch panel loaded with 08 mm sc simplex adapters- black
1u 19" 24 way front sliding patch panel loaded with 12 mm sc simplex adapters- black
1u 19" 24 way front sliding patch panel loaded with 16 mm sc simplex adapters- black
1u 19" 24 way front sliding patch panel loaded with 24 mm sc simplex adapters- black
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
23
F I BRE OPT I C C A BLI N G ➤ Patch Panels/Wall Boxes & Enclosures
➤ FC PATCH PANELS
For singlemode adaptors…
JUST PUT ‘SM’ after the number of adaptors required!
EG: PAT-24-FC-s-04-SM-BK-SFE = 1U 19” FC patch panel
loaded with 4 FC simplex singlemode adaptors.
Part No:
Description:
PAT-24-FC-UL-BK-SFE1U 19" FC front sliding patch panel, unloaded - black
PAT-24-FC-04-SM-BK-SFE1U 19" FC front sliding patch panel loaded with 4 FC SM adaptors - black
PAT-24-FC-08-SM-BK-SFE1U 19" FC front sliding patch panel loaded with 12 FC SM adaptors - black
PAT-24-FC-16-SM-BK-SFE1U 19" FC front sliding patch panel loaded with 16 FC SM adaptors - black
PAT-24-FC-24-SM-BK-SFE1U 19" FC front sliding patch panel loaded with 24 FC SM adaptors - black
PAT-48-FC-UL-22U 19”­­­­48 port FC fixed patch panel, unloaded
PAT-48-FC-32-SM-22U 19”­­­­48 port FC fixed patch panel loaded with 32 FC SM adaptors
PAT-48-FC-36-SM-222U 19” 48 port FC fixed patch panel loaded with 36 FC SM adaptors
PAT-48-FC-48-SM-222U 19” 48 port FC fixed patch panel loaded with 48 FC SM adaptors
PANELS AVAILABLE IN
black,BEIGE, sliding & fixed
➤ ST PATCH PANELS
For singlemode adaptors…
JUST PUT ‘SM’ after the number of adaptors required!
EG: PAT-24-ST-s-04-SM-BK-SFE = 1U 19” ST patch panel
loaded with 4 ST simplex singlemode adaptors.
Part No:
Description:
PAT-24-ST-UL-BK-SFE1U 19" ST front sliding patch panel unloaded - black
PAT-24-ST-04-BK-SFE1U 19" ST front sliding patch panel loaded with 4 ST MM adaptors - black
PAT-24-ST-08-BK-SFE1U 19" ST front sliding patch panel loaded with 8 ST MM adaptors - black
PAT-24-ST-12-BK-SFE1U 19" ST front sliding patch panel loaded with 12 ST MM adaptors - black
PAT-24-ST-16-BK-SFE1U 19" ST front sliding patch panel loaded with 16 ST MM adaptors - black
PAT-24-ST-24-BK-SFE1U 19" ST front sliding patch panel loaded with 24 ST MM adaptors - black
PAT-48-ST-UL-22U 19" 48 port ST fixed patch panel, unloaded
PAT-48-ST-32-22U 19" 48 port ST fixed patch panel loaded with 32 ST MM adaptors
PAT-48-ST-36-22U 19" 48 port ST fixed patch panel loaded with 36 ST MM adaptors
PAT-48-ST-48-2
2 U 19" 48 port ST fixed patch panel loaded with 48 ST MM adaptors
24
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
➤ Available
➤ Has
in 4 to 16 way.
➤ Manufactured
a knockout on 3 of its sides to accommodate a cable gland.
➤ The
fourth side accepts 2, 4 and 8 way SC duplex or 4, 8 and
16 ST or FC adaptors.
➤ The
LC quad adaptor can be accommodated in the SC duplex hole.
➤ Can
be used on a wall, desk or underfloor.
➤ Finished
with 1.2mm mild steel.
➤ Dimensions:
– 4 way – 110mm x 110mm x 40mm
– 8 way – 160mm x 160mm x 40mm
– 16 way – 160mm x 160mm x 80mm
➤ Supplied
with a PG-11 and 4 kurly loks.
in RAL 7035 semi gloss.
➤ ST PATCH boxes
Part No:
Description:
WB-04-ST
WB-04-ST-02
4 way ST wall mount patch box unloaded
WB-04-ST-04
way ST wall mount patch box loaded
4
with 4 ST MM adaptors
WB-08-ST
WB-08-ST-04
8 way ST wall mount patch box unloaded
way ST wall mount patch box loaded
4
with 2 ST MM adaptors
way ST wall mount patch box loaded
8
with 4 ST MM adaptors
WB-08-ST-088 way ST wall mount patch box loaded
with 8 ST MM adaptors
For singlemode adaptors…
JUST PUT ‘SM’ AT THE END OF THE PART NUMBER!
EG: WB-08-ST-08-SM = ST wall mount patch box
loaded with 8 ST SM adaptors.
WB-16-ST16 way ST wall mount patch box unloaded
WB-16-ST-1216 way ST wall mount patch box loaded
with 12 ST MM adaptors
WB-16-ST-1616 way ST wall mount patch box loaded
with 16 ST MM adaptors
➤ SC PATCH boxes
Part No:
Description:
WB-02-SCD
way SC duplex wall mount patch box
2
unloaded
WB-02-SCD-01-SM
way SC duplex wall mount patch box
2
loaded with 1 SC duplex MM adaptor
WB-02-SCD-02-SM
way SC duplex wall mount patch box
2
loaded with 2 SC duplex MM adaptors
WB-04-SCD
way SC duplex wall mount patch box
4
unloaded
WB-04-SCD-02-SM
way SC duplex wall mount patch box
4
loaded with 2 SC duplex MM adaptors
WB-04-SCD-04-SM
way SC duplex wall mount patch box
4
loaded with 4 SC duplex MM adaptors
WB-08-SCD
way SC duplex wall mount patch box
8
unloaded
For singlemode adaptors…
JUST PUT ‘SM’ AT THE END OF THE PART NUMBER!
WB-08-SCD-06-SM
way SC duplex wall mount patch box
8
loaded with 6 SC duplex MM adaptors
EG: WB-08-SC-08-SM = SC wall mount patch box
loaded with 8 SC SM duplex adaptors.
WB-08-SCD-08-SM
way SC duplex wall mount patch box
8
loaded with 8 SC duplex MM adaptors
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
F I BRE OPT I C C A BLI N G ➤ Patch Panels/Wall Boxes & Enclosures
PATCH BOXES
25
F I BRE OPT I C C A BLI N G ➤ Patch Panels/Wall Boxes & Enclosures
➤ FC PATCH boxes
Part No:
Description:
WB-04-FC
4 way FC wall mount patch box unloaded
WB-04-FC-024 way FC wall mount patch box loaded
with 2 FC SM adaptors
WB-04-FC-044 way FC wall mount patch box loaded
with 4 FC SM adaptors
WB-08-FC8 way FC wall mount patch box unloaded
WB-08-FC-048 way FC wall mount patch box loaded
with 4 FC SM adaptors
WB-08-FC-088 way FC wall mount patch box loaded
with 8 FC SM adaptors
WB-16-FC16 way FC wall mount patch box unloaded
WB-16-FC-0816 way FC wall mount patch box loaded
with 8 FC SM adaptors
WB-16-FC-1216 way FC wall mount patch box loaded
with 12 FC SM adaptors
WB-16-FC-1616 way FC wall mount patch box loaded
with 16 FC SM adaptors
WE CAN ALSO LOAD SC BOXES
WITH LC QUAD ADAPTORS…
CONTACT US FOR MORE INFORMATION
E2000 & APC ADATORS (SC, LC, FC, ST)
CAN BE LOADED INTO ALL OUR PANELS
AND WALL BOXES
CALL FOR MORE INFORMATION
26
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
➤
Available in up to 48 way SC, 48 way ST and 96 LC.
➤
Lockable to prevent tampering.
➤
Different locks for each door.
➤
Manufactured with 1.2mm mild steel.
➤
Dimensions: 380mm x 325mm x 70mm.
➤
Finished in beige semi gloss.
➤
Enclosure is supplied with a PG-11 gland and 4 kurly loks.
➤
Ports numbered for identification.
For singlemode adaptors…
JUST PUT ‘SM’ AT THE END OF THE PART NUMBER!
EG: WB-DL-24-ST-02-SM = 24 way ST wall mounted double
locking enclosure loaded with 2 ST MM adaptors.
➤ ST DOUBLE LOCKING WALL BOX
Part No:
Description:
WB-DL-24-ST24 way ST wall mounted double locking
enclosure unloaded
➤ LC DOUBLE LOCKING WALL BOX
Part no:
Description:
Wb-dl-12-lcq-0212 way lcq double locking wall boxes
loaded with 02 mm adaptors
WB-DL-24-ST-0224 way ST wall mounted double locking
enclosure loaded with 2 ST MM adaptors
WB-DL-24-ST-0424 way ST wall mounted double locking
enclosure loaded with 4 ST MM adaptors
WB-DL-24-ST-0624 way ST wall mounted double locking
enclosure loaded with 6 ST MM adaptors
Wb-dl-12-lcq-0412 way lcq double locking wall boxes
WB-DL-24-ST-0824 way ST wall mounted double locking
Wb-dl-12-lcq-0612 way lcq double locking wall boxes
WB-DL-24-ST-1224 way ST wall mounted double locking
Wb-dl-12-lcq-0812 way lcq double locking wall boxes
WB-DL-24-ST-1624 way ST wall mounted double locking
Wb-dl-12-lcq-1212 way lcq double locking wall boxes
WB-DL-24-ST-2424 way ST wall mounted double locking
loaded with 04 mm adaptors
loaded with 06 mm adaptors
loaded with 08 mm adaptors
loaded with 12 mm adaptors
Wb-dl-24-lcq-2424 way lcq double locking wall boxes
loaded with 24 mm adaptors
enclosure loaded with 8 ST MM adaptors
enclosure loaded with 12 ST MM adaptors
enclosure loaded with 16 ST MM adaptors
enclosure loaded with 24 ST MM adaptors
WB-DL-48-ST-4848 way st double locking wall boxes
loaded with 24 mm adaptors
➤ SC DOUBLE LOCKING WALL BOX
➤ FC DOUBLE LOCKING WALL BOX
Part No:
Description:
Part No:
Description:
WB-DL-12-SCD
2 way SC duplex wall mounted double
1
locking enclosure unloaded
WB-DL-24-FC
4 way FC wall mounted double locking
2
enclosure unloaded
WB-DL-12-SCD-0212 way SC duplex wall mounted double
locking enclosure loaded with 2 SC
duplex MM adaptors
WB-DL-12-SCD-0412 way SC duplex wall mounted double
locking enclosure loaded with 4 SC
duplex MM adaptors
WB-DL-12-SCD-0612 way SC duplex wall mounted double
locking enclosure loaded with 6 SC
duplex MM adaptors
WB-DL-12-SCD-0812 way SC duplex wall mounted double
locking enclosure loaded with 8 SC
duplex MM adaptors
WB-DL-12-SCD-1212 way SC duplex wall mounted double
locking enclosure loaded with 12 SC
duplex MM adaptors
WB-DL-24-SCD-2424 way scd double locking wall boxes
WB-DL-24-FC-02-SM24 way FC wall mounted double locking
enclosure loaded with 2 FC SM adaptors
WB-DL-24-FC-04-SM24 way FC wall mounted double locking
enclosure loaded with 4 FC SM adaptors
WB-DL-24-FC-06-SM24 way FC wall mounted double locking
enclosure loaded with 6 FC SM adaptors
WB-DL-24-FC-08-SM24 way FC wall mounted double locking
enclosure loaded with 8 FC SM adaptors
WB-DL-24-FC-12-SM24 way FC wall mounted double locking
enclosure loaded with 12 FC SM adaptors
WB-DL-24-FC-16-SM24 way FC wall mounted double locking
enclosure loaded with 16 FC SM adaptors
WB-DL-24-FC-24-SM24 way FC wall mounted double locking
enclosure loaded with 24 FC SM adaptors
Wb-dl-48-fc-4848 way fc double locking wall boxes
loaded with 24 mm adaptors
01403 754 233
F I BRE OPT I C C A BLI N G ➤ Patch Panels/Wall Boxes & Enclosures
DOUBLE LOCKING WALL BOXES
enquiries@networkscentre.com
loaded with 24 mm adaptors
www.networkscentre.com
27
F I BRE OPT I C C A BLI N G ➤ Patch Panels/Wall Boxes & Enclosures
➤ Splice Box
➤
Compliant with IEC670.
➤
inged lid available on the larger enclosures
H
(300 x 220 x 120 and 300 x 300 x 120).
➤
RAL7035 grey.
➤
Available in 8 different sizes.
Part No:
Description:
sp-bx-10-pg11-pg7Plastic splice box supplied with
x1 pg11 gland x1 pg7 gland, splice
bridge and kurly loks 100x100x60mm
sp-bx-24-pg11Plastic splice box supplied with x2
pg11 glands, splice bridge and kurly
loks 240x190x90mm
➤
Wide range of moulded enclosures supplied.
➤
Can supply with glands fitted at either end.
➤
IK9 impact resistance.
➤
Integral mounting grids and integral sealing gasket.
➤
Back mounting plate available.
SP-BX-48-PG11Large plastic splice box supplied with
x4 pg11 glands, 2x splice bridge and
kurly loks 380x300x120mm
This box can be customised to suit your requirements.
Contact us to discuss further.
➤ Plastic External Enclosure
Glass fibre reinforced polyester. IK10
impact resistant. Standard grey, RAL
7032 colour, Approval - UL50. Includes
galvanised steel chassis plate and builtin door hood. Reversible door. Stable
to ultra violet rays. Corrosion resistant.
Self extinguishing. Max working temp
range -50°C to 150°C. IP66 rating.
Manufactured to EN 60439-1/IEC 439-1.
Part No:
Description:
NC-SAR-P-310X436X250310x436x250 Plastic external
IP rated Enclosure
NC-SAR-P-430X330X200430x330x200 Plastic external
IP rated Enclosure
NC-SAR-P-530X430X200530x430x200 Plastic external
IP rated Enclosure
NC-SAR-P-647X436X250647x436x250 Plastic external
Features:
IP rated Enclosure
➤
RAL 7032 Grey.
➤
Reversible Door.
➤
IP66.
➤
IK10.
➤
Complies with the RoHS Directive.
NC-SAR-P-757X536X300757x536x300 Plastic external
IP rated Enclosure
NC-SAR-P-847X636X300847x636x300 Plastic external
IP rated Enclosure
➤ Sheet Steel External Enclosure
Manufactured from a continuous
length of 1.2mm sheet steel.
Standard grey, RAL 7032 colour
- 60microns thick. Polyurethane
gasket and rain gutter. Perforated
door reinforcement allows for the
fixing of extra equipment. Reversible
door. Double bar door lock. Includes
galvanised steel chassis plate. Earth
continuity studs. IP66 rating.
Features:
28
Part No:
Description:
NC-SAR-S-300X250X150300x250x150 Steel external
IP rated Enclosure
NC-SAR-S-400X400X200400x400x200 Steel external
IP rated Enclosure
NC-SAR-S-500X600X250500x600x250 Steel external
IP rated Enclosure
NC-SAR-S-500X500X250500x500x250 Steel external
IP rated Enclosure
NC-SAR-S-600X600X250600x600x250 Steel external
➤
RAL 7035.
➤
IP66.
➤
Reversible Door.
➤
Double Bar Door Lock.
➤
Complies with the RoHS Directive.
IP rated Enclosure
NC-SAR-S-800X600X300800x600x300 Steel external
IP rated Enclosure
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
➤ FOSC
➤ Suitable
for use in any environment: aerial, pedestal, buried and
manhole.
➤ Proven
fibre management hardware.
➤ Base
to dome seals on FOSC 400 are mechanical for ease
of installation and re-entry.
➤ Cable
seals feature a heat shrink sleeve and hot melt adhesive
system that is installed with a hot air gun.
➤ Common
materials, accessories and practices are used throughout
the product line to simplify use, reduce inventory and enhance
productivity.
➤ FOSC’s
are synonymous in excellence in sealing, fibre management,
ease of use and design flexibility.
➤ FOSC
400 fibre optic splice enclosures are available in 3 sizes:
– FOSC 400A
– FOSC 400B
– FOSC 400D
➤ All
sizes are designed for use with any cable construction.
Part No:
Description:
FOSC-400A4-S24-1-NNN FOSC closure with A4 base,
includes 1 x 24 splice tray
FOSC-400B4-S24-1-NNN FOSC closure with B4 base,
includes 1 x 24 splice tray
FOSC-A-TRAY-S24
FOSC-B-TRAY-S24
24 splice tray for A4 closures
24 splice tray for B4 closures
F I BRE OPT I C C A BLI N G ➤ Patch Panels/Wall Boxes & Enclosures
External Fibre Optic
Splice Enclosures
FOSC 400 A4
➤
Smallest in the 400 series.
➤
Intended for low core count cables.
➤
Comes ready to store expressed loose buffer tubes.
FOSC 400 D5
Splices Fibre Storage Capacity
Closure
Single SingleMass
FusionMechanical
Fusion
FOSC 400 A4
72
24
24
FOSC 400 B2, B4
144
48
288
FOSC 400 D5
768
288
1152
01403 754 233
➤
Largest in the 400 series.
➤
Can
terminate up to 7 cables (or up to 12 cables with the use of
branch off clips), through 1 oval port and 5 large round ports.
➤
Splice
capacity is: 768 single fusion, 1152 mass fusion (12) fibres
or 288 single mechanical.
FOSC 400 B2 / B4
➤
has two large round ports for branch cable splices while
B2
the B4 closure has four small round ports for multiple drop
applications.
➤
Cable sealing system provides a great deal of flexibility.
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
29
F I BRE OPT I C C A BLI N G ➤ Patch Panels/Wall Boxes & Enclosures
➤ Tyco In-line Splice Enclosure
➤E
nvironmentally
sealed in-line enclosure for emergency repairs,
in-line, and aerial cable joints.
➤ Includes
1 splice tray for 24 splices.
➤A
further 5 additional splice trays can be ordered separately
to increase capacity to 144 splices max.
➤6
cable ports (2 one side, 4 the other). 7-40mm cable dia.
➤C
able
ports sealed by cold wrap around gel tape. No heatshrink
required.
➤ Includes
➤F
urther
sealing kits for two cables and plugs for unused ports.
sealing kits can be ordered separately.
➤E
nclosure
lid secured by screws.
Part No:
Description:
Fosc-500b-s24-1-innIn-line fosc enclosure including
1 x 24 fibre tray
Fosc-500b-tray-s24-1
In-line fosc 24 fibre tray
➤E
nvironmentally
sealed in-line enclosure for emergency repairs,
in-line, and aerial cable joints.
➤1
splice tray for a maximum of 24 splices.
➤2
cable ports at each end of the enclosure (5-15mm cable dia).
➤C
able
ports sealed by integral gel seal mechanism. No heatshrink
required.
➤G
el
seal mechanism actuated by turning two knobs on the outside
of the enclosure.
➤G
el
seal allows repeated enclosure and re-entry. Does not leak
or run.
➤H
inged
lid secured by 7 latches.
Part No:
Description:
FOSC-500AA-S24-LT-NNIn-line FOSC splice closure for up
to 24 fibres
➤ CHANNELL dome closure
Channell
Commercial Corporation manufactures a full range of fibre
optic closures for voice, data and broadband requirements.
To accommodate the ever increasing use of fibre optics throughout
worldwide communication networks, Channell’s complete family
of network distribution fibre optic splice cases delivers the key
advantages of:
➤ Simple,
robust design
➤ Modular,
upgradable configurations
➤ Fully
environmentally sealed
➤ High
volume, low cost production.
Part No:
Description:
fosc-140002 Heatshrink dome enclosure kit 24 fibre 2 x 12
way splice trays 1 oval and 4 round port (small)
Fosc-150001Heatshrink dome enclosure kit 24 fibre 2 x
12 way splice trays 1 oval and 5 round port
FOSC-150002Heatshrink dome enclosure kit 36 fibre 3 x
12 way splice trays 1 oval and 5 round port
Fosc-1801112 way splice tray for Channell fosc enclosures
30
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
➤ IP68
rated in-line splice enclosure for up to 24 or 48 fibres.
➤T
wo
cable entry ports at each end of the enclosure
(no-heatshrink required).
➤S
uits
10-32mm cable diameter cables (24 fibre version)
or 4-26mm cables (48 fibre version).
➤R
e-enterable
design. Lid secured by bolts.
➤D
imensions
350x155x70mm (24 fibre version) 450x85x85mm
(48 fibre version).
➤ Includes
2 or 4 12-fibre splice trays (24 or 48 fibre versions).
Part No:
Description:
Fosc-140034
Fosc-140035
24 fibre in-line splice enclosure
48 fibre in-line splice enclosure
➤ Pivoting Optical Sub Racks (POSR’s)
➤ Sub
➤ Unique
design, flexibility of configuration and pivoting drawer
option.
➤ Pivoting drawer design allows easy access to reduce installation
and maintenance time which can be undertaken without the need
to remove the chassis from the rack.
racks can be configured with a metal fibre management guide
system for routing of patching cable assemblies away from the
chassis to the raceway systems within optical distribution frames.
➤ Powder coated for durable finish.
➤ Supplied as a comprehensive kit including all relevant installation
and splicing materials and cable unit breakouts (where applicable).
➤ CUB’s can be mounted at the side of the rack or directly on the back
of the POSR chassis.
➤ Available in chassis heights of 1U through to 7U
➤ Available to suit ST and FC’s for splicing and patching configurations
only (16 fibres per drawer).
➤ Available to suit ST, SC, FC, E2000’s for splicing and patching
configurations only (24 fibres per drawer).
➤ Available to suit LC (Quad) for splicing and patching configurations
only (36 fibres per drawer).
➤ LC (Quad) also available for patching configurations only
(48 fibres per drawer).
➤ Supplied loaded or unloaded to any required installation
configuration.
F I BRE OPT I C C A BLI N G ➤ Patch Panels/Wall Boxes & Enclosures
➤ ChannelL In-line Splice Enclosure
Due to the different variations available for this product, we do not publish part numbers.
Please contact our sales team to discuss your requirements.
➤ Cable Unit Breakouts (CUB)
➤ Flexible
➤ CUB’s
are manufactured from zintec and powder coated to a light
grey colour.
➤ Open base layout provides good visibility of the cable unit
tubes / fibres to ensure no attenuation is introduced during
installation through twisting, bending or kinking of the fibres.
➤ Fibre cable is anchored to the CUB base using a tough nylon
compound manufactured cable gland which provides a watertight
seal around the sheath.
01403 754 233
conduit used with the CUB’s is available in 3 types: bend
limiting tubing (which is a white polypropylene tube – 5.0mm with
a 3.1mm smooth bore), PG7 flexible conduit or PG9 flexible conduit.
Limits possible bending within fibres by maintaining a bend radius.
➤ Cable unit tubes, groups or individual fibres are routed away
from the CUB enclosed in a protective flexible conduit. CUB’s are
available in various versions depending on the fibre count of the
cable, the cable diameter and the type of flexible conduit required.
Number of conduit ports is determined by the cable fibre count.
➤ BLT is ideally suitable for use with loose tube construction fibre
cable typically of 8 or 12 fibres per tube construction. Will also
accept 8 tight-buffered 900µm fibres. PG7 flexible conduit is a
black polyamide (nylon 6) corrugated tube nominal Ø10.0mm with
a nominal Ø6.5mm bore. PG7 offers the correct balance between
mechanical strength and flexibility. PG7 conduit is suitable for both
loose tube and tight buffer constructed cables. It is possible to fit
3x8 fibre unit tubes per conduit or 24 x 900µm tight buffered fibres.
➤ PG9 flexible conduit is also a black polyamide (nylon 6) corrugated
tube nominal Ø13.0 with a nominal Ø9.6mm bore.
➤ Each CUB is supplied in kit form comprising; CUB base, CUB lid, cable
gland, flexible conduit (typically 1m per port), cable ties, number
strip labels and cabinet mounting bracket.
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
31
F I BRE OP TI C C A B LI NG ➤ Fusion Splicers
FUSION SPLICERS
➤ T-71C core aligning SPLICER
Part No: SUM-T-71C
The T-71C benefits from a touch screen display and can show a
x700 image of the fibres. Instructional help videos are built in to the
splicer’s memory for greater ease of use. The wind hood is now mirror
free and uses LED’s in order to reduce maintenance issues. It can be
supplied with coating clamps for primary coated fibre, tight buffered
fibre or loose buffer fibre as standard or you can specify removable
fibre holders, both of which will allow a very short cleave length of
just 5mm providing a very strong splice.
The splicer operates efficiently in extreme weather conditions, capably
splicing in temperatures of 50 degrees C, working at altitudes of
6000m and with IPx2 water protection and IP5x dust protection works
well outdoors. It can also survive a drop of 76cm on 5 faces!
➤S
maller,
➤ Full
➤ SD
card reader.
➤ Dual
ovens, with flexible clamps.
➤ View,
zoom and save splice mode.
➤ Built-in
➤ Online
The new T-71C core alignment fusion splicer from Sumitomo offers
many new key features. It is smaller, lighter, faster and more durable
than its predecessor weighing in at just 2.1kgs with the battery in
place and a footprint of just 120 x 154 x 130mm. Battery life is in
excess of 200 cycles with a 7 second splice time and an incredible
28 second heat shrink cycle for a 60mm sleeve. With Sumitomo’s
characteristic dual oven technology, engineer output can be vastly
increased. Supplied as standard in a lightweight and rugged carrying
case which has a flat surface for the splicer to sit on and a convenient
fold out work platform for the cleaver and other tools.
lighter and faster than the T39.
touch screen control.
video help and media player.
software updates.
➤ Battery
available see page 34.
Kit:
SUM-T-71C-KIT-STD1
T-71C splicer unit. ➤ Power cord.
supply module. ➤ Splice cooling tray.
➤ Hand strap.
➤ Electrodes.
➤ Operation CD.
➤ Quick Guide.
➤ Hard carrying case.
➤
➤ Power
➤ T-25e Hand Held Micro Splicer
Part No: SUM-T25
➤
Splice time: 11s.
➤H
eat
shrink time: <40s for 45mm sleeve, <50s for 60mm sleeve.
➤P
rogrammes:
➤D
ata
15 splice, 15 heat shrink oven.
storage: 1500 splices.
➤O
perating
conditions: -10°C - 50°C, non-condensing humidity,
≤3600m and max wind speed 15m/s.
➤ S
torage
conditions: -40°C to 70°C, <95% non-condensing
humidity.
➤D
imensions:
120(w) x 145(d) x 160(h)mm, 2.5” LCD, 1.35kg
excluding BU-25 battery.
➤
attery: BU-25 2 Amp.hour Li-ion, approx 60 splice and heat
B
shrink cycles at 25°C.
Kits:
Features:
➤B
attery
➤W
hite
➤N
o
charges inside the T-25e.
LED lights fibre loading.
mirrors for less maintenance.
Specifications:
➤S
ilica
glass material.
➤P
rofile:
➤
Mean loss: SMF – 0.05dB, MMF – 0.03dB, DSF – 0.08dB.
➤F
ibre
32
SMF, MMF, DSF, NZDSF and others.
Diameter: 125um.
SUM-T25eM
SUM-T25eS-LC
SUM-T25eS
➤R
ibbon
➤S
ingle
➤S
ingle
➤ S
ingle
➤S
ingle
– 10mm.
➤S
ingle
fibre, primary
coated – 10mm.
➤S
ingle
fibre, tight
secondary coated –
10mm.
fibre, primary
coated 10mm.
fibre, tight
secondary coated
– 20mm from
secondary, 10mm
from primary.
fibre, primary
coated – 10mm.
fibre, tight
secondary coated –
10mm.
➤S
ingle
fibre, loose
secondary coated
– 20mm from
secondary, 10mm
from primary.
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
Part No: SUM-FC6
Technical Specification
Fibre types
125um SMF, MMF and others
Fibre numberS type – single fibre, M type – ribbon
fibre, up to 12 core
Coating types250um primary coated, 900um
secondary coated
Cleave length – S type9 – 16mm (250um fibre), 10 – 16mm
(900um fibre)
Cleave length – M type10mm with fibre in Sumitomo holder
Cleave angle, typical
0.5°
Dimensions63/100(w) x 76/81(d) x 63/63(h)mm
– Std/C version
Weight
430/480g – Std/C version
Blade life – using 12 36,000 cleaves – more cleaves are
rotational positions on possible if the blade is rotated <30°
the blade edge at 3 between edge positions
step heights / position
FC-6 Family
Features:
➤E
asy
handling and light weight.
➤A
utomatic
off-cut collection on “C” type.
➤Q
uick
and easy to use.
➤F
ield
replaceable blade.
➤ L arge
➤A
uto
collector for fibre sharps ensures safe operation.
rotating blade.
FC-6S and FC-6S-C: S ingle fibre use only. “C” version has fibre
off-cut collector.
FC-6M-C: Ribbon fibre and single fibres in fibre holders.
Has fibre off-cut collector.
SUM-FC-6R-S-C: Sumitomo fc-6r-s-c cleaver with automatic
rotating blade and off cut collector
F I BRE OP TI C C A B LI NG ➤ Fusion Splicers
➤ FC-6 Series Fibre Cleaver
FC-6 Accessories and Consumables
➤ FC-7 Series Fibre Cleaver
CU-FC6: Fibre off-cut collector
FCP-20BL: Blade
AP-FC6M: Adaptor
Part No: SUM-FC7
Technical Specification
Fibre types
125um, SMF, MMF and others
Fibre number
Single fibre only
Coating types250um primary coated, 900um
secondary coated
Cleave length – 250um
primary coated fibre
6 – 20mm
Cleave length – 900um
secondary coated fibre
10 – 20mm
Can be used with
Sumitomo fibre holders No – use FC-7M if cleaving in fibre
Dimensions
98(w) x 58(d) x 47(h)mm
Weight
300g
Blade life – using 12 rotational positions on the blade edge at 3 step heights / position
36,000 cleaves – more cleaves are
possible if the blade is rotated <30°
between edge positions
Features:
FC-7 Family
➤E
asy
FC-7S: Single fibre use only
handling and light weight.
➤S
ingle
FC-7M: Ribbon fibre and single fibres in fibre holders
handed cleave operation.
➤S
imple
to use: load the fibre, squeeze the cleaver closed.
Cleaving and off-cut collection are automatic.
➤E
rgonomic
➤B
uilt
design that fits comfortably in the palm of your hand.
in collector for fibre sharps ensures safe operation.
FC-7 Accessories and Consumables
TR-FC-7: Off cut collector for FC-7 family of cleavers
FCP-20BL: Blade for FCP, FC-6 and FC-7 type cleavers
Blade has 12 marked edge positions separated by 30°, but maybe
used on edge positions separated by <30° to achieve >36000 cleave
blade life.
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
33
F I BRE OPT IC C A B LI NG ➤ Sumitomo Accessories
Sumitomo Accessories
➤ DC power cord
Enables the T-71C to be powered from a standard 12v vehicle
power supply.
Part No:
Description:
SUM-PC-V11 DC power cord for vehicle 12V outlet
➤ power cord
Replacement power cord for the T-71C.
Part No:
Description:
SUM-PC-AC3 Power Cord
➤ li-ion battery
Rechargeable Lithium Ion battery.
Part No:
Description:
SUM-BU-11 Li-ion battery for T-71C Sum-bu-25 Li-ion battery for T-25e
Sum-bu-66lNimh 9amp high capacity rechargeable battery
for T-39
Sum-bu-66sNimh 4.5amp standard rechargeable battery
for T-39
➤ AC/DC adaptor
Replacement power adaptor.
Part No:
Description:
SUM-ADC-1430AC/DC adaptor power supply module
4071C
Sum-adc-1240mAC/DC adaptor 12v dc out, for use with
type 25e
Sum-adc-1635AC/DC adaptor 16v dc out, for use with
charger for T-39
➤ electrodes
Replacement electrodes for the T-71C, T-39 and T-25e.
Part No:
Description:
Sum-er10pair of electrodes for T-39, T-25e and T-71 fusion
splicer er10’s (orange caps)
Sum-er6pair of electrodes for type 36 fusion splicer er6’s
(white caps)
34
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
HOW TO CREATE OUR ATTENUATOR PART NUMBERS
Populate this field with the
type of connection required:
Populate this field
with the required
polishing type:
FC = FC
SC = SC
ST = ST
LC = LC
MJ = MTRJ
E2 = E2000
AT
PC = PC
AP = APC
UP = UPC
xx
xx
xx
Populate this field
with the
dB requirement:
Populate this
field with
‘AT’ to reflect
‘Attenuator’
05 = 05dB
07 = 07dB
ETC
F I BR E OP TI C C A B LI NG ➤ Attenuators
Attenuators
Eg: AT-FC-02-AP = 2dB FC/APC ATTENUATOR
➤ Fixed Attenuators
Features:
➤M
etal-ion
➤S
imple
doped fibre (continuous).
and reliable structure.
➤D
urability
(over 200 mW) (EDFA).
➤ L ow
PDL (<0.1dB).
➤ L ow
polarisation dependence.
➤B
ellcore
compliant (GR-910-CORE).
➤ A
vailable
in SC / LC / FC / ST as standard, however other
connection options are available upon request.
Application:
➤C
ATV
and LAN.
➤T
elecom
➤D
ata
Networks.
Networks.
➤P
assive
Optical Networks.
SpecificationS
01403 754 233
Wavelength
1310nm and 1550nm
1-10dB <+/- 1.0dB (typical) standard
11-25dB <+/- 10% (typical) standard
Attenuation Tolerance
1-10dB <+/- 0.5dB (typical) premium
11-25dB <+/- 5% (typical) premium
Return Loss
RL= -50dB (UPC) RL= -60dB (APC)
PDL
<0.1dB
Operating Temperature
-40oC > + 75oC
Storage Temperature
-40oC > + 75oC
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
35
FI B RE OP T I C C A BLI N G ➤ Splitters/Couplers/Mode Conditioning Patchcord
Splitters/Couplers
Features:
➤
InGaAsP/InP MQW DFB Laser.
➤
Lower operation current.
➤
InGaAs PD and Isolator inside.
➤
High Reliability and output power.
➤
Coaxial Package.
➤A
vailable
in SC / LC / FC / ST as standard, however other
connection options are available upon request.
➤
olishing types such as: PC / UPC and APC are all available upon
P
request.
Applications:
➤
Fibre optic systems/equipment.
➤
CATV networks.
➤
Data communications.
➤
Passive optical networks (ATM, WDM and Ethernet).
➤
For dividing optical signals from input ports to multiple outputs.
➤O
ptional
reverse direction to convert multiple wavelengths into
a single fibre.
Parameter Specifications (Tc=25oC)
PARAMETER
10x16
10x32Unit
Operating Wavelength
1x4
1.26 >
1.64
16.8
Um
Insertion Loss (Typ.)
7
10.3
13.8
18
dB
Insertion Loss (Max.)
7.5
11
14.5
20
dB
Uniformity
0.8
1
1.7
dB
PDL
-0.1
-0.15
-0.3
dB
Return Loss
-55
dB
Directivity
-55
dB
Operating Temperature -40oC >
+ 85oC
oC
Storage Temperature
-40oC >
+ 85oC
oC
Packaging Dimensions
(LxWxH)
1x8
40x4x4 40x4x4 60x4x7 60x4x7 mm
➤ Mode Conditioning Patchcord
Description:
➤ Designed
for longwave (1310nm) Gigabit Ethernet applications over
multimode fibre.
➤ Offset
➤ Two
connection of a Singlemode fibre to a Multimode fibre.
MM fibres on one end and one MM and one SM on the other
end.
➤ When
launching into a MM fibre, the transceivers can generate
multiple signals that cause Differential Mode Delay (DMD) which can
limit transmission distances. A mode conditioning patchcord removes
these multiple signals eliminating problems at the receiver end.
Features:
➤ Stable,
➤ Low
loss connections.
➤ Removes
effects from DMD.
➤ Compliant
36
Technical Specification
permanent core offset.
with IEEE 802.3z (GbE).
Fibre Type
Multimode and Singlemode
Maximum Insertion Loss
0.4dB
Operating Temperature
-40o C - +85o C
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
➤ Blanking Plugs
➤
Used to fill unused ports in patch panels or wall boxes.
➤
Available in SC duplex, ST, LC and SC simplex.
➤
Colour – black.
Part No: Description:
p-scd sc duplex black blanking plug
B
Bp-lcd lc duplex black blanking plug
Bp-scssc/lc (sc simplex footprint) simplex black blanking plug
Bp-st st simplex black blanking plug
➤ Cable glands
Polyamide material.
➤ Colour – black or grey.
➤ Operating range -30°C to +80°C.
➤A
vailable with a bend limiting back end to control bend radius of
the cable.
➤ Available from stock in 4 sizes.
➤
Part No:
➤C
ompression
glands provide strain relief for the cable as it enters
the enclosure.
➤ Includes neoprene seal and locknut.
➤ Protection rating – IP68.
Description:
Pg-7
2.5mm-6.5mm cable gland pg-7 grey
Pg-11
4.0mm-10mm cable gland pg-11 grey
Pg-11-bk
4.0mm-10mm cable gland pg-11 black
Pg-11-gy-sr4.0mm-10mm cable gland pg-11 grey with
F I B R E OP TI C C A B LI NG ➤ Accessories
ACCESSORIES
strain relief
Pg-13.5-Bk
Pg-13.5-Gy
6.0mm-12mm cable gland pg13.5 black
6.0mm-12mm cable gland pg13.5 grey
➤ Self Adhesive Cable Clips
➤U
sed
to secure cable or fibre in patch panels or wall mounted
enclosures.
➤F
ibre
retained and removed easily in clips by twisting the ears.
➤N
atural
colour.
➤A
dhesive
Base.
➤A
vailable
from stock in two sizes (other sizes available upon request)
– KLB-350-01-ART: Bundle Size – 9mm, Height – 27mm
– KLB-450-01-ART: Bundle Size – 11mm, Height – 31mm
Part No:
Description:
Klb-350-01-ar-t
Klb-450-01-ar-t
Kurly loks (height 35mm)
Kurly loks (height 45mm)
➤ cable clip bases
T wist lock easily inserted and removed.
➤ Base supports a large variety of cable clips.
➤ Accepts bundles up to 15.2mm.
➤ Natural Colour.
➤
Part No:
Constructs a path for spooling fibre optic cables.
Can be used in patch panels or wall mounted enclosures.
➤ Self adhesive or screw mountable.
➤
➤
01403 754 233
Description:
OFSB-4-85-01-A 4 way adhesive cable clip base
OFSB-4-85-01
4 way screw in cable clip base
STL-J-250-4M-01Twist lock clip for 5.1mm – 7.6mm bundle
STL-J-350-4M-01Twist lock clip for 7.6mm – 10.2mm bundle
STL-J-450-4M-01Twist lock clip for 10.2mm – 12.7 mm bundle
STL-J-600-4M-01Twist lock clip for 12.7mm – 15.2mm bundle
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
37
F I B R E OP TI C C A B LI NG ➤ Accessories
➤ 4 WAY SPLICE BRIDGE
➤
Holds up to four fibres.
➤
Comes with adhesive tab or can be screw rivet mounted.
➤F
or
use in a fibre optic patch panel or a wall mounted patch
box.
Part No:
Description:
Sb-4
4 way splice bridge
➤ 24 WAY Splice bridge
➤
Stores up to 24 fusion splice protectors.
➤
Available with a lid.
➤
Self adhesive or screw fixed.
➤
For use in patch panels and wall mounted enclosures.
➤
Available in blue or grey.
Part No:
Description:
sb-24-b
Sb-24-l
24 way splice bridge blue w-adhesive base
12-24 way splice bridge with lid
➤ Splice cassettes
➤
For up to 12 fusion splice protectors.
➤
Stackable.
➤
Manages and stores excess fibres.
➤
For use in patch panels or wall mounted enclosures.
➤
Self adhesive or screw mountable.
Part No:
Description:
Spc-px2sp-plPlastic splice cassette inc x2 splice holders
for 6 splice protectors with plastic lid
➤ Splice protectors
➤
esigned to restore complete environmental and mechanical
D
integrity of coating or buffer of optical fibre after splicing.
➤H
ot
melt adhesive tube bonds both to the fibre and heat
shrinkable tube to effectively encapsulate fusion splice.
➤R
esistant
to heat shocks.
➤ S
leeves
are pre-shrunk which ensures integrity of assembly
during transportation.
➤ C
lear
colour.
➤ O
ther
colours available upon request.
➤A
vailable
38
in 61mm or 45mm.
Part No:
Description:
sp-45-cr
Sp-60-cr
45mm splice protectors (clear)
60mm splice protectors (clear)
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
➤ LAPPING FILM
➤ Used
to polish fibre optic connectors.
➤ Aluminium
Oxide sheets available from stock in 9 different grades.
➤ Diamond
sheets available upon request.
➤ Available
in disc or sheet form.
➤ Available
with adhesive back.
Part No:
Description:
9 X 13 – X – A 6 X 9 – X – D
9 x 13” Aluminium Oxide Lapping Film
6 x 9” Diamond Coated Lapping Film
X – Insert Micron Between (0.3 to 30 micron)
E.g. 9X13-0.3-A = 9 x 13” 0.3 Micron Aluminium Oxide Lapping Film
➤ COLD CURE EPOXY
➤
High Strength anaerobic retaining adhesive.
➤
50ml bottle can terminate up to 500 connectors.
➤
Fast curing with no need for power.
➤
Activator available in spray form or fluid.
Part No:
Description:
loc-7649-500
Loc7649-150
Loc638-50
500ml activator for use with loc638 (liquid)
150ml activator for use with loc638 (spray)
50ml cold cure anaerobic adhesive
➤ HEAT CURE EPOXY
➤ High
F I BRE OP T I C C A B LI NG ➤ Cleaning & Consumables
CLEANING & CONSUMABLES
temperature epoxy adhesive.
➤ Comes
in 5 x 4g twin pack sachets as standard.
➤T
wo
component, low viscosity, heat curing epoxy designed for
high temperature applications.
➤ Mix
ratio – 8 : 1 resin to hardener.
➤ Available
➤ Pot
in twin packs or bulk.
life – 4 hours at 23˚C (4g mixed).
➤T
win
pack is a clear film sachet with the resin and hardener
separated by a removable clip and rail divider.
➤T
o
mix the adhesive, remove the divider and mix the two parts
together within the sachet which takes approximately 1-2 minutes.
Part No:
Description:
Ot-5053-f-4gHigh temperature epoxy adhesives
(5 x 4g twin pack sachets)
➤ NEEDLE & SYRINGE
➤ Used
to load connectors with epoxy.
➤ Needle
and syringe screw together to ensure that neither part
during use.
➤ Epoxy
is delivered to the rear of the ferrule without trapping air
bubbles.
➤ Suitable
➤ 0.9mm
➤ 3cc
01403 754 233
for directly loading from epoxy bi-packs.
needle.
syringe body.
Part No:
Description:
Ns3cc
Needle and syringe
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
39
F I BRE OP T I C C A B LI NG ➤ Cleaning & Consumables
➤ SWABS
➤
sed for cleaning connector ferrule end faces, adaptors and
U
difficult areas.
➤
Available in 1.25mm and 2.5mm.
➤
Supplied in packs of 50.
Part No:
Description:
swab-1.25
swab-2.5
1.25mm cleaning swabs (pack of 50)
2.5mm cleaning swabs (pack of 50)
➤ ONE CLICK FERRULE CLEANER
➤ Easy
pushing motion engages connector and initiates cleaner.
➤ Minimum
➤ Made
of 800 cleans
from anti static resin
➤ Cleaning
micro fibres are densely stranded and debris free.
➤ Extendable
➤ Cleaning
➤ Audible
tip allows acces to hard to reach recessed connectors.
system rotates 180 degrees for optimim cleaning.
click to inform when engaged.
➤ Compliant
➤ Effective
with EU/95/2002/EC Directive (RoHS).
with a variety of contaminants.
Part No:
Description:
Occ-a2.5mm one click ferrule cleaner for sc-fc-st
connectors
occ-b1.25mm one click ferrule cleaner for lc-mu
connectors
Mpo-clk-c
mpo connector cleaning tool
➤ hand held CLEANING CASSETTE
➤ Great
alternative to alcohol or other cleaning solutions.
➤O
ffers
lint-free, clean room grade cleaning media which effectively
removes dirt, dust, oil, grease and debris from connector end faces.
➤R
esilient
rubber pad beneath the cleaning surface prevents
scratching.
➤S
liding
cover protects the cleaning media from contamination
when not in use.
➤ Reel
refills available.
➤ Very
competitively priced.
Part No:
Description:
CC-POUCH Pouch for fibre optic cleaning cassette
Cc-cass
Clean core fibre optic cleaning cassette and tape
➤ LOCKING FLUID DISPENSER
➤ 50cc
fluid dispenser is suitable for dispensing IPA.
➤P
ump
action dispenses fluid into the reservoir on the lid and stops
fluid from re-entering the bottle.
➤ Hinge
lid reduces odours.
➤ Bayonet
➤ Allows
40
lock secures fluid in transit.
easy view of fluid.
Part No:
Description:
35701
Locking fluid dispenser
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
➤P
revent
the #1 cause of fibre link failure: end-face contamination.
Everything needed for precision cleaning of end-faces on both
patchcords and inside ports.
➤S
pecially
formulated solvent dissolves contaminants, neutralizes
static charge and encapsulates particles for removal.
➤A
range of wipers and swabs enable cleaning of all styles of fibre
optic connections.
➤B
y
fitting in your pocket, fibre optic cleaning cards are
conveniently perfect for troubleshooting.
➤U
se
the convenient and rugged carrying case to store all of the
cleaning components.
Kit includes:
➤C
leaning
➤T
en
cube with wipes.
cards with sealed cleaning zones.
➤S
olvent
pen.
➤2
.5mm
port cleaning swabs and 1.25mm port cleaning swabs.
➤R
ugged
carrying case.
Part No:
Description:
Nfc-kit-caseFibre cleaning kit with cube pen 1.25+2.5mm
KIT BOX
swabs 10 cards and case
CARDS
CLEANING KIT REPLACEMENT PARTS
Part No:
Description:
Nfc-kit-boxFibre cleaning supplies box with cube,
SOLVENT PEN
fluid pen, 2.5mm swabs and
5 cleaning cards
CUBE
F I BRE OP T I C C A B LI NG ➤ Cleaning & Consumables
➤ FLUKE NETWORKS CLEANING KIT
Nfc-cards-5pkFibre optic cleaning cards for connector
end faces 5 pack
Nfc-solventpen
Fibre optic cleaning solvent pen 12ml
Nfc-cube
Fibre optic cleaning cube 800 use
Nfc-swabs-1.25mmFibre optic cleaning swabs for 1.25mm
1.25MM SWABS
adaptors
Nfc-swabs-2.5mmFibre optic cleaning swabs for 2.5mm
CASE
2.5MM SWABS
adaptors
Nfc-case
Fibre optic cleaning kit case only
Nfc-ibc-1.25mmone click cleaner for 1.25mm connector
and patchcord (5 pack)
Nfc-ibc-2.5mmone click cleaner for 2.5mm connector
and patchcord (5 pack)
Nfc-ibc-mpoone click cleaner for mpo connector and
patchcord (5 pack)
➤ air duster
➤ Removes
➤ 10oz
dust and particles from normally inaccessible areas.
can.
➤ Provides
a tube that securely fits in the nozzle to aid use.
➤ Competitively
01403 754 233
priced.
Part No:
Description:
FIS-CA-10
Canned air 10oz can
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
41
F I BRE OPT I C C A B LI NG ➤ Cleaning & Consumables
➤ LINT FREE WIPES
➤ Non
abrasive.
➤ Used
to clean fibres, ferrules and connectors.
➤ Used
with IPA (Isopropyl Alcohol).
➤ Supplied
in boxes of 280.
Part No:
Description:
34155
x 280 lint free wipes
➤ PRE-SATURATED CLEANING WIPES
➤ Pre-saturated
in isopropyl alcohol.
➤ Used
to clean fibres and connectors.
➤ Ideal
replacement for dispensing bottles and lint free wipes.
➤ Minimises
➤ Non
user exposure and improves health and safety.
abrasive and hold strength when wet.
Part No:
Description:
Ipa-sat-100
ipa/di pre-saturated wipes (tub of 100)
➤ Individual Pre-Saturated Wipes
➤ Pre-saturated
in isopropyl alcohol.
➤ Used
to clean fibres and connectors.
➤ Ideal
replacement for dispensing bottles and lint free wipes.
➤ Minimises
➤ Non
user exposure and improves health and safety.
abrasive and hold strength when wet.
➤ Dimensions:
180mm x 105mm unfolded.
Part No:
Description:
Ipa-sat-ind
Individual ipa/di pre-saturated wipes
➤ piano cleaning wires
➤
Used to unblock ferrule holes prior to terminating.
➤S
upplied
with coloured self adhesive labels that are put on the wires
to help locate them.
Part No:
Description:
Fis-cw-8Flexible piano wire kit in vial
(8 pieces of wire 10 coloured dots)
➤ SHARPS BIN
➤
For the disposal of unwanted fibre shards and used needles.
➤
Water resistant.
➤
Captive closure top for ease of use.
➤
Tough carrying handle ensures safety in transit.
➤
1 litre capacity to 13 litre capacity.
➤C
onstruction
of the bin makes incineration less hazardous than
burning of plastic containers.
42
Part No:
Description:
Sha-bin
Sharps bin (1 litre)
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
TOOLS
TOOLS
Networks Centre stocks a reputable selection of
optical and copper tools; from a number of leading
manufacturers. Our brand partners include: Clauss,
Abeco, Ripley, Miller, Fluke and Net-C. As well as
distributing tools separately, we also supply kits and
can custom build to suit your requirements. For more
information, please contact us.
01403 754 233
➤ Cutters
44
➤ Strippers
45
➤ Crimpers
46
➤ Scribes
47
➤ Polishing Pucks
48
➤ Punchdown
48
➤ Inspection Scopes
49
➤ Kits
50
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
43
TOOLS ➤ Cutters
tools
➤ CC Series Cable CutterS
➤ Designed
to cut cables up to 13mm.
➤ Designed
to minimise flattening of the cable end.
➤P
reformed
rounded jaws automatically position the cable for
optimum cutting.
➤ Precision,
➤ Durable
high quality carbon steel construction.
non-slip handle.
Part No:
Description:
CC-22
CC-38
CC-60
< 9mm
< 11mm
< 13mm
➤ Ripley Fibre Optic Kevlar Cutter
➤ Designed
to cut Kevlar strength members in fibre optic cables.
➤ Powerful
quick cutting action.
➤ Full
serrated edge for consistent, fast and clean cuts.
➤ Lightweight
➤ Return
and compact.
spring designed for precise repeated cuts.
➤ Ergonomic
handles with cushioned non-slip grips.
➤ Made
of high carbon steel specially treated for long life and
trouble free cuts.
Part No:
Description:
FOKC
Kevlar Cutters
➤ cable Cutter for copper & wire
➤ Used
for cutting fibre and copper cables.
➤C
urved
blade design enhancing cutting action and prevents cable
from crushing.
➤ Can
be locked shut to help protect blades
Part No:
Description:
To-ht-206
Cable cutter for copper and fibre up to 10.5mm
➤ PRECISE ELECTRICAL WIRE SIDE CUTTER
➤ Precision
cutter for copper cables.
➤T
he
blades will enable copper cores to be trimmed accurately
and flush.
Part No:
Description:
To-ht-222
Precise electrical wire side cutter
➤ KEVLAR Scissors
➤H
ardened
steel Kevlar scissors with serrated edge blade for
efficient removal of Kevlar from cables.
44
Part No:
Description:
To-ht-c151
Kevlar scissors
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
➤ Jacket
slitting and ringing tool for 4.5mm to 25mm diameter
cables.
➤A
djustable
height cutting blade for different sheath thickness.
➤C
uts
horizontally and longitudinally for end or mid-span jacket
removal.
Part No:
Description:
To-ht-325
Jacket stripping and slitting tool 4.5mm to 25mm
➤ TRI-HOLE BUFFER STRIPPER
➤T
ri-Hole
TOOLS ➤ Strippers
➤ Jacket stripping and slitting tool
fibre stripper ideal for use in fibre preparation.
➤P
recision
cutting blades for 2-3mm jacket cable, 900um buffer and
250um buffer.
➤C
omfortable
handles and a lock for the protection of the blades.
Part No:
Description:
To-ht-s144h
Tri-hole buffer stripper for 250um-900um-3mm
➤ PEG STRIPPER
➤P
eg
style universal stripping tool with adjustable blade for cables
of 3.2mm to 9mm.
➤ Includes
cutting blade for copper cables and dual cutting blade
ideal for duplex cable.
Part No:
Description:
To-ht-s501bPeg stripper 3.5mm to 9mm, duplex cable
stripper, cable cutter
➤ Round Cable slitter/Stripper
➤D
esigned
for fast, safe, and precise jacket removal of LSZH, PE,
PVC, rubber, and other jackets.
➤R
CS-114
is for smaller diameter cables: 0.178 to 1.14 inches
(4.5- 29mm).
➤R
CS-158
is for larger diameter cables:0.75 to 1.58 inches
(19- 40mm).
➤ ‘ Tri-Action
Strip’ capability.
➤S
piral
cut for end stripping.
➤S
piral
cut for mid-span stripping.
➤S
piral
cutting features provides easier removal of harder jackets.
➤S
pring-loaded
cable brace firmly secures cable to the blade for
controlled cutting action.
➤C
omfort
➤ L ong
and ergonomic design for ease of use and storage.
life blade design.
➤B
lade
depth can be regulated with a simple turn of the blade
housing.
➤B
lade
housing is PTEF coated, for smooth, low effort stripping.
➤R
eplacement
➤ L ength:
01403 754 233
blade: CB 231.
5.43 inches (138mm), Weight: 3.5 oz (100g).
Part No:
Description:
RCS-114
CB-231 Cable slitter, stripper 4.5mm - 29mm
enquiries@networkscentre.com
Replacement Blades
www.networkscentre.com
45
TOOLS ➤ Strippers & Crimpers
➤ Miller Fibre Optic Stripping Tool
➤ For
stripping 250 micron buffer coating from 125 micron optical
fibre.
➤ Precision
diameter hole and V-opening in blade allow for accurate
buffer coating removal.
➤ Factory
set, requires no adjustment.
➤ Prevents
scratching or nicking of optical fibre.
➤A
ll
cutting surfaces are precision formed, hardened, tempered and
ground assuring precise buffer removal.
Part No:
Description:
Fo-103-s
Fo-103-T-250-j
Miller fibre optic stripper fo-103-s (80355)
Miller Tri-Hole stripper
➤ Clauss Fibre Optic Stripper
➤F
or
stripping 125 micron fibre with 250 micron buffer coating.
➤1
.0mm
diameter stripping hole at the tip of the tool can be used
to strip the fibre jacket.
➤1
40µm
diameter hole and V-opening in blade allows removal
of 250 micron buffer coating from 125 micron fibre.
➤P
re-set
➤W
ill
at the factory – no adjustments needed.
not scratch or nick glass fibre.
➤A
ll
stripping surfaces are manufactured to precise tolerances
to assure clean, smooth strips.
➤C
omfort-grip,
➤ L ock
ergonomic handles.
to hold tool closed when it is not in use.
Part No:
Description:
CFS-2
Clauss fibre optic stripper
➤ CRIMP TOOL
➤R
ugged
crimp tool for most standard fibre optic connectors
including LC, SC, ST and FC.
➤ It
has a ratchet mechanism ensuring a good quality, consistent
crimp is performed with every operation.
Part No:
Description:
To-ht-336j
Crimp tool for st-sc-fc-lc
➤ RJ45 CRIMPING TOOL
➤ Rugged
crimp tool for RJ45, RJ11 and RJ12 style plugs.
➤R
atchet
mechanism to ensure a good quality consistent crimp is
performed with every operation.
Part No:
Description:
To-ht-568rrj45 crimping tool with cutter
46
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
➤
Used for removing the fibre sprig during connector terminations.
➤
Made from ceramic.
➤
Dimensions 50mm square.
➤
2 sides ground down to form cutting edge.
➤
Supplied with plastic guard to protect cutting edge.
Part No:
Description:
CP-UNICeramic fibre cleave plate
(stripper f780-136-000)
TOOLS ➤ Scribes
➤ Cleaving Plate
➤ Carbide Tip Fibre Optic Scribe
➤
T he CS-30-W is a 30-degree wedge-tip carbide scribe 3.8mm wide
for long life and simple fibre termination.
➤
oused in a rugged, anodized aluminum casing 112mm long and
H
25mm in diameter.
➤
T he CS-30-W includes a convenient pocket clip and soft, brightly
coloured, protective “squeeze and pull” cap for easy and quick
tool selection.
Part No:
Description:
Cs-30-w
Ripley carbide scribe
➤ DS-60-C and DS-90-W Diamond-Tip Fibre Optic Scribes
➤
uality fibre optic scribes featuring a protective retractable barrel
Q
with pocket clip and a stainless steel mounted diamond tip and
your choice of conical or wedge shapes.
➤
T hese scribes are specially made for the “scratch and pull”
technique of scribing optical fibre. The wedge shape provides a
more durable edge.
➤
The DS-60-C is a 60° Cone Angle-Diamond Tip Retractable Scribe.
➤
The DS-90-W is a 90° Wedge-Diamond Tip Retractable Scribe.
➤
Length: 137mm.
Part No:
Description:
Ds-60-c60 degree cone angled diamond tip retractable
scribe
Ds-90-w90 degree wedge diamond tip retractable scribe
➤ Carbide Scribe
Quality, pen style carbide scribe, has protective lid for blade.
01403 754 233
Part No:
Description:
To-ht-mj018a
Carbide scribe
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
47
TOOLS ➤ Polishing Pucks
➤ 2.5mm and 1.25mm Stainless Steel Polishing PuckS
➤
High quality hand polishing disc for fibre optic connectors.
➤
“ Universal” design fits most 2.5mm ferrule connectors including:
ST, SC and FC connectors.
➤
Inside and outside rims designed for improved hand positioning
while performing the polishing operation.
➤
C hannelled, raised base allows debris to escape easily and provide
for easy polishing action.
➤
High quality, precision machined stainless steel design for long life.
➤
Diameter: 1.94 inches (49.2mm).
➤
Weight: 1.5oz (43g).
➤
vailable for LC connectors
A
(aluminum disc for 1.25mm ferrule LC connectors).
Part No:
Description:
PUCK-2.5M
PUCK-1.25M
2.5mm polishing puck
1.25mm polishing puck
➤ 2.5mm Plastic Polishing Puck
➤
Low cost hand polishing disc.
➤
“ Universal” design fits most 2.5mm ferrule connectors including:
ST, SC and FC connectors.
➤
Also available for LC and MTRJ connectors.
Part No:
Description:
PUCK-2.5-P
2.5mm plastic polishing puck
➤ UNIVERSAL Polishing PuckS
Universal metal polishing pucks for polishing fibre connectors.
Part No:
Description:
To-ht-mmb005
TO-HT-MMB020 2.5mm universal polishing puck, metal
1.25mm universal polishing puck
➤ impact punchdown tool
48
➤
E rgonomically designed punch down tool with variable impact
pressure and built in hook and tracer.
➤
lades are interchangeable with storage for spare blade available
B
in the handle.
Part No:
Description:
To-ht-364bkr
To-ht-364br
Impact punch down tool with krone blade
Impact punch down tool with 110 blade
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
with an ergonomically designed handle, reduces hand fatigue.
With JackRapid™, you’ll never punch into the palm of your hand or
through drywall again.
JackRapid™ is a patented jack termination tool that saves time and
increases accuracy by seating and terminating all wires at once
with a simple squeeze of the handle. JackRapid™ allows you to
terminate jacks eight times faster than traditional impact tools - with
accuracy that's unmatched. The patented jack termination tool seats
and terminates all wires simultaneously. The built-in blade cuts
off the excess wire after it is seated in the connector, eliminating
the need for a secondary trim step. Simple, one-handed operation,
➤
C uts installation time - easy to use handle, seats and cuts all wires
at once, saving you up to 1 minute installation time per jack!
➤
igh quality, consistent terminations - no more compromised
H
connections and wasted jacks.
➤
S imple, one-handed operation with an ergonomically designed
handle reduces hand fatigue.
➤
Unique design easily accommodates close-to-wall installation.
➤
Replaceable blade head for use with multiple jack types.
Part No:
Description:
Jr-pan-2Jackrapid Panduit™ termination tool
(Panduit™ nk688m, nkp5e88m)
Jr-sys-2Jackrapid Systimax termination tool
(Systimax mgs400, mgs500, mfp420, mfp520)
TOOLS ➤ Punchdown & Fibre Scopes
➤ JACKRAPID™
➤ AWT FOMS INSPECTION MICROSCOPES
Rugged, hand held microscope for viewing connector end faces.
Available as x200 magnification or x400 magnification for viewing
either singlemode or multimode connectors. Supplied as standard
with 2.5mm universal ferrule adapter, 1.25mm adapter also
available.
Part No:
Description:
Awt-os-400awt foms inspection microscope
400 magnification 2.5mm uni adaptor
Awt-os-200awt foms inspection microscope
200 magnification 2.5mm uni adaptor
Awt-ad-lc
Awt-ad-sc/st
lc adaptor for awt microscope
sc-st adaptor for awt microscope
➤ FLUKE PRO TOOL KIT
The most essential tools for electrical and telecom technicians in
our sleek form-fitting PVC Dur-A-Grip™ Tool Pouch – holds your tools
securely inside, even upside down. Six tool kits combinations to
choose from to meet a multitude of applications.
01403 754 233
➤
ll kits include ergonomically designed Dur-a-Grip pouch for
A
convenient tool storage on belt.
➤
914™ and D814™ industry standard punchdown tools make for
D
solid terminations
➤
E asy to use cable stripper quickly rings and slits many types of
cable
➤
Use the Probe Pic to check for loose or damaged connections
➤
Cut and strip wire cleaner and faster with the Electricians’ D-Snips™
Part No:
Description:
11293000
Fluke Protool kit is60
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
49
TOOLS ➤ Kits
➤ COLD CURE TERMINATION KIT
The New Net-C fibre termination kit provides all the tools required
to terminate fibre cables. Using Loc Tite cold cure epoxy no power
is required and the tool case can even be used as a work area for
polishing. Suitable for most fibre connectors including LC, SC, ST and
FC connectors. Each tool is individually located in dense foam to
secure in place. Replacement consumables are available.
Tool case includes:
1 x Jacket slitting and stripping tool 4.5mm to 25mm
1 x Cable cutter up to 10.5mm
1 x Kevlar cutters
1 x Tri-hole buffer strippers for 250um, 900um and 2mm jacket
1 x Universal jacket stripper and cutter 3.5mm to 9mm
1 x Universal crimp tool for SC, ST. FC and LC connectors
1 x 2.5mm universal ferrule polishing puck
1 x 1.25mm universal ferrule polishing puck
1 x Carbide Scribe
1 x Sharps bin
1 x x200 microscope with 2.5mm ferrule adapter
1 x LC adapter for microscope
1 x Small glass polishing plate 240mm x 100mm x 6mm
1 x Lint free wipes
1 x Loc-Tite 638 cold cure epoxy 50ml
1 x Loc-Tite 7649 activator 150ml
3 x 9um lapping film-240mm x 100mm x 6mm
3 x 3um lapping film-240mm x 100mm x 6mm
3 x 1um lapping film-240mm x 100mm x 6mm
Part No:
Description:
To-nc-fotk
Fibre optic cold cure termination kit
➤ TOOL ROLL FOR SPLICING WITH CUTTING AND STRIPING TOOLS
Handy tool roll that includes every tool needed for fibre preperation
prior to splicing. Includes:
1 x Small tool roll with 9 pockets 380mm x 200mm
1 x Cable cutter for copper and fibre up to 10.5mm
1 x Jacket stripping and slittig tool 4.5mm to 25mm
1 x Kevlar cutting scissors
1 x Peg stripper 3.5mm to 9mm, duplex cable stripper
1 x Tri-hole buffer stripper for 250um – 900um - 3mm
1 x Precise electrical wire side cutter
50
Part No:
Description:
nc-to-splicer
T ool roll for splicing with cutting and striping
tools
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
Networks Centre distributes a low cost range
of Cat5e and Cat6 copper cabling products. Products
are high quality and available on a next day delivery,
at exceptionally competitive prices.
➤Cat5e
Cables
Patch Panels
Modules
Patchcords
Plugs
➤ Plastics
52
52
53
53
54
C OP P ER C A B LI NG
COPPER CABLING
54
➤Cat6
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
Cable
Patch Panels
Modules
Patchcords
Plugs
55
55
55
56
56
www.networkscentre.com
51
C OP P ER C A B LI NG ➤ cat5e
CAT5e
➤ CAT5e copper cableS
The Net-C solid conductor 4 pair U/UTP Category 5e compliant cable
is supplied in standard 305m lengths in colour coded boxes / wooden
reel. Available in three different sheaths LSOH, PVC and external PE.
Features & Benefits:
The cable is metre marked in reverse from 305m to 0m so you are
always aware of the amount of cable left in the box. Outer sheath
can be specified as grey PVC, violet LSOH or now with an external
grade black PE. A ripcord is supplied for easy removal of the sheath
➤
ROHS Compliant.
➤
Available In 3 differant sheath’s.
Technical Data:
Conductor: 24 AWG Plain copper.
Insulation: HDPE.
➤ Construction: 4 twisted pair.
➤ Jacket: PVC grey / LSOH violet / PE black.
➤ O/D: 4.8mm PVC / 5mm LSOH / 5mm PE.
➤ Weight: 29kg/km PVC / 30kg/km LSOH / 25kg/km PE.
➤ Operating Temperature: -20C to +75C.
➤ Bend radius: 4 x O/D.
➤ Pull Tension: 110 N.
➤ NVP: 65.
➤
➤
Part No:
Description:
Nc-c5e-cbl-utp-305-exNet-C copper cable, 24 awg, cat5e utp - external black, 305m reel
Nc-c5e-cbl-utp-305-lsohNet-C copper cable, 24 awg, cat5e utp - lszh violet, 305m box
Nc-c5e-cbl-utp-305-pvcNet-C copper cable, 24 awg, cat5e utp - pvc grey, 305m box
➤ CAT5e PATCH PANELS
Specifications:
➤
Width: 484mm.
➤
Height: 44mm (24 port) 88mm (48 port).
➤
Depth: 34mm.
➤
Material: High carbon steel.
➤
Colour: Black powder coating.
➤
Termination: Dual 110/LSA style IDC.
➤
Colour code: T568B.
➤
Standard compliance: ANSI/TIA/EIA/568B.2 and ISO/IEC 11801.
Features:
Part No:
➤
Dual IDC.
➤
Write-on Labels.
➤
Clip on Rear cable management available.
Description:
Nc-c5e-pat-utp-4848 port cat5e utp patch panel dual use idc without back bar
Nc-c5e-pat-utp-48-m48 port cat5e utp patch panel dual use idc with back bar
Nc-c5e-pat-utp-2424 port cat5e utp patch panel dual use idc without back bar
Nc-c5e-pat-utp-24-m24 port cat5e utp patch panel dual use idc with back bar
52
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
Specifications:
➤
Width: 25mm.
➤
Height: 50mm.
➤
Depth: 18.2mm.
➤
Material: Plastic.
➤
Termination: LSA style IDC.
➤
Colour code: T568A/B.
➤
Standard compliance: ANSI/TIA/EIA/568B.2 and ISO/IEC 11801.
Part No:
Nc-c5e-mod-utpcat5e utp euro module krone
Features:
➤
Shallow depth.
➤
Write-on label.
➤
A/B wired.
Description:
idc termination 90 degree
Nc-c5e-mod-lj6-utp
cat5e utp lj6c module
C OP P ER C A B LI NG ➤ cat5e
➤ CAT5e MODULES
➤ CAT5e PATCHCORDS
Our copper patchcords are manufactured to exceed the performance
characteristics as detailed in ISO-11801 and EIA/TIA-568B. They are
manufactured using stranded cables and high quality plugs and can
be supplied with PVC or LSOH sheath as standard. All leads come with
moulded, snag free boots to ease installation. Available in a variety
of colours and lengths to suit. Leads are supplied fully tested and in
individual bags.
Features:
➤
ROHS Compliant.
➤
ISO-11801 and EIA/TIA-568B.
➤
Bar-coded for traceability.
➤
Available in any colour and length.
HOW TO CREATE OUR CAT5e PATCHCORDS PART NUMBERS
Populate this field with the
required length:
Eg:
NC
C5E
1 = 1 metre
2 = 2 metre
etc…
RJ45
xx
Populate this field with the
required colour:
Eg:
GN = Green
BK = Black
BE = Blue
xx
xx
Populate this field with the required colour Sheath Type:
Eg:
UL = LSZH
UP = UTP
FP = TFP
FL = FTP LSZH
Eg: NC-C5E-RJ45-UL-1-BK = 1M RJ45 CAT5E UTP PATCHCORD LSZH BLACK
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
53
C OP P ER C A B LI NG ➤ cat5e/Plastics
➤ CAT5e PLUGS
➤
J45 crimp-on connectors for use with stranded Cat5e twisted pair
R
cable.
➤
30µ” gold plated for reliability.
➤
Made from high quality polycarbonate.
➤
100 in each pack.
Part No:
Description:
NC-C5E-PLUG-UTP-SOL Cat5e UTP solid crimp plug RJ45
NC-C5E-PLUG-UTP-STRCat5e UTP stranded crimp plug
RJ45
PLASTICS
➤ FACE PLATES
Net-C plastic faceplates are suitable for all standard UK outlets.
Available bevelled or Flat to meet requirements.
Part No:
Description:
Nc-sgfp-f Single gang face plate, uk type, 2 port 86 x 86 flat
Nc-sgfp-bSingle gang face plate, uk type, 2 port 86 x 86
bevelled
Nc-dgfp-fDouble gang face plate, uk type, 4 port 86 x 146
flat
Nc-dgfp-bDouble gang face plate, uk type, 4 port 86 x 146
bevelled
➤ BLANKS
Various blanking plates are available for all standard UK outlets or
‘6C’ style floor boxes.
Part No: Description:
NC-HB
Nc-qb
Nc-lj6
Half blanks for uk type face plate 25mm x 50mm
Quarter blanks for uk type face plate 12.5mm x 50mm
lj6c blank module
➤ BACK BOXES
Plastic back boxes at various depths to suit all standard UK face plates.
54
Part No:
Description:
Nc-db-bb
Nc-sg-bb
Net-C double gang back box
Net-C single gang back box
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
➤ CAT6 copper cable
Technical Data:
➤
Conductor: 23 AWG Plain copper.
Insulation: HDPE.
➤
Construction: 4 twisted pair.
➤
Jacket: LSOH violet
➤
O/D: 6.1mm LSOH.
➤
Weight: 40kg/km LSOH.
➤
Operating Temperature: -20C to +75C.
➤
Bend radius: 4 x O/D.
➤
Pull Tension: 110 N.
➤
NVP: 65%.
➤
The Net-C solid conductor 4 pair U/UTP Category 6 compliant cable is
supplied in standard 305m lengths in colour coded boxes. The cable
construction includes a cross filler to ensure correct pair separation
along with a ripcord for easy removal of the sheath. The cable is
metre marked in reverse from 305m to 0m so you are always aware
of the amount of cable left in the box.
Part No:
Description:
C OP P ER C A B LI NG ➤ Cat6
CAT6
Nc-c6-cbl-utp-305-lsohNet-C copper cable, 23 awg,
cat6 utp- lszh violet,
305m box
➤ CAT6 PATCH PANELS
Specifications:
➤
Width: 484mm.
➤
Height: 44mm (24 port).
➤
Depth: 34mm.
➤
Material: High carbon steel.
➤
Colour: Black powder coating.
➤
Termination: Dual 110/LSA style IDC.
➤
Colour code: T568B.
➤
Standard compliance: ANSI/TIA/EIA/568B.2 and ISO/IEC 11801.
Part No:
Features:
Description:
Nc-c6-pat-utp-2424 port Cat6 utp patch panel dual
➤
Dual IDC
➤
Write-on Labels
➤
Clip on rear cable management available
use idc without back bar
Nc-c6-pat-utp-24-m24 port Cat6 utp patch panel dual
use idc with back bar
➤ CAT6 MODULES
Specifications:
Part No:
Description:
Nc-c6-mod-utpcat6 utp module uk type krone
Nc-c6-mod-lj6-utp
01403 754 233
➤
Width: 25mm.
➤
Height: 50mm.
➤
Depth: 18.2mm.
➤
Material: Plastic.
➤
Termination: LSA style IDC.
➤
Colour code: T568A/B.
➤
Standard compliance: ANSI/TIA/EIA/568B.2 and ISO/IEC 11801.
Features:
idc termination 90 degree
➤
Shallow depth.
cat6 utp lj6c module
➤
Write-on label.
➤
A/B wired.
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
55
C OP P ER C A B LI NG ➤ cat6
➤ CAT6 PATCHCORDS
Our copper patchcords are manufactured to exceed the performance
characteristics as detailed in ISO-11801 and EIA/TIA-568B. They are
manufactured using stranded cables and high quality plugs and can
be supplied with PVC or LSOH sheath as standard. All leads come with
moulded, snag free boots to ease installation. Available in a variety
of colours and lengths to suit. Leads are supplied fully tested and in
individual bags.
Features:
➤
ROHS Compliant.
➤
ISO-11801 and EIA/TIA-568B.
➤
Bar-coded for traceability.
➤
Available in any colour and length.
HOW TO CREATE OUR CAT6 PATCHCORDS PART NUMBERS
Populate this field with the
required length:
Eg:
NC
C6
1 = 1 metre
2 = 2 metre
etc…
RJ45
xx
Populate this field with the
required colour:
Eg:
GN = Green
BK = Black
BE = Blue
xx
xx
Populate this field with the required colour Sheath Type:
Eg:
UL = LSZH
UP = UTP
FP = TFP
FL = FTP LSZH
Eg: NC-C6-RJ45-UL-1-BE = 1M RJ45 CAT6 UTP PATCHCORD LSZH BLUE
➤ CAT6 PLUGS
56
➤
J45 crimp-on connectors for use with solid-core Cat6 twisted pair
R
cable.
➤
30µ” gold plated for reliability.
➤
Made from high quality polycarbonate.
➤
100 in each pack.
Part No:
Description:
Nc-c6-plug-utp-sol
Nc-c6-plug-utp-str
cat6 utp solid crimp plug rj45
cat6 utp stranded crimp plug rj46
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
Networks Centre offers KBC’s ruggedised networking
products, designed to suit hazardous environments.
AMP Tyco’s range of standard 10/100 and 1000
base are also available from stock, as well as their
19” slot-in chassis systems. We also stock the
highly competitively priced range of Net-C 10/100
media converters, available in both singlemode and
multimode.
01403 754 233
➤ Industrial Media Convertors
58
➤ Media Convertors
59
➤ Industrial Switches
61
➤ Tyco Switches
63
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
NETWOR K I NG
NETWORKING
57
N E T W OR K I NG ➤ Industrial Media Convertors
industrial media convertors
➤ KBC McG1 10/100/1000 Ethernet media converter
The KBC MCG1 series is a fully ruggedised 10/100/1000 Ethernet
media converter. It supports transmission of an Ethernet channel
over either one or two, multimode or singlemode optical fibres. The
plug-and-play design ensures ease of installation with no electrical
or optical adjustment needed. LED indicators are provided to show
the operational status of the unit clearly. The series is available in
compact, din rail or 3U chassis card configurations.
Features:
➤
Wide operational temperature range.
➤
IEEE802.3ab compliant.
➤
Ultra-compact footprint.
➤
Multimode and singlemode interfaces.
➤
Single and dual fibre.
➤
LEDs for Fibre connection and 100/1000 speed indication.
➤
LEDs L/A (link activity) and DUP (half and full Duplex operation).
Part No:
Description:
K-MCG1-M2-X Gigabit Ethernet media converter 2 MM fibre
K-MCG1-M1A-X Gigabit Ethernet media converter “A” TX,
1 MM fibre
K-MCG1-M1B-X Gigabit Ethernet media converter “B” RX,
1 MM fibre
K-MCG1-M2-XXXGigabit Ethernet media converter 2 fibre MM
12dB ST
K-MCG1-M1A-XXXGigabit Ethernet media converter A 1 fibre MM
12dB ST
x =MSB – Compact; DSB– DIN Rail; BS – Card
K-MCG1-M1B-XXXGigabit Ethernet media converter B 1 fibre MM
12dB ST
singlemode versions also available
➤ KBC FTL 10/100 Ethernet media converter
The KBC FTL series is a fully ruggedised 10/100 Ethernet media
converter. It supports transmission of an Ethernet channel over
either one or two, multimode or singlemode optical fibres. Full
duplex operation enables distances in excess of 30km on singlemode
fibre. The plug-and-play design ensures ease of installation with no
electrical or optical adjustment needed. LED indicators are provided
to show the operational status of the unit clearly. The series is
available in compact, DIN rail or 3U chassis card configurations.
Features:
➤
Wide operational temperature range.
➤
100BASE-FX on 2 fibre units.
➤
Ultra-compact footprint.
➤
10/100 auto-sensing.
➤
Multimode and singlemode interfaces.
➤
Single and dual fibre.
➤
MDI / MDIX.
Part No:
Description:
K-FTL1-M2-X 10/100 Ethernet media converter, 2 mm fibre
K-FTL1-M1A-X 10/100 Ethernet media converter “A” TX,
1 mm fibre
x =MSB – Compact; DSB– DIN Rail; BS – Card
singlemode versions also available
58
K-FTL1-M1B-X 10/100 Ethernet media converter “B” RX,
1 mm fibre
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
Features:
➤
IEEE 802.3at compliant.
➤
Wide operational temperature range.
➤
Mode A Mode B Switchable.
➤
100 BASE-FX on 2 fibre units.
➤
10/100 auto sensing.
➤
Multimode and singlemode interfaces.
➤
Single and dual fibre.
Part No:
Description:
K-FTLS1-M2-WSB 10/100 Ethernet media converter,
802.3at PSE, 2 no. MM fibres. Wall
mount
K-FTLS1-M1A-WSB 10/100 Ethernet media converter “A”
TX, 802.3at PSE, 1 no. MM fibre. Wall
mount
K-FTLS1-M1B-WSB 10/100 Ethernet media converter “B”
The KBC FTLS1 series is a fully ruggedised 10/100 Ethernet Media
Converter with PoE (Power over Ethernet). The unit acts as a
PSE (Power Sourcing Equipment) providing 25.5W @ 48Vdc and
is fully compliant with the IEEE 802.3at specification. It supports
transmission of an Ethernet channel over either one or two,
multimode or singlemode optical fibres. Full-duplex operation
enables distances in excess of 30km on singlemode fibre. The plugand-play design ensures ease of installation with no electrical or
optical adjustment needed. LED indicators are provided to clearly
show the operational status of the unit. The series is available in a
wall mount configuration only.
RX, 802.3at PSE, 1 no. MM fibre. Wall
mount
NETWOR K I NG ➤ Media Convertors
➤ KBC FTLS1 10/100 Ethernet media Converter with POE
K-FTLS1-S2-WSB 10/100 Ethernet media converter,
802.3at PSE, 2 no. SM fibres. Wall mount
K-FTLS1-S1A-WSB 10/100 Ethernet media converter “A”
TX, 802.3at PSE, 1 no. SM fibre. Wall
mount
K-FTLS1-S1B-WSB 10/100 Ethernet media converter “B”
RX, 802.3at PSE, 1 no. SM fibre. Wall
mount
media convertors
➤ 10/100Mbit/s Ethernet Media Converters
➤E
xtend
10Base-T and 100Base-TX Ethernet LAN signals from
S/UTP Cat3/5/5e structured wiring over multimode and
singlemode optical fibres using the 100Base-FX Ethernet standard.
➤S
imple
➤M
eets
and easy to install.
all the relevant industry standards for 100Mbit/s Ethernet.
➤A
vailable
in SC, ST, FC and LC configuration.
➤S
tandalone
converters can be 19" rack mounted in an AC powered
enclosure.
➤A
vailable
in multimode and singlemode fibre formats and
singlemode WDM single fibre.
➤ LED
indicators for monitoring and diagnostics.
➤C
ompact
size and cost effective solution.
Part No:
Description:
MC-0-1591024-x 10/100M Multimode SC Media Converter
MC-0-1591026-x 10/100M Multimode ST Media Converter
MC-0-1591030-x 10/100M Singlemode SC Media
Converter
MC-0-1591029-x
MC-0-1591031-x
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
10/100M Singlemode SC WDM 1550nm
10/100M Singlemode SC WDM 1310nm
www.networkscentre.com
59
NETWOR K I NG ➤ Media Convertors
➤ Gigabit Ethernet Media Converters
➤ Extend
Gigabit Ethernet 10/100/1000 BaseT LAN signals
from S/UTP Cat5e structured cable over either multimode
or singlemode optical fibres using the 1000Base-SX and 1000BaseLX standards.
➤A
utomatically
negotiate the MDI/MDI-X crossover state eliminating
the need for crossover RJ45 cables which simplifies installation.
➤ Support
for auto-negotiation and link loss forwarding further
enhances this high functionality converter.
➤M
eeting
relevant industry standards for Gigabit 1000Mbit/s
Ethernet.
➤ Installation
➤ Ideal
is ‘plug and play’ requiring no technical knowledge.
for demanding LAN applications.
Part No:
Description:
MC-0-1591020-x
MC-0-1591022-x
1000Base-SX (multimode) Converter
1000Base-LX (singlemode) Converter
➤ 19" Rackmount 10 SLOT Chassis System
➤ Supports
up to 10 of the 10/100Mbit/s and Gigabit Ethernet
Media Converters.
➤ Enables
very simple and effective termination of Ethernet and
other circuits in the wiring closet or equipment room.
➤ Ideal
for enterprise environments.
➤ Different
media converter types can be freely mixed and hot
swapped within the chassis enabling highly flexible solutions
to be created.
➤ Second
power supply can be fitted into the chassis to deliver
reliable dual redundant power system.
Part No:
Description:
MC-0-1591032-x
MC-0-1591034-0
10 slot chassis system with 1 power unit
Spare/redundant AC power unit for chassis
➤ Net-C MEDIA CONVERTOR
➤E
xtend
10Base-T and 100Base-TX Ethernet LAN signals from
S/UTP Cat3/5/5e structured wiring over multimode or
singlemode optical fibres using the 100Base-FX Ethernet standard.
➤S
imple
➤M
eets
and easy to install.
all the relevant industry standards for 100Mbit/s Ethernet.
➤A
vailable
in SC, ST, FC and LC configuration.
➤S
tandalone
converters can be 19" rack mounted in an AC
powered enclosure.
MC-SC
➤A
vailable
in multimode and singlemode fibre formats and
singlemode WDM single fibre.
➤ L ED
indicators for monitoring and diagnostics.
Part No:
Description:
MC-SC-10/100-MM10-100 multimode media converter
with sc adaptor
MC-SC-10/100-SM10-100 singlemode media converter
with sc adaptor
MC-ST-10/100-SM10-100 singlemode media converter
with st adaptor
MC-ST-10/100-MM10-100 multimode media converter
MC-ST
60
with st adaptor
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
➤ KBC ESUL8 Ethernet series
Features:
➤
The KBC ESUL8 Ethernet series is an entry level, ultra low power,
unmanaged industrial switch. The series is designed for use in a
wide range of operating temperatures in non–environmentally
conditioned, industrial applications. The switch provides connectivity
for up to eight 10/100 Mbps twisted pair copper ports which are
automatically configured and, with plug-and-play design, provides
ease and speed of installation. The series is available in either DIN
rail or wall mount configurations.
Low power.
➤B
road,
dual redundant power
input.
Part No:
➤
Full and half duplex operation.
➤
MDI/MDI-X.
K-ESUL8-DCB8 port RJ45 10/100 unmanaged switch DIN/
➤
IP40 protection class.
Description:
wall
➤ KBC ESUL5 Ethernet series
Features:
➤ L ow
The KBC ESUL5 Ethernet series is an entry level, ultra low power,
unmanaged industrial switch. The series is designed for use in a
wide range of operating temperatures in non–environmentally
conditioned, industrial applications. The switch provides connectivity
for up to eight 10/100 Mbps twisted pair copper ports which are
automatically configured and with plug-and-play design, provides
ease and speed of installation. The series is available in either DIN
rail or wall mount configurations.
power.
➤B
road,
dual redundant power
input.
➤F
ull
NETWOR K I NG ➤ Industrial Switches
industrial switches
and half duplex operation.
Part No:
Description:
K-ESUL5-DCB port RJ45 10/100 unmanaged switch DIN/
5
wall
➤M
DI/MDI-X.
➤ IP40
protection class.
➤ KBC ESUL4-FL1 Ethernet series
The KBC ESUL4-FL1 Ethernet series is an ultra low power,
unmanaged industrial Ethernet switch designed for use in a
wide range of operating temperatures in non–environmentally
conditioned, industrial applications. The switch provides connectivity
for up to four 10/100 Mbps twisted pair copper ports and one
multimode or singlemode 100 Mbps fibre port. All ports are
automatically configured and the plug-and-play design provides
ease and speed of installation. The series is available in either DIN
rail or wall mount configurations.
Features:
➤
Low power.
➤B
road,
dual redundant power
Part No:
K-ESUL4-FL1-M2-DB4 port RJ45 1 port SC fibre 10/100
unmanaged switch DIN/Wall mount
2 MM fibres
input.
➤F
ull
01403 754 233
and half duplex operation.
➤
MDI/MDI-X.
➤
IP40 protection class.
Description:
K-ESUL4-FL1-S2-DB4 port RJ45 1 port SC fibre 10/100
enquiries@networkscentre.com
unmanaged switch DIN/Wall mount
2 SM fibres
www.networkscentre.com
61
NETWOR K I NG ➤ Industrial Switches
➤ KBC ESUL6-FL2 Ethernet series
ports. All ports are automatically configured and the plug-and-play
design provides ease and speed of installation. Redundancy is
offered through the DT-Ring technology that recovers cable or port
failures automatically in less than 100ms. The series is available in
either DIN rail or wall-mount configurations.
Features:
➤
Supports DT-Ring recovery, <100ms.
➤
Redundant power input.
➤
Alarm output for power supply.
➤
Port status indicators.
➤
IP40 protection class.
Part No:
Description:
K-ESUL6-FL2-M2-DB6 port RJ45 2 port SC fibre 10/100
unmanaged switch DIN/Wall mount
2 MM fibres
K-ESUL6-FL2-S2-DB6 port RJ45 2 port SC fibre 10/100
unmanaged switch DIN/Wall mount
2 SM fibres
K-ESML6-FL2-M2-DB6 port RJ45 2 port SC fibre 10/100
managed switch DIN/Wall mount 2
MM fibres
The KBC ESUL6-FL2 Ethernet series is an unmanaged industrial
switch designed for use in a wide range of operating temperatures
in non–environmentally conditioned, industrial applications. The
switch provides connectivity for up to six 10/100 Mbps twisted pair
copper ports and two multimode or singlemode 100 Mbps fibre
K-ESML6-FL2-S2-DB6 port RJ45 2 port SC fibre 10/100
managed switch DIN/Wall mount 2
SM fibres
K-ESML6-FG3-P2-DB6 port RJ45 10/100 3 port SFP
managed switch DIN/Wall mount
➤ KBC ESML3-FL2-D4 Ethernet series
The KBC ESML3-FL2-D4 Ethernet series is a managed industrial
switch designed for use in a wide range of operating temperatures
in non–environmentally conditioned, industrial applications. The
switch provides connectivity for up to three 10/100 Mbps twisted
pair copper ports, two multimode or singlemode 100 Mbps fibre
ports and four serial data (RS232/RS485) ports. Redundancy is
offered through DT-Ring technology that recovers cable or port
failures automatically in less than 50ms. Units can be fully managed
through a number of different interfaces and provide a vast range
of hardware and software features ensuring ease of installation and
enhancement of network performance. The series is available in
either DIN rail or wall-mount configurations.
Features:
➤ Integrated
➤S
upports
4 port terminal server.
DT-Ring recovery, <50ms.
➤R
edundant
➤A
larm
➤P
ort
power input.
output for power supply.
status indicators.
➤S
upports
QoS, VLAN, SNMP, MIB V1/V2/V3, IGMP snooping, port
mirroring, port trunking, static MAC address binding.
➤B
roadcast
➤ IP40
storm control.
protection class.
Part No:
Description:
K-ESML3-FL2-D4-M2-DB3 RJ45 2 port SC fibre 10/100
managed, 4 port serial DIN/
Wall mount 2 MM fibres
62
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
➤ 8 Port UTP/STP Compact Ethernet Switch
➤E
asy
➤8
to install.
UTP / STP 10/100Mbit/s copper ports.
➤R
obust
metal case helps to protect the very compact switches from
damage.
➤M
eets
all relevant industry standards for 10Mbit/s and 100Mbit/s
➤F
ully
compatible with 10Base-T and 100Base-TX Fast Ethernet
standards.
➤S
upports
full or half duplex auto-negotiation together with N-Way
compatibility on the UTP ports.
➤ L ED
indicators for monitoring and diagnostics.
➤V
ery
cost effective solution.
Part No:
Description:
SW-0-1591036-x
8 port compact S/UTP 10/100M switch
NETWOR K I NG ➤ Tyco Switches
tyco switches
➤ 16 Port UTP/STP Compact Ethernet Switch
➤E
asy
➤1
6
to install.
port Ethernet LAN switch is ideal for small applications.
➤ Installation
is simplified by full speed auto-negotiation and MDI/
MDI-X detection which eliminates the need for crossover cables.
➤ Internal
➤C
an
auto-ranging AC/DC power unit powers the switch.
be 19” rack mounted.
Part No:
Description:
SW-0-1591070-x
16 port compact S/UTP 10/100M switch
➤ 24 Port UTP/STP Compact Ethernet Switch
➤S
imple,
➤2
4
compact and easy to use.
port Ethernet LAN switches are ideal for medium size applications.
➤ Installation
problems are eliminated by the advanced
auto-negotiation of speed, duplex and MDI/MDI-X modes.
➤C
an
be rack mounted in 10” or 19” frames.
➤R
obust
metal cage.
➤ Internal
01403 754 233
auto-ranging AC/DC power unit powers the switch.
Part No:
Description:
SW-0-1591072-x
24 port compact S/UTP 10/100M switch
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
63
NETWOR K I NG ➤ Tyco Switches
➤ 16 Port Smart Switch II With Optional Fibre Uplink
➤W
ire
speed switch fabric provides non-blocking performance.
➤R
ack
mountable into 19” racks using the 2 supplied brackets.
➤ Internal
➤C
ost
effective, compact and easy to install.
➤ Ideal
for connecting medium size workgroups over a fibre 100Mbit/s
or 2 x 1000Mbit/s Ethernet link.
➤U
plink
module can be plugged into the front of the switch which
supports a range of optical or gigabit copper ports.
➤S
witch
can be configured to support VLANS and QoS using the local
console port.
AC power unit to improve reliability of the system.
Part No:
Description:
SW-0-1591047-x
SW-0-1591094-0
SW-0-1591095-0
SW-0-1591096-0
SW-0-1591097-0
SW-0-1591098-0
SW-2-1591019-0
16 Port S/UTP 10/100M Smart Switch II
SC Multimode Fibre Plug-In Option Module
ST Multimode Fibre Plug-In Option Module
SC Singlemode Fibre Plug-In Option Module
Dual SC Gigabit Multimode SX Option Module
Dual SC Gigabit Singlemode LX Option Module
Dual Gigabit Copper 1000BaseT Option Module
➤ 24 Port Smart Switch II With Optional Fibre Uplink
Part No:
Description:
SW-0-1591093-x24 Port S/UTP 10/100M Smart Switch II
SW-0-1591094-0SC Multimode Fibre Plug-In Option
Module
➤C
ost
effective, compact and easy to install.
➤1
0/100Mbit/s
24 port Ethernet auto-negotiating switch supports
IP stacking making management a simple task.
➤ The
expansion slot supports interface modules that can connect
to Gigabit or 100Base-FX fibre interfaces.
SW-0-1591095-0ST Multimode Fibre Plug-In Option
Module
SW-0-1591096-0SC Singlemode Fibre Plug-In Option
Module
➤ 10/100Mbit/s
SW-0-1591097-0Dual SC Gigabit Multimode SX Option
➤A
uto
SW-0-1591098-0Dual SC Gigabit Singlemode LX Option
auto-negotiating smart switch is ideal for connecting
larger size workgroups over a fibre Ethernet link.
negotiating determines both the data rate and whether full
or half duplex operation is required.
➤O
ptional
100Mbit/s or 2 x 1000Mbit/s fibre or copper uplink module
and dedicated management support through the console, this high
quality switch delivers the power, flexibility and performance that
is expected.
Module
Module
SW-2-1591019-0Dual Gigabit Copper 1000BaseT Option
Module
➤ 24 Port Stackable Managed Switch with Dual Port Expansion Slot
Part No:
Description:
SW-0-1591099-x 24 Port Stackable Managed Switch
SW-0-1591094-0100Fx SC Multimode Fibre Plug-In Option
Module
SW-0-1591095-0100Fx ST Multimode Fibre Plug-In Option
Module
➤1
0/100Mbit/s
24 port Ethernet auto-negotiating switch supports
IP stacking making management a simple task.
➤ The
expansion slot supports interface modules that can connect
to Gigabit or 100Base-FX fibre interfaces.
➤E
asy
to install.
➤ Switch
offers a very high performance, scalable solution for
distributed workgroups.
➤1
9"
64
brackets are included.
SW-0-1591096-0100Fx SC Singlemode Fibre Plug-In
Option Module
SW-0-1591097-0Dual Gigabit Multimode Sx Plug-In Option
Module
SW-0-1591098-0Dual Gigabit Singlemode Lx Plug-In
Option Module
SW-2-1591019-0Dual Gigabit Copper 1000BaseT
Plug-In Option Module
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
➤ GigaPlus
66
➤ Cat6Plus
69
➤ 10GPlus
72
➤ System Accessories
74
➤ Copper Patchcords & Pigtails
76
➤Fibre Optic Patchcords
& Pigtails
78
➤ Fibre Optic Adaptors
79
➤Optical Patch Panels
81
Patch Panels
81
➤Fibre Optic Cable
82
➤Blolite Air Blown
Fibre System
01403 754 233
77
➤ Fibre Optic Connectors
➤Unloaded Optical
84
➤FibrePlus
86
➤ Optical MPO Solution
87
➤ Datacentre Cabinets & Racks
88
enquiries@networkscentre.com
Brand-Rex
Brand-Rex is the UK's number one provider of
structured cabling systems. Networks Centre is proud
to be one of their premier distributors and stocks
their complete copper and optical cabling systems;
as well as their range of racks, cabinets and cable
management.
www.networkscentre.com
65
B r a n d - R e x ➤ GigaPlus
➤ shielded Cable
GigaPlus F/UTP 100 Ω 4x2xAWG 24/1 premium grade class D/Cat5e
cable to support Gigabit Ethernet protocol combined with good EMI/
RFI protection for installations in horizontal and backbone areas.
The cable is compliant with: ISO/IEC 61156-5, EN 50288-2-1 and
ANSI/TIA/EIA 568C.
Part No:
Description:
BR-GPF-HF1-Rlx-305VTGigaPlus 24 AWG F/UTP 4 Pair
LSHF IEC 60332-1-2 Sheathed,
Violet RAL 4005 Cable
➤ Unshielded Cable
GigaPlus U/UTP 100 Ω 4x2xAWG 24/1 premium grade Class D/
Cat5e cable to support Gigabit Ethernet protocol for installation in
horizontal and backbone areas.
The cable is compliant with: ISO/IEC 61156-5, EN 50288-3-1 and
ANSI/TIA/EIA 568C.
Part No:
Description:
BR-GPU-HF1-Rlx-305VTGigaPlus 24 AWG U/UTP 4 Pair
LSHF IEC60332-1-2 Sheathed,
Violet RAL 4005 Cable
BR-GPU-HF1-X-1000BKGigaPlus 24AWG U/UTP 4 pair
LSHF/PE outdoor grade cable
➤ shielded Jacks
GigaPlus Shielded Snap-In-Jacks offer true Category 5e component
performance. The jacks are backward compatible and also fully
compatible with all Brand-Rex’s UK and Continental style faceplates
and products. Each jack is supplied with a short form installation
instruction and cable tie.
Part No:
Description:
BR-GPCJAKF0K2GigaPlus Snap-In-Jack Screened LSA IDC
Universal wiring, Black
BR-GPCJAKF012GigaPlus Snap-In-Jack Screened 110 IDC
Universal wiring, Black
GigaPlus Shielded Snap-In-Jacks offer true Category 5e component
performance. The jack is backward compatible and also fully
compatible with all Brand-Rex’s UK and Continental style faceplates
and products. Each jack is supplied with a short form installation
instruction and stuffer cap.
Part No:
Description:
BR-GPCJAKF013LFGigaPlus Lead Frame Snap-In-Jack Screened
110 IDC 568A/B
66
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
The Tool-free Jack offers true Cat5e performance and is fully
compatible with Brand-Rex UK and continental UNI style faceplates
and products. The jacks come supplied in boxes of 12; termination
instructions are on the rear of the box. No termination tool is
required. Each jack has integral colour code wiring labels.
GigaPlus Shielded and Unshielded Snap-In-Jacks offer true Category
5e component performance. The jack is backward compatible and
also fully compatible with all Brand-Rex’s UK and Continental style
faceplates and products. Each jack is supplied with a short form
installation instruction and stuffer cap.
Part No:
Description:
Part No:
BR-GPCJAKU002
GigaPlus Snap-In-Jack Unscreened - Tool Free
BR-GPCJAKU013LFGigaPlus Lead Frame Snap-In-Jack
GigaPlus Slimline Shuttered Modules offer true Category 5e
component performance and are fully compatible with Brand-Rex UK
and continental UNI style faceplates and products, and are suitable
for applications where internal back box space is limited. Each jack
is supplied with a shortform installation instruction and a cable tie
to attach the cable to the cable anchor. Modules are supplied with a
colour code wiring label.
Part No:
Description:
BR-GPCSL062UB02GigaPlus 50x25 Slimline Shuttered Module
- Unshielded, Black
BR-GPCSL062UB03GigaPlus 50x25 Slimline Shuttered Module
- Unshielded, White
BR-GPCSL06CUB02GigaPlus 38x25 Slimline Shuttered Module
- Unshielded, Black
BR-GPCSL06CUB03GigaPlus 38x25 Slimline Shuttered Module
- Unshielded, White
B r a n d - R e x ➤ GigaPlus
➤ Unshielded Jacks
Description:
Unscreened 110 IDC 568B Wired, White
GigaPlus Unshielded Snap-In-Jacks offer true Category 5e component
performance. The jacks are backward compatible and also fully
compatible with all Brand-Rex’s UK and Continental style faceplates
and products. Each jack is supplied with a short form installation
instruction and cable tie.
Part No:
Description:
BR-GPCJAKU012GigaPlus Snap-In-Jack Unscreened 110 IDC
Universal wiring, Black
BR-GPCJAKU013GigaPlus Snap-In-Jack Unscreened 110 IDC
Universal wiring, White
BR-GPCJAKU0K2GigaPlus Snap-In-Jack Unscreened LSA IDC
Universal wiring, Black
BR-GPCJAKU0K3GigaPlus Snap-In-Jack Unscreened LSA IDC
Universal wiring, White
BR-GPCSLA62UB02GigaPlus 50x25 Angled Slimline Shuttered
Module - Unshielded, Black
BR-GPCSLA62UB03GigaPlus 50x25 Angled Slimline Shuttered
Module - Unshielded, White
01403 754 233
* Shielded versions available,
call for more information.
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
67
B r a n d - R e x ➤ GigaPlus
➤ shielded Patch Panels
The GigaPlus 19" rack mounted patch panel offers true Category
5e component performance using patented state of the art printed
circuit technology. Available in 24 port versions, these panels have
a cable management / strain relief feature built into the rear
mounted grounding bar. All outlets are numerically identified with
an additional writable surface for ease of port naming. Each panel is
supplied with cable ties, panel mounting accessories and short form
installation instructions.
Part No:
Description:
BR-GPCPNLF24012MGigaPlus 24 Port Screened Patch Panel
1U 110 IDC Universal wiring, Black
BR-GPCPNLF240K2MGigaPlus 24 Port Screened Patch Panel
1U LSA IDC Universal wiring, Black
➤ Unshielded Patch Panels
The GigaPlus 19" rack mounted patch panel offers true Category
5e component performance using patented state of the art printed
circuit technology. All outlets are numerically identified with an
additional writable surface for ease of port naming. Each panel is
supplied with cable ties, panel mounting accessories and short form
installation instructions.
Part No:
Description:
BR-GPCPNLU24002GigaPlus 24 Port Unscreened Patch Panel
1U Universal punchdown and wiring, Black
BR-GPCPNLU48002GigaPlus 48 Port Unscreened Patch Panel
2U Universal punchdown and wiring, Black
The GigaPlus 19" rack mounted patch panel offers true Category
5e component performance using patented state of the art printed
circuit technology. Available in 24 port versions, these panel
have a cable management/strain relief feature built into the rear
mounted grounding bar. All outlets are numerically identified with
an additional writable surface for ease of port naming. Each panel is
supplied with cable ties, panel mounting accessories and short form
installation instructions.
Part No:
Description:
BR-GPCPNLU24012MGigaPlus 24 Port Unscreened Patch
Panel 1U 110 IDC Universal wiring
with Cable Management, Black
BR-GPCPNLU240K2MGigaPlus 24 Port Unscreened Patch
Panel 1U LSA IDC Universal wiring
with Cable Management, Black
68
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
Cat6Plus F/FTP, 100 Ω 4x2xAWG 23/1 premium grade class E/
Cat6 cable to support Gigabit ethernet protocol for installation in
horizontal and backbone areas.
The cable is compliant with: ISO/IEC 11801, ANSI/EIA/TIA 568C ISO/
IEC 61156-5 and EN 50288-5-1.
Part No:
Description:
BR-C6f-FTP-HF1-500VTCat6Plus 23 AWG F/FTP 4 Pair LSHF
IEC 60332-1-2 Sheathed, Violet RAL
4005 Cable
Cat6Plus U/FTP 100 Ω 4x2xAWG 23/1 premium grade class E/
Cat6 cable to support Gigabit Ethernet protocol for installation in
horizontal and backbone areas.
The cable is compliant with: ISO/IEC 61156-5, EN 50288-5-1 and
ANSI/TIA/EIA 568C.
Part No:
Description:
BR-C6U-FTP-HF1-500VTCat6Plus 23 AWG U/FTP 4 Pair LSHF
F I BRE OP TI C C A BBLI
r aNG
n d -➤R estandard
x ➤ Cat6Plus
cables
➤ shielded Cable
IEC 60332-1-2 Sheathed, Violet RAL
4005 Cable
➤ Unshielded Cable
Cat6Plus F/UTP, 100 Ω 4x2xAWG 23/1 premium grade Class
E/Cat6 cable to support Gigabit Ethernet protocol for installation
in horizontal and backbone areas, PoE, PoEP and broadband video
transmissions at frequencies as high as 550MHz.
The cable is compliant with: ISO/IEC 11801, EN50173-1, ANSI/EIA/
TIA 568C series, ISO/IEC 60332-1-2 and EN 50288-5-1.
Part No:
Description:
BR-C6F-UTP-HF1-500VT500m Violet Cat6Plus 23 awg
f-utp 4 pair lsf-oh iec 332.1
Sheathed, Violet ral 4005 cable
lsoh
Cat6Plus U/UTP 100 Ω 4x2xAWG 23/1 premium grade class E/
Cat6 cable to support Gigabit Ethernet protocol for installation in
horizontal and backbone areas.
The cable is compliant with: ISO/IEC 61156-5, EN 50288-6-1 and
ANSI/TIA/EIA 568C.
Part No:
Description:
BR-C6U-HF1-Rlx-305VTCat6Plus 23 AWG U/UTP 4 Pair
LSHF IEC 60332-1-2 Sheathed,
Violet RAL 4005 Cable
BR-C6U-HF1-500VTCat6Plus 23 AWG U/UTP 4 Pair
LSHF IEC 60332-1-2 Sheathed,
Violet RAL 4005 Cable
BR-C6U-HF1-X-500BKCat6Plus 23 AWG U/UTP 4 Pair
Sheathed, Polyethylene Outer
Sheathed, External Cable
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
69
B r a n d - R e x ➤ Cat6Plus
➤ Shielded Jacks
The Brand-Rex Cat6Plus Screened Snap-In-Jack offers true Category 6
component performance using a new patented contact array design.
The jack is backward compatible and also fully compatible with all
Brand-Rex’s UK and continental style faceplates and products. Jacks
are supplied with a short form installation instruction.
Part No:
Description:
BR-C6CJAKFOK2Cat6Plus Snap-In-Jack Screened LSA
universal wired idc, Black
The Cat6Plus Shielded Tool-free Snap-in-Jack is easy and quick
to install, its compact construction and multiple cable-entry
options make it the most flexible product of its type available. It
is smaller and shorter than traditional products, allowing it to fit
more comfortably into confined spaces. The jack also features an
adjustable management element allowing for a rear, top or sideentry cable termination. Designed for use in all structured cabling
environments including the general office and datacentres, the jack
can be installed in patch panels, wall outlets and floor box modules
to provide a robust and versatile solution. The Cat6Plus system
is a Category 6 and Class E solution set that is fully backwards
compatible to Cat5e (Class D) products. The jack is fully compatible
with all Brand-Rex’s UK and Continental style faceplates and patch
panel products.
Part No:
Description:
BR-C6CJAKS000
Cat6Plus Snap-In-Jack Screened - Tool Free
➤ Unshielded Jacks
The Tool-free Jack offers true Cat6 performance and is fully
compatible with Brand-Rex UK and continental UNI style faceplates
and products. The jacks come supplied in boxes of 12; termination
instructions are on the rear of the box. No termination tool is
required. Each jack has integral colour code wiring labels.
Part No:
Description:
BR-C6CJAKU002Cat6Plus Snap-In-Jack Unscreened - Tool
Free
The Brand-Rex Cat6Plus Snap-In-Jack offers true Category 6
component performance using a new patented contact array design.
The jack is backward compatible and also fully compatible with all
Brand-Rex’s UK and continental style faceplates and products. Jacks
are supplied with a short form installation instruction.
Part No:
Description:
BR-C6CJAKU012Cat6Plus Snap-In-Jack Unscreened 110 IDC,
Black
BR-C6CJAKU013Cat6Plus Snap-In-Jack Unscreened 110 IDC,
White
BR-C6CJAKU0K2Cat6Plus Snap-In-Jack Unscreened LSA IDC,
Black
BR-C6CJAKU0K3Cat6Plus Snap-In-Jack Unscreened LSA IDC,
White
70
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
The Cat6Plus 19" rackmounted 0.5U 24 port Shielded patch panel
offers a port density which delivers 48 terminations in a single
U height with true Category 6 component performance using a
patented contact pin array design. The robust and easy to install
patch panel employs a conventional termination method that
affords the installer the maximum punch down accessibility for wire
termination. To assure the optimum link performance the panel has
been designed with integral rear cable management which provides
easy routing and strain relief for the high performance cabling.
This shielded version of the 0.5U patch panel introduces shielded
mounting clips to ensure optimum earthing of the cable screens.
Part No:
The Cat6Plus 19" rack mounted patch panel offers true Category 6
component performance using a new patented contact pin array
design. All panels are backward compatible. The modular jacks that
are used in blocks of 8 are individually shielded to give superior
shielding. In addition to this, each panel has been designed with a
cable management/strain relief feature built into the rear. All outlets
are numerically identified with an additional writable surface for
ease of port naming. Each panel is supplied with cable ties, panel
mounting accessories and short form installation instructions.
Part No:
Description:
BR-C6CPNLF240K2MCat6Plus 24 Port Screened Patch
Panel 1U LSA IDC 568A/B Wired
Black with cable management
Description:
BR-C6CPNLF240K2HCat6Plus 0.5U 24 Port Screened
F I BRE OP TI C C A BBLI
r aNG
n d -➤R estandard
x ➤ Cat6Plus
cables
➤ shielded Panels
Patch Panel LSA IDC 568A/B Wired
Black with cable management
➤ Unshielded Panels
The Cat6Plus 19" rack mounted 0.5U patch panel offers true Category
6 component performance using a new patented contact pin array
design. All panels are backward compatible. In addition to this, each
panel has been designed with a cable management/strain relief
feature built into the rear. All outlets are numerically identified with
an additional writable surface for ease of port naming. Each panel is
supplied with cable ties, panel mounting accessories and short form
installation instructions.
Part No:
Description:
BR-C6CPLNLU240K2H0.5U Cat6Plus 24 Port Unscreened
Patch Panel LSA IDC 568A/B Wired
Black with cable management.
The Cat6Plus 19" rack mounted patch panel offers true Category 6
component performance using a new patented contact pin array
design. All panels are backward compatible. In addition to this, each
panel has been designed with a cable management/strain relief
feature built into the rear. All outlets are numerically identified with
an additional writable surface for ease of port naming. Each panel is
supplied with cable ties, panel mounting accessories and short form
installation instructions.
Part No:
Description:
BR-C6UCPNLU24012MCat6Plus 24 Port Unscreened Patch
Panel 1U 110 IDC 568A/B Wired
Black with cable management
BR-C6UCPNLU240K2MCat6Plus 24 Port Unscreened Patch
Panel 1U LSA IDC 568A/B Wired
Black with cable management
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
71
B r a n d - R e x ➤ 10GPlus
➤ shielded cable
10GPlus S/FTP 100 Ω, 4x2xAWG 23/1 is a premium grade class EA/
Augmented category 6 Cable to support 10 Gigabit Ethernet protocol
for installation in horizontal and backbone areas.
10GPlus F/FTP 100 Ω, 4x2xAWG 23/1 is a premium grade class EA/
Augmented category 6 Cable to support 10 Gigabit Ethernet protocol
for installation in horizontal and backbone areas.
The cable is compliant with: ISO 61156-5 and ANSI/TIA/EIA and
EN50288-10-1.
The cable is compliant with: ISO 61156-5 ANSI/TIA/EIA 568C and
EN50288-10-1 standards when it is published. These cables are also
fully backwards compatable with Category 5 and Category 6 systems.
Part No:
Description:
BR-AC6S-FTP-HF1-500VT10GPlus 23 AWG S/FTP 4 Pair
LSHF IEC 60332-1-2 Sheathed,
Voilet RAL 4005 cable
Part No:
Description:
BR-AC6F-FTP-HF1-500VT10GPlus 23 AWG F/FTP 4 Pair
LSHF IEC 60332-1-2 Sheathed,
Voilet RAL 4005 cable
10GPlus U/FTP, 4x2, 100 Ω AWG2311 is a premium grade class EA/
Augmented Category 6 cable to support 10 Gigabit Ethernet protocol
for installation in horizontal and backbone applications.
10GPlus U/FTP, 100 Ω, 4x2xAWG 26/1 is a premium grade Class EA/
Augmented Category 6 cable to support 10 Gigabit Ethernet protocol
for use within the datacentre environment.
The cable is compliant with: ISO 61156-6 ed 2, ANSI/TIA/EIA568C. It
is also designed to be compliant with EN50288-10-2.
The cable is compliant with: ISO 61156-6 ed 2, ANSI/TIA/EIA568C. It
is also designed to be compliant with EN50288-10-2.
Part No:
Description:
BR-AC6U-FTP-HF1-500VT10GPlus 23AWG A/FTP 4 Pair LSHF
IEC 60332-1-2 Sheathed Violet
RAL4005 cable
Part No:
Description:
BR-AC6-DCZ-500VT
5 00m 10gplus U-Ftp 4 Pair Lsf-Oh Iec
60332-1-2 Sheathed, Violet Ral 4005 small
diameter cable
*Maximum operational length 70 metres.
➤ Unshielded Cable
10GPlus U/UTP 100 Ω, 4x2, AWG23/1 is a premium grade class EA/
Augmented Category 6 cable to support 10 Gigabit Ethernet protocol
for installation in horizontal and backbone applications.
The cable is compliant with: ISO 61156-5, ANSI/TIA/EIA 568C and
the draft standard EN 50288-11-1. The cable is fully backwards
compatible with Category 5 and Category 6 systems.
Part No:
Description:
BR-AC6U-HF1-1000VT10gplus 23 awg u-utp 4 pair LSHF
IEC 60332-1-2 Sheathed, Violet ral
4005 cable
Br-ac6u-hf1-500vt10gplus 23 awg u-utp 4 pair LSHF
IEC 60332-1-2 Sheathed, Violet ral
4005 cable
72
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
The 10GPlus Shielded Tool-free Snap-in-Jack is easy and quick
to install, its compact construction and multiple cable-entry
options make it the most flexible product of its type available. It
is smaller and shorter than traditional products, allowing it to fit
more comfortably into confined spaces. The jack also features an
adjustable management element allowing for a rear, top or sideentry cable termination. Designed for use in all structured cabling
environments including the general office and datacentres, the jack
can be installed in patch panels, wall outlets and floor box modules
to provide a robust and versatile solution.
The 10GPlus system is an Augmented Category 6 and Class EA
solution set that is fully backwards compatible to Cat6 (Class E) and
Cat5e (Class D) products. The jack is fully compatible with all BrandRex’s UK and Continental style faceplates and patch panel product.
The Brand-Rex 10GPlus shielded Snap-In-Jack offers true Class EA
component performance using a patented contact array design.
The 10GPlus system is classified as an Augmented Category 6 and
Class EA product set that is fully backwards compatible to Category
6 (Class E) and Category 5e (Class D) products. The jack is also fully
compatible with all Brand-Rex’s UK and Continental style faceplates
and products.
Part No:
Part No:
Description:
BR-AC6JAKS000
10GPlus Snap-In-Jack Screened - Tool Free
F I BRE OP TI C C A BBLIr a
NG
n d➤
- R estandard
x ➤ 10GPlus
cables
➤ shielded Jacks
Description:
BR-AC6JAKF0K210GPlus Snap-In-Jack Screened LSA
universal wired IDC, Black
➤ Unshielded Jacks
When used within a channel the tool-free jack provides an industry
leading electrical performance and is fully compatible with BrandRex UK and continental UNI style faceplates and products. The
jacks come supplied in boxes of 12; termination instructions are on
the rear of the box. No termination tool is required. Each jack has
integral colour code wiring labels.
Part No:
Description:
Part No:
BR-AC6JAKU00210GPlus Snap-In-Jack Unscreened - Tool
Free
The Brand-Rex 10GPlus Snap-In-Jack offers true Class EA component
performance using a patented contact array design. The 10GPlus
system is classified as an Augmented Category 6 and Class EA product
set that is fully backwards compatible to Category 6 (Class E) and
Category 5e (Class D) products. The jack is also fully compatible with
all Brand-Rex’s UK and Continental style faceplates and products.
Description:
BR-AC6JAKU0K210GPlus Snap-In-Jack Unscreened LSA IDC,
Black
BR-AC6JAKU0K310GPlus Snap-In-Jack Unscreened LSA IDC,
White
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
73
B r a n d - R e x ➤ System Accessories
System Accessories
➤ Modular Panels
The Brand-Rex Angled Snap-in-Jack Patch Panel is a 1U 24 Port
Panel that facilitates cord routing directly into the rack vertical side
management thus rendering horizontal cable managers redundant.
The increased rack density not only saves valuable space but
also offers a panel that eases bending stresses on the cord while
maximising performance. The design accommodates a separate rear
cable manager to provide a strain relief feature for the simple routing
of horizontal cabling and also allows for colour coded labelling.
Part No:
Description:
Br-mmcpnlx24sij2man
1 u sij angled panel with
management suitable for up to
24 snap-in-jacks, black
The Brand-Rex 19" Modular Panel is a rack mounted Snap-In-Jack
panel that has been designed with a double skin to provide flush
mounted jacks. The rear of the panel has been plated for grounding
to the chassis on shielded systems. All outlets are numerically
identified with an additional writable surface for ease of port naming.
Part No:
Description:
BR-MMCPNLX16SIJ216 Port Modular Snap-In-Jack Panel - Black
BR-MMCPNLX16SIJ816 Port Modular Snap-In-Jack Panel - Grey
BR-MMCPNLX24SIJ224 Port Modular Snap-In-Jack Panel - Black
BR-MMCPNLX24SIJ824 Port Modular Snap-In-Jack Panel - Grey
BR-MMCPNLX32SIJ232 Port Modular Snap-In-Jack Panel - Black
BR-MMCPNLX32SIJ832 Port Modular Snap-In-Jack Panel - Grey
BR-MMCPNLX48SIJ248 Port Modular Snap-In-Jack Panel - Black
BR-MMCPNLX48SIJ848 Port Modular Snap-In-Jack Panel - Grey
The Brand-Rex 19” Snap-in-Jack Patch Panel that accommodates
24 ports within a 1U configuration and provides coloured inserts for
individual port/service identification. The product is designed and
supplied with a detachable rear cable manager and comes complete
with black inserts already loaded into the panel as standard. Optional
coloured inserts are available for purchase separately in a variety of
colours allowing for individual port/service identification.
Part No:
Description:
Br-mmcpnlx24sij2cii1u sij colour coded inline panel with
management suitable for up to 24
snap-in-jacks, black
Br-Mmcaccins1
Br-Mmcaccins2
Br-Mmcaccins3
Br-Mmcaccins4
Br-Mmcaccins5
Br-Mmcaccins6
Br-Mmcjakblk2
Br-Mmcjakblk3
Br-Mmcirt001
74
Insert – red
Insert – black
Insert – white
Insert – blue
Insert – green
Insert – yellow
Snap-in-jack blank - black
Snap-in-jack blank - white
Retraction tool
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
Brand-Rex supplies a comprehensive range of plastic accessories
to provide an outlet solution for wall, trunking and floorbox
applications. These accessories have been designed to be used in
conjunction with Brand-Rex Snap-In Jacks. All UK style faceplates
are supplied with M3.5 mounting screws and are available in both
modular or low cost shuttered versions. Backboxes can also be
supplied to allow for retrofit application where outlets are required
to be surface mounted.
Floorbox modules and blanks have been designed to clip into a
1.0 - 2.0mm thick plate with a standard 22 x 37mm floorbox cut-out.
Part No:
Description:
BR-MMCANGDK2453Dual Snap-In-Jack Faceplate Module RAL9010
BR-MMCDGBB32001 32mm Double Gang Back Box
BR-MMCDGBB44001 44mm Double Gang Back Box
BR-MMCSGBB32001 32mm Single Gang Back Box
BR-MMCSGBB44001 44mm Single Gang Back Box
BR-MMCWDOUNI03086mm x 86mm Single Gang UK Style
Faceplate White
BR-MMCWDOUNI03186mm x 147mm Double Gang UK
Style Faceplate White
BR-MMCWDOUNI040
BR-MMCWDOUNI042
BR-MMCWDOUNI052
F I BRE OPBTI
r aCn d
CA
- RBeLIxNG
➤ System
➤ standard
Accessories
cables
➤ Face Plates
Double Width Blank Indented White
Single Width Blank Indented White
Half Width Blank Plain White
➤ Modules
Part No:
Description:
BR-MMCANG062350mm x 25mm Shuttered Angled
Module White
BR-MMCANG06C338mm x 25mm 6C Shuttered Angled
Module White
BR-MMCBLK06C3
38mm x 25mm 6C Blank Module White
BR-MMCWDO06C00138mm x 25mm 6C Shuttered Module
White
BR-MMCWDOUNI06225mm x 50mm Shuttered Module
White
BR-MMCWDOUNI07086mm x 86mm Single Gang Faceplate
with Intergrated Shutter 1 x RJ45 White
BR-MMCWDOUNI07186mm x 86mm Single Gang Faceplate
with Intergrated Shutter 2 x RJ45 White
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
75
B r a n d - R e x ➤ Copper Patchcords
COPPER Patchcords
HOW TO CREATE OUR brand-Rex copper PATCHCORDS PART NUMBERS
Populate this field with the required boot type:
Populate this field with required length:
X = Crossover
HBS solid (only for 10GPlus)
S = Solid
H = Standard
HB = Blade style for GigaPlus only
BB = Blade style for Cat6Plus only
B = Blades style for 10GPlus only
020 = 2 Metres
010 = 1 Metre
etc
BR
xxx
PC
x
xxx
xxx
Populate this field with the
type of cable you require:
Populate this field with the required
cable construction:
Populate this field with the
required colour:
AC6 = 10GPlus
C6C = Cat6Plus
GPC = GigaPlus
F
U
S
G
111 = Red
444 = Blue
555 = Green
666 = Yellow
888 = Grey
= F-UTP (Gigaplus)
= U-UTP ONLY GigaPlus AND Cat6Plus
= Stranded
= SFTP 10GPlus
xxx
Eg: BR-GPCPCU030-888HB = GIGAPLUS 24 AWG U-UTP STRANDED BLADE LS-OH PATCH LEAD 3M GREY
➤ Cat6Plus
➤ GigaPlus
Brand-Rex Cat6Plus patchcords enable you to get the optimum
performance from your cabling system. Brand-Rex’s factory made and
tested patchcords offer you guaranteed quality and ensure that your
system avoids the performance degradation which inferior alternatives
will give you at high data rates. All patchcords are supplied with boots
and ID tags. Independent 3rd Party Certification (3P).
Brand-Rex GigaPlus patchcords enable you to get the optimum
performance from your cabling system. Brand-Rex’s factory made and
tested patchcords offer you guaranteed quality and ensure that your
system avoids the performance degradation that inferior alternatives
will give you at high data rates. All patchcords are supplied with boots
and ID tags. Independent 3rd Party Certification (3P).
➤ 10GPlus
The Brand-Rex Augmented Category 6 patchcord is part of the BrandRex 10GPlus cabling system. The 10GPlus cabling system is comprised
of high performance cables and connectivity which not only provides
a reliable platform for all of today’s network applications, but is also
designed to future-proof networks for the emerging, new higher
speed protocols of tomorrow, such as 10GBASE-T. The 10GPlus system
is classified as an Augmented Category 6 and Class EA product set that
is fully backward compatible to Category 6 (Class E) and Category 5e
(Class D) products.
Packaging:
➤
Individually packed in branded easy tear bags.
➤ individidually
bagged parts, bulk packed in bags of 10 for standard
stranded cords.
76
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
For use in permanent connections between transmission equipment
and patch panels or interconnect / cross-connect between panels.
Patchcords are pre-constructed with connectors. These include small
form factors such as LC and MTRJ as well as SC, FC and ST. Based
on 2.80mm sub units (1.9mm SFF) these ruggedised cables are
sheathed with LSHF material making them suitable for internal use.
➤
M
anufactured to comply with: ISO/IEC 11801,EN50173 -1, ANSI
TIA/EIA 568B.
➤
All major connector types, various colours available.
➤
Colour coded for identification.
➤
Duplex patchcords feature ‘Crossover’.
HOW TO CREATE OUR Brand-Rex fibre optic PATCHCORDS PART NUMBERS
Populate this field with the
required length:
Populate this field with required fibre type:
om3= om3 mm
om4= om4 mm
050 = 50/125 MM
062 = 62.5/125 MM
008 = 09/125 SM
BR
Populate this field
with:
010 = 1m
020 = 2m
030 = 3m
etc
HOP
xx
xxx
1 = SIMPLEX
2 = DUPLEX
xxx
xx
Populate this field with the
first required connector type:
Populate this field with the
second required connector type:
SC or ST or LC
SC or ST or LC
x
Bra
F I BRE
nd -Re
OPxTI➤C Fibre
C A B Optic
LI NGPatchcords
➤ standard
& Pigtails
cables
Fibre Optic PatchCORDS
& pigtails
Eg: BR-HOPLC008010LC2 = LC DUPLEX 8-125 PATCHCORDS 1M
For use in permanent connections between patch panels and
incoming cables / single blown fibres. Connector options include
small form factors such as LC and MTRJ as well as SC, FC and ST.
Based on 900μm tight buffered cores (600μm MTRJ) and suitable for
internal use only inside suitable Fibre Management Systems.
➤
M
anufactured to comply with: ISO/IEC 11801, EN50173 -1,
ANSI TIA/EIA 568B.
➤
B
ased on Tight Buffered Core.
➤
9
00μm and 600μm.
➤
A
ll major connector types.
➤
A
ll major fibre types.
HOW TO CREATE OUR Brand-Rex fibre optic pigtails PART NUMBERS
Populate this field with required fibre type:
om3= 50/125 mm
om4= om4 mm
062 = 62.5/125 MM
008 = 09/125 SM
BR
HOT
Populate this field with the required length:
001 = 1m
002 = 2m
xx
xxx
xxx
Populate this field with the first required connector type:
SC
ST
LC
Eg: BR-HOTLCOM3001 = LC OM3 50-125 PIGTAIL 1M
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
77
B r a n d - R e x ➤ Fibre Optic Connectors
Fibre Optic Connectors
➤ FC-PC Connector
FC-PC singlemode connector kits comprise of a nickel plated brass
body with a precision ceramic ferrule, stepped crimp sleeve, 2 x
colour coded strain relief boots and a 0.9mm boot.
C ompliant with IEC 60874-7
Strain Relief Colour Code: SM - Yellow, Black
➤ Typical Insertion Loss: SM - 0.15dB
➤ Minimum Return Loss: SM 45dB
➤
➤
Part No:
Description:
BR-FOCFCEPSM001FC Singlemode Connector with zirconia
ferrule
➤ LC Connector
LC multimode and singlemode connector kits comprise of a precision
ferrule, crimp sleeve, colour coded outer shroud, 2 x colour coded
2.0mm strain reliefs (..001) or a 0.9mm (..002) boot.
Typical Insertion Loss: MM - <0.2dB, SM - <0.15dB
Minimum Return Loss: MM 20dB, SM 45dB
➤ Available as either simplex or duplex variants.
➤
➤
Part No:
Description:
BR-FOCLCEPMM001LC Duplex Multimode 1 Piece Connector
with 2.0mm boot
BR-FOCLCEPSM001LC Duplex Singlemode 1 Piece Connector
with 2.0mm boot
➤ ST Connector
ST connector kits comprise of a nickel plated zinc coupling body with
a precision ceramic ferrule, crimp sleeve, 2 x colour coded 3mm strain
reliefs and a 0.9mm boot.
Compliant with IEC 60874-10
Strain Relief Colour Code: MM - Red, Black
➤ SM - Yellow, Black
➤ Typical Insertion Loss: MM - 0.2dB, SM - 0.15dB
➤ Minimum Return Loss: SM 45dB
➤
➤
Part No:
Description:
BR-FOCSTEPMM001
BR-FOCSTEPSM001
ST Multimode Connector
ST Singlemode Connector
➤ SC Simplex Connector
SC multimode and singlemode connector kits comprise of a one piece
SC body with precision ceramic ferrule, crimp, sleeve, colour coded outer
shroud, 2 x colour coded 3mm strain relief boots and a 0.9mm boot.
Compliant with IEC60874-14
Typical Insertion Loss: MM - 0.2dB, SM - 0.15dB
➤ Minimum Return Loss: SM 45dB
➤
➤
Part No:
Description:
BR-FOCSCEPMM001SC Multimode Connector Parts with
zirconia ferrule
BR-FOCSCEPSM001SC Singlemode Connector Parts with
zirconia ferrule
BR-FOCSCKLBE
BR-FOCSCKLBU
78
SC Duplex Multimode Clip
SC Duplex Singlemode Clip
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
➤ SC Simplex Adaptor
SC Adaptors comprise of a polymer outer body and inner assembly
fitted with a precision alignment sleeve. Multimode with metal
sleeve. Singlemode with Ceramic Sleeve.
➤
Compliant with IEC 60875-14
➤
Max. Insertion Loss: MM - 0.3dB, SM - 0.1dB
Part No:
Description:
BR-BHCSCMM001
BR-BHCSCSM001
SC Singlemode (Blue)
SC Multimode (Beige)
➤ SC Duplex Adaptor
SC Duplex adaptors comprise of a polymer outer body and an inner
assembly fitted with a precision alignment sleeve.
➤
Multimode with metal sleeve. Singlemode with Ceramic Sleeve.
➤
Compliant with IEC 60875-14
➤
Max. Insertion Loss: MM - 0.3dB, SM - 0.1dB
Part No:
Description:
BR-BHCDCMM001
BR-BHCDCSM001
SC Duplex - Multimode (Beige)
F I BRE OP
B rTI
a nC dC-A
RB
e LI
x NG
➤ fibre
➤ standard
optic Adaptors
cables
Fibre Optic Adaptors
SC Duplex - Singlemode (Blue)
➤ ST Adaptor
ST adaptors comprise of a nickel plated zinc die cast body with a
precision alignment sleeve. They are both standard and double ‘D’
hole compatible. Multimode with metal sleeve. Singlemode with
ceramic sleeve.
➤
Compliant with IEC 60875-10
➤
Max. Insertion Loss: MM - 0.3dB, SM - 0.1dB
Part No:
Description:
BR-BHCSTMM001
BR-BHCSTSM001
ST Multimode
ST Singlemode
➤ FC Adaptor
FC adaptors comprise of a nickel plated brass body that is fitted with
a precision alignment sleeve. They are standard single and double 'D'
hole compatible.
01403 754 233
➤
Compliant with IEC 60875-7
➤
Max. Insertion Loss: SM - 0.1dB
Part No:
Description:
BR-BHCFCSM001
FC-PC Singlemode
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
79
B r a n d - R e x ➤ Fibre Optic Adapters
➤ LC Duplex Adaptor
LC duplex adaptors (BHCLCXM001) comprise of a polymer body with
a precision alignment sleeves. They have the outer dimensions of a
simplex SC style adaptor.
Part No:
Description:
BR-BHCLCMM001 LC Multimode (Duplex) (Beige)
BR-BHCLCSM001 LC Singlemode (Duplex) (Blue)
➤ LC Quad Adaptor
LC quad adaptors (BHCL4XM001) comprise of a polymer body with
precision alignment sleeves. They have the outer dimensions of a
quad SC style adaptor
Part No:
Description:
BR-BHCL4MM001 LC Multimode (Quad) Beige
BR-BHCL4SM001 LC Singlemode (Quad) (Blue)
➤ MTRJ Duplex Adaptor
MTRJ adaptors have a polymer outer body which has the outer
dimensions of a simplex SC sized adaptor.
Part No:
Description:
BR-BHCMJXX001
MTRJ adaptor
The UK’s No1 Structured Cabling System Manufacturer
Networks Centre stock the complete
range of Brand-Rex copper and optical
cabling systems.
80
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
offers a flexible and highly versatile solution for optical splicing and
patching. The panel’s shallow depth allows it to be installed within
the majority of standard racks and wall mounted enclosures. The
integrated design features ensure that even once installed panels
can be readily reconfigured to accommodate the changing needs of
today’s high speed networks.
The FibrePlus 19” 1U fibre Optic Patch Panels have been designed to
optimise both the internal fibre management but also to add greater
fibre density. Constructed from mild steel with a powder coated paint
finish the panels are available in Black or Grey. The Patch Panels
➤
FibrePlus Panels are preloaded with Fibre Optic adaptors
➤
F ront Panel for up to 24 fibre FC, ST, SC 12 way DC, 48 fibre LC,
MTRJ, 96 fibre LC quad
➤
Minimum depth: 237mm
➤
Front Panel includes a port identification strip
➤
Suitable for Blolite
HOW TO CREATE OUR Brand-Rex LOADED OPTICAL PATCH PANELS PART NUMBERS
Populate this field with number of adaptors
required:
04 = 4 way
BR-FPCC 1SX
xx
xx
Populate this field with the
required Mode:
xx
2
F I BRE OP
B rTI
a nC dC-A
RB
e LI
x NG
➤ optical
➤ standard
patch Panels
cables
Optical Patch Panels
Populate this field with the first
required connector type:
MM or SM
SC or ST or
LC
Eg: BR-FPCC1SXSM16ST2 = PANEL LOADED WITH 16 ST SM ADAPTORS – BLACK
UnLoaded Optical Patch PanelS
➤
ear of panel offers a range of apertures to accommodate a variety
R
of gland configurations
➤
Unloaded panels are supplied with management and glands
➤
urpose designed panel base allows for customised fibre
P
management and additional anchoring points for incoming cables
or ducts
➤
F ront face of the panel includes a port identification strip
compatible with blolite.
Front panel configuration options:
The FibrePlus 1U fibre 19” Optic Patch Panels have been designed to
optimise both the internal fibre management but also to add greater
fibre density. Constructed from mild steel with a powder coated paint
finish the panels are available in Black or Grey. The Patch Panels
offers a flexible and highly versatile solution for optical splicing and
patching. The panel’s shallow depth allows it to be installed within
the majority of standard racks and wall mounted enclosures. The
integrated design features ensure that even once installed panels
can be readily reconfigured to accommodate the changing needs of
today’s high speed networks.
➤
E nhanced sliding tray for easy access complete with quick release
fastenings
➤
djustable mounting brackets aids installation within shallow
A
enclosures
➤
Minimum depth 237mm
01403 754 233
➤
24 fibre using ST,SC, FC-PC, LC or MTRJ
➤
48 fibre using Duplex SC, Duplex LC or MTRJ
➤
96 fibre using Quad LC
Part No:
Description:
BR-FPCC1SXXX48SC2Unloaded Optical Panel for up to 24 SC
Simplex, LC or MTRJ adapters - Black
BR-FPCC1SXXX24DC2Unloaded Optical Panel for up to 12 SC
Duplex adapters - Black
BR-FPCC1SXXX48DC2Unloaded Optical Panel for up to 24 SC
Duplex adapters - Black
BR-FPCC1SXXX24ST2Unloaded Optical Panel for up to 24 ST
enquiries@networkscentre.com
or FC adapters - Black
www.networkscentre.com
81
Fibre Optic Cable
B r a n d - R e x ➤ Fibre Optic Cable
HOW TO CREATE OUR Brand-Rex fibre optic cable PART NUMBERS
BR-HF
Populate this field with required cable
construction:
Populate this field if armour
is required:
PDC = tight buffered
UNI = loose tube
STA = steel tape armoured
xxx
xxx
xx
Populate this field with the fibre type:
xx
LU
Populate this field with the
required number of cores:
062 = 62.5/125
050 = 50/125 MM
om3= 50/125 om3
om4 = 50/125 om4
008 = 09/125 SM
04 = 4 core
08 = 8 core
16 = 16 core
24 = 24 core
Eg: BR-HF062PDC04LU = 4 CORE 62.5/125 TIGHT BUFFERED INT/EXT CABLE BLACK
➤ Tight Buffered Internal External
➤ Loose Tube Internal/External
C ompact design.
Water blocked design.
Low smoke halogen free sheath.
VICE
VICE
ER
LE
N GTh S
For building backbone and horizontal distribution applications, the
PDC cable range has been designed to be compact and yet offer
excellent tensile performance making it suitable for a wide range of
applications. The universal construction enables the cable to be used
internally and externally without the need for transition cable joints.
All universal PDC cables are constructed around the 900μm tight
buffered elements which are suitable for direct termination.
➤
➤
➤
O
CuT T
O
CuT T
LE
FREE
ER
FREE
N GTh S
For building backbone applications, the duct grade unitube cable range
has been designed to be lightweight and compact. The 4-12 fibre
product variants are constructed around a 2.90mm gel filled loose tube,
whereas the 16-24 fibre variants use a 4.00mm loose tube.
➤
➤
➤
➤
Compact water blocked design.
Up to 24 fibres.
Level 1 rodent protection.
Choice of universal or external sheath.
➤ Steel tape armoured Unitube Cable
82
ER
O
CuT T
LE
VICE
FREE
N GTh S
For direct burial campus backbone applications, the steel tape
armoured unitube cable range has been designed to be compact and
yet offer excellent tensile and crush performance making it suitable
for a wide range of applications. Steel tape armoured unitube cables
are constructed around the 4.00mm gel filled PBT loose buffer tube.
The 16-24 fibre variants are supplied with 2 bundles within the
loose tube.
➤
Steel tape armouring.
➤
Maximum protection from rodents.
➤
Choice of universal or external sheath.
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
Fire Survival cable is used in areas where critical data transmission
must continue when the building structure in which it is installed
is on fire. For this reason its use in large public buildings such as
datacentres, airports, railway stations, stadia and onshore/offshore
industrial structures is becoming increasingly common. The use of the
cable in building management, fire and security systems means that
these vital systems will remain functional in the event of a real life
incident which requires an emergency evacuation.
➤
Independent 3rd party tested (BRE).
➤
Unitube design offering up to 24 fibres.
➤
Layer of fire retardant tape.
➤
Steel tape armour.
➤
Twin low smoke halogen-free sheaths.
F I BRE OP TI
BCr aCnAdB- LI
R eNG
x ➤➤ Fibre
standard
Opticcables
Cable
➤ FIRE SURVIVAL CABLE
HOW TO CREATE OUR Brand-Rex FIRE SURVIVAL cable PART NUMBERS
Populate this field with the
required number of cores:
04 = 4 core
08 = 8 core
16 = 16 core
24 = 24 core
BR-EF
xxx
UNI
xx
LSTA
LUFS-RD
Populate this field with the fibre type:
062 = 62.5/125
050 = 50/125 MM
om3= 50/125 om3
om4 = 50/125 om4
008 = 09/125 SM
Eg: BR-EF05OU04LSTALUFS-RD = 4 CORE UNITUBE FIRE SURVIVAL CABLE OM2
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
83
B r a n d - R e x ➤ Blolite
Customer requirements in the ever-advancing
communications market continues to grow, stretching scarce
bandwidth resources and truly testing the performance of
today’s networks. In choosing cabling system solutions,
whether for small, medium or large multiple site locations,
server farms or co-location datacentres, network planners
have some serious issues to consider. Among these is the
decision as to which type and mix of fibre to install to allow
for network expansion and upgrades has been a dilemma
for many years. In the past, industry practice has been to
install ‘dark fibre’ to meet future demands, however, this
strategy is by no means risk-free as unterminated, untested
fibres may not be fit for purpose when the time comes to
light the fibres in the future. Fortunately there is a simple
and cost effective solution – Brand-Rex Air Blown Fibre
Systems offer solutions internal and external applications
with their market leading system Blolite. The use of Air
Blown Fibre Systems gives complete freedom from risk by
pre-installing a ducting route and then blowing in the fibre
element (and paying for it) only when required. The Blolite
system was one of the first Air Blown Fibre systems, it is
also regarded as the 'industry standard' Air Blown Fibre
System. The Blolite system is very versatile with backbone
and / or fibre to the desk links and can even allow for
long distance link of up to 1km. Blolite is easily installed,
by using compressed air, there is no disruption to the
workplace. Blolite fibres are simply terminated and are
compatible with all standard optical connectors. Blolite is
also extremely reliable, with a zero failure rate since the
first installations in 1988 – truly an 'insurance policy' for
high speed networks. It is no surprise that major users such
as Manchester Airport, IBM, Ericsson, ABN Amro, the British
MoD, Aerospatiale, Pfizer and even the US Navy have taken
advantage of the system.
➤ Single Blown Fibre Elements
The Blolite system offers a complete range of high quality
singlemode and multimode optical fibres, with a blowable coating
and having a finished size of 500μm. The Blolite fibre is strippable
with standard tools and is compatible with standard connector types.
Blolite fibre is available in twelve standard colours and is supplied
on plastic spools in 2km or 4km lengths for installation into Blolite
3mm, 5mm and 8mm MicroDuct by trained and licensed Blolite
installers using the IM2000 blow head.
➤
Unique ‘Blowable’ coating.
➤
12 Standard Colours.
➤
Installation up to 1000m.
➤ Blolite Internal MultiDucts
To facilitate the installation of Blolite single blown fibres a range
of multi-way MicroDucts into which Blolite fibres, can be blown are
available. The internal range of these MultiDucts are constructed
with the standard Blolite MicroDuct surrounded with a layer of
polyester tape and a LSHF outer sheath making them suitable for
internal applications.
➤
Available with 3mm, 5mm or 8mm MicroDucts.
➤
Non metallic design.
➤
Simple MicroDuct identification.
➤ Blolite External MultiDucts
To facilitate the installation of Blolite single blown fibres a range
of multi-way MicroDucts into which Blolite fibres can be blown are
available. The external range of these MultiDucts are constructed
with the standard Blolite MicroDuct Polyethylene outer sheath
making them suitable for external applications.
84
➤
Available with 5mm or 8mm MicroDucts.
➤
MicroDuct numbered for identification.
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
Microduct cabling systems are popular solutions for building flexibility
into a network, they can be populated when needed and leave spare
capacity for future growth. The ability to defer initial installation costs
is a key advantage of an air blown cable installation over traditional
cable installations. The new Microblo air blown loose tube microduct
cable is available with fibre counts from 2 to 12 in a 2.5 mm diameter
package. The cable has been specifically designed and developed for
improved installation efficiency in pre-installed 5 / 3.5 mm microducts
using existing air blown installation techniques.
➤ 12-72 Fibre Blown Micro Cable
Microduct cabling systems are popular solutions for building
flexibility into a network, they can be populated when needed
and leave spare capacity for future growth. The ability to defer
initial installation costs is a key advantage of an air blown cable
installation over traditional cable installations. The new Microblo
air blown loose tube microduct cable is available with fibre counts
from 12 to 72 in a 6.0 mm diameter package. The micro cable is
constructed of a non metallic, resin bonded glass central strength
member and high density polyethylene sheath. The cable has
been specifically designed and developed for improved installation
efficiency in pre-installed 10/8 mm microducts using existing air
blown installation techniques. Dry water blocking technology ensures
the cable cores are fully water blocked.
F I BRE OP TI C C A B LI
BNG
r a n➤
d - Rstandard
e x ➤ Blolite
cables
➤ 2-12 Fibre Blown Micro Cable
➤ Up to 96 Fibre Micro Cable
Microduct cabling systems are popular solutions for building
flexibility into a network, they can be populated when needed
and leave spare capacity for future growth. The ability to defer
initial installation costs is a key advantage of an air blown cable
installation over traditional cable installations. The new Microblo
air blown loose tube microduct cable is available with fibre counts
of 84 and 96 fibres in a 7.0mm diameter package. The cable has
been specifically designed and developed for improved installation
efficiency in pre-installed 12 /10 mm microducts using existing air
blown installation techniques. Dry water blocking technology ensures
the cable cores are fully water blocked.
01403 754 233
➤
Non-metallic, resin bonded glass central strength member.
➤
L ayer of stranded elements: Maximum 12 fibres per gel filled
tube, plus solid fillers as necessary.
➤
Dry water blocked interstices.
➤
High density polyethylene sheath.
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
85
B r a n d - R e x ➤ FibrePlus
➤ UnLoaded Optical Patch Panel
Modular panel assemblies are used to terminate backbone cables
at the distributor or the equipment outlet ends and also to interface
to patchcords or equipment cords. The 1U panel fits into standard
19” racks and accommodates up to 3 plug in units. LGX boxes, MPO
adaptor plates or blanking plates are available as units.
➤
T he system is simple and flexible and accommodates up to 216
fibre terminations in 1U.
➤
p to 36 duplex LC connections per U can be provided using LGX
U
boxes. Or, up to 216 connections per U can be achieved using the
3 of the 6 way MPO adaptor plates.
➤
T he LGX boxes are available in high performance OM3, OM4 or OS1
(008) types.
Part No:
Description:
BR-MTA6Adaptor Plate - clip in, with 6 ‘type A’ ‘key up’ to
‘key down’ MPO adaptors
BR-MTBLKBlanking Plate - clip in, to cover open apertures on the
panel front face
BR-MTPNL19” Sliding tray panel with three apertures on the front
face for clipping in modules, blanks or adaptor plates
➤ MPO Breakout Assembly
MPO hybrid breakout unit is made up a 12 fibre LSHF jacketed cable
terminated at one end in MPO connectors, through a bifurcation unit,
to SC or LC connectors terminated on 2mm OD simplex cables. These
are used to connect equipment in racks to MPO terminated backbone
cables. The assemblies are available in OM3, OM4 or OS1 (008)
performance grade.
Ordering Information:
➤
T he assemblies are available in standard lengths of 2m and 3m
as standard.
➤
Custom engineered lengths are also available on request.
➤
The assemblies are delivered as coils.
HOW TO CREATE OUR Brand-Rex mpo breakout assembly PART NUMBERS
Populate this field with the fibre type:
om3= OM3 50/125 om3
om4 = om4 50/125 om4
009 = 09/125 Singlemode
BR
MTM
xx
xxx
Populate this field with the required connector type:
LC
or
SC
12
xxx
Populate this field with the
required overall length:
001 = 1 Metre
002 = 2 Metre
etc
Eg: BR-MTMLCOM312001 = 1 METRE OM3 MPO BREAK OUT ASSEMBLY WITH 12 LC CONNETIONS
86
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
Part No:
Description:
BR-MTMLGXLC00812LG X ‘clip in’ module with 12 LC s on
the front face
BR-MTMLGXLC00824LG X ‘clip in’ module with 24 LC s on
the front face
BR-MTMLGXLCOM312LG X ‘clip in’ module with a pinned
MPO at the rear, 12 LC s on the front
face, OM3 performance
BR-MTMLGXLCOM324LG X ‘clip in’ module with 2 pinned
MPOs at the rear, 24 LC s on the front
face, OM3 performance
BR-MTMLGXLCOM412LG X ‘clip in’ module with 12 LC s on
the front face, OM4 performance
BR-MTMLGXLCOM424LG X ‘clip in’ module with 24 LC s on
the front face, OM4 performance
➤ MPO Pre-Terminated Cable
An MPO cable assembly is made up of 12 a fibre LSHF jacketed
cable terminated at both ends in MPO connectors (without pins).
These are used as backbone or horizontal cable interconnections
between distribution racks. The assemblies are available in a range of
performance levels (OM3, OM4 or OS1 (008) types) and in different
types to suit the needs of the network.
F I BRE OP TI C C A B LI NG
B r a➤
n dstandard
- R e x ➤cables
MPO
➤ MPO cassette
Ordering Information:
➤
ssemblies are available in standard lengths of 1, 3, 5, 10, 20, 30,
A
50 and 100m.
➤
Custom engineered lengths are also available on request.
➤
ssemblies are delivered as coils in lengths up to 50m long and
A
on reels in lengths over 50m.
➤
Singlemode cables are yellow.
➤
T Connect Pre-Terminated Fibre Systems Multimode cables
M
are aqua.
HOW TO CREATE OUR brand-rex mpo PRE TERMINATED CABLE PART NUMBERS
Populate this field with the fibre type:
om3= OM 3 50/125 om3
om4 = om 4 50/125 om4
009 = 09/125 Singlemode
BR
MT
BC
xxx
Denotes buffered cable assembly
12
xxx
Populate this field with the
required overall length:
001 = 1 Metre
002 = 2 Metre
etc
Eg: BR-MTBCOM312001 = 1 METRE OM3 MPO PRE TERMINATED CABLE ASSEMBLY
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
87
Bra nd -Re x ➤ High Density Copper Cabinet System
The Brand-Rex datacentre cabinets and racks range offers
the ultimate solution for management of fibre and copper
in datacentres and telecoms rooms. The unique, flexible
and effective range is the ideal solution to support the
mission critical applications of the modern day datacentre.
These ground breaking solutions have been designed,
in conjunction with customers, with an emphasis
on minimising on-site installation times, improving
accessibility to cabling and to providing modularity to
enhance the overall operational flexibility.
The High Density Solutions are designed to solve the
problems of today’s networking environment, providing
unique working and cabling accessibility to completely
transform cabinet installation layouts, on-site installation
and on-going system management.
High Density Copper Cabinet System
The High Density Cabling Cabinet offers the
ultimate solution for management of crossconnect
cabling in datacentres and telecoms rooms. The
cabinet offers the ability to create a preferred
enclosure design configuration that fits the needs
of today’s working environment. To tailor a
solution to your requirements simply begin with
the basic frame and subsequently add doors, side
panels and top panels as required. The range also
has a comprehensive array of accessories to suit
all applications. If you have any problems please
contact our expert customer service team for
technical assistance.
➤
Reduced installation time.
➤
Network installations made easy.
➤
aximising useable space and minimise
M
footprint.
➤
T otally open constructions for ease
of cross-patching.
➤
Flexible configuration.
➤
Enhanced thermal management.
Applications:
➤
Small, corporate and internet datacentres.
➤
Installation suitable for use with approved
Brand-Rex copper and fibre patchcords, panels
and cable managment products.
Mechanical specifications:
88
➤
imensions: 900mm (W) x 2133.4mm (H)
D
x500mm (D).
➤
eight: 118kg (including through troughsand
W
twist and locks).
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
Description:
pre configureD cabinets
BR-DRCRAK45U0905A2 Access HDC Frame - 45U x
900mm wide x 500mm deep,
Black (including pallet, 2 x
150mm cable tray)
Part No:
Description:
High Density Racks
BR-DRCDOR45U09DS2HDC Double Steel Doors 45U x
900mm wide, Black
BR-DRCDOR45U09SS2HDC Plain Steel Door 45U x 900mm
wide, Black
BR-DRCRAK45U0905C12Configuration 1 - Stand Alone
HDC Frame - 45U x 900mm
wide x 500mm deep, Black
(Including pallet and all BR
recommended accessories Double Doors, Side Panels, Top
Panel, Through Troughs, Twist
and locks, Earth Kit, U Label,
Document Wallet)
BR-DRCRAK45U0905C22Configuration 2 - ’Back
to Back‘ HDC Frame – 2
x Standard HDC Frame
DRCRAK45U0905A2 - 45U
x 900mm x 500mm, Black
(Including pallet and a BR
recommended accessories Double Doors, Side Panels,
Top Panels, Through Troughs,
Twist and locks, Earth Kits,
U Labels, Document Wallets,
Baying Kits)
BR-DRCRAK45U0905C32
BR-DRCRAK45U0905C42
Configuration 3 - ’Side to Side‘
HDC Frame - 2 x Standard HDC
Frame DRCRAK45U0905A2
- 45U x 900mm x 500mm Black (Including pallet and all
BR recommended accessories
- Double Doors, Side Panels,
Top Panels, Through Troughs,
Twist and locks, Earth Kits,
U Labels, Document Wallets,
Bolt Together Kits)
BR-DRCSPL45U05DS21 Set of HDC Plain Side Panels 45U x
500mm deep, Black
BR-DRCTPL45U0509SS2HDC Plain Top Panel 900mm wide x
500mm deep, Black
High Density Rack Accessories
BR-DRCACCCM001Pack of 10 Twist and Lock Cable
Management Support Arms
BR-DRCACCDW001
Document Wallet
BR-DRCCT3U0402
3U Cable Trough Cable Trough, Black
BR-DRCCTCE3U04023U Cable Trough Channel Extender,
Black
BR-DRCFPBB152HDC, 2 Bay Back to Back Computer
Floor Plinth
BR-DRCKITBB001HDC Back to Back Baying Kits (Pair),
Black (includes 2 for top and bottom)
BR-DRCKITBT001
Bra nd
F I-Re
BREx OP
➤ TI
High
C CDensity
A B LI NG
Copper
➤ standard
Cabinet System
cables
Part No:
Bolt Together Kit
BR-DRCLBL47U001Self Adhesive Unit Height Labels Bottom to Top (1 - 47)
BR-DRCSPL45U04SS2
HDC 45U Centre Side Panel, Black
BR-DRCTRY45U015SP
HDC 45U x 150mm Wide Cable Tray
Configuration 4 - ’Back to
Back‘ and ’Side to Side‘ HDC
Frame - 4 x Standard HDC
Frame DRCRAK45U0905A2
- 45U x 900mm x 500mm,
Black (Including pallet and all
BR recommended accessories
- Double Doors, Side Panels,
Top Panels, Through Troughs,
Twist and locks, Earth Kits,
U Labels, Document Wallets,
Bolt Together Kits, Baying kits)
BR-DRCRAK45U0905H52Configuration 5 - ’Back to
Back‘ HDC and HDFC Frame
- 1 x Standard HDFC Frame
DRCRAK45U0905FX2 – 45U
x 900mm x 500mm, Black
and 1 x Standard HDC Frame
DRCRAK45U0905A2 - 45U
x 900mm x 500mm, Black
(Including Double Doors,
Side Panels, Top Panels,
Centre Panels, Baying Kits,
Bolt Together Kits, U Labels,
Document Wallets)
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
89
B r a n d - R e x ➤ Distribution Rack
Distribution Equipment
Rack
The Distribution Equipment Rack (DER) provides
increased accessibility and has a flexible modular
design that can be configured to suit small,
corporate and internet datacentres. The DER set
can be configured as an open frame to manage
the cabling at the distributors or as a closed
cabinet to safely secure servers and storage
equipment. The designs are modular and flexible.
The logic of the modular, flexible systems are
the key benefits of this best in class cable and
equipment management system range. Features
also include vented and glass door options, side
panels and top panels with cable access. These
cabinets have an unparalleled level of flexibility,
providing the end user with the right cabinet for
the right application.
➤
Reduced installation time.
➤
Network installations made easy.
➤
aximising useable space and minimise
M
footprint.
➤
T otally open constructions for ease
of cross-patching.
➤
Flexible configuration.
➤
Enhanced thermal management.
Applications:
➤
Small, corporate and internet datacentres.
➤
Installation suitable for use with approved
Brand-Rex Copper and Fibre Patchcords, panels
and cable management products.
Mechanical specifications:
90
➤
imensions: 2000mm x 875/1000mm x
D
600/800mm (H x D x W).
➤
eight: 150kg (including Doors, Side Panels
W
and Twist and Locks).
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
Description:
Part No:
Description:
DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT RACK (DER)
DER Shelves
BR-DRCRAK42U0610A2
BR-DRCSHF1U01921U 19" Front Mounted Cantilever
lack Rack 42U, 600x1000 Frame
B
c/w Standard Corner Plates,
Jacking Feet, 19" Rails, No
Doors, No Panels, 2 x Plain
Panels,Vented Panel, Black
Panels c/w Black Trim
BR-DRCRAK42U0808A2Black Rack, 42U 800x875 Frame
c/w Standard Corner Plates,
Jacking Feet, 19" Rails, No
Doors, No Panels, 2 x Plain
Panels, Vented Panel, Black
Panels c/w Black Trim
Shelf 190mm deep
BR-DRCSHF1U0452-QFQuick Fit 19" Fixed Shelf 450mm
deep
BR-DRCSHF1U0452-QFSUniversal Quick Fit 19" Sliding
Shelf 450mm deep
BR-DRCSHF1U0552-QFQuick Fit 19" Fixed Shelf 550mm
deep
BR-DRCSHF1U0602-QFSUniversal Quick Fit 19" Sliding
BR-DRCRAK42U0810A2Black Rack 42U, 800x1000 Frame
c/w Standard Corner Plates,
Jacking Feet, 19" Rails, No
Doors, No Panels, 2 x Plain
Panels, Vented Panel, Black
Panels c/w Black Trim
BR-DRCDOR42U06DV2Double Vented Steel Door 42U
high, Black Panels and Black
Trims 600mm wide
BR-DRCDOR42U06SG2Glass Door (Hinged Left) 42U
high, Black Panels and Black
Trims 600mm wide
BR-DRCDOR42U06SV2Vented Steel Door (Hinged Left)
42U high, Black Panels and
Black Trims 600mm
Shelf 600mm deep
BR-DRCSHF1U0652-QFQuick Fit 19" Fixed Shelf 650mm
deep
BR-DRCSHF1U0752-QFQuick Fit 19" Fixed Shelf 750mm
deep
BR-DRCSHF1U0752-QFSUniversal Quick Fit 19" Sliding
Shelf 750mm deep
BR-DRCSHF2U04022U 19" Front Mounted Cantilever
Shelf 400mm deep
DER Power Distribution
BR-DRCFANTP0206AS22 Way Fan Tray (230V AC) Top
Panel 600mm wide, Black Steel,
Includes 2M Long 13A Mains
Lead
BR-DRCDOR42U08DV2Double Vented Steel Door 42U
high, Black Panels and Black
Trims 800mm wide
BR-DRCDOR42U08SG2Glass Door (Hinged Left) 42U
BR-DRCFANTP0208AS22 Way Fan Tray (230V AC) Top
Panel 800mm wide, Black Steel,
Includes 2M Long 13A Mains
Lead
high, Black Panels and Black
Trims 800mm wide
BR-DRCDOR42U08SV2Vented Steel Door (Hinged Left)
42U high, Black Panels and
Black Trims 800mm
BR-DRCSPL42U08DS21 Set of twin Plain side panels,
(Black Steel), 42U high, 875mm
deep
BR-DRCSPL42U10DS21 Set of twin Plain side panels,
(Black Steel), 42U high,
1000mm deep
BR-DRCLEDA-020
Fan tray lead 13 AMP
BR-DRCLEDB-020
Fan tray lead IEC
BR-DRCPDU1U06AS1 x 6 Way switched UK Power
Distribution Unit
BR-DRCPDU1U06BS1 x 6 Way switched IEC Power
Distribution Unit
BR-DRCPDU1U08AS1 x 8 Way switched UK Power
DER Cable Tray
Distribution Unit
BR-DRCTRY42U008SP
42U x 75mm Cable Tray
BR-DRCTRY42U015SP
42U x 150mm Cable Tray
BR-DRCPDU1U08BS1 x 8 Way switched IEC Power
Distribution Unit
DER Blanking Panels
DER Accessories
BR-DRCKITBT001
Bolt Together Kit
BR-DRCBPL1U2-QF
19'' 1U Quick Fit Blanking Panel
BR-DRCKITCH001
1 x Heavy Duty Castor Kit
BR-DRCBPL2U2-QF
19'' 2U Quick Fit Blanking Panel
BR-DRCKITER001
1 x Earth Kit
BR-DRCBPL5U2-QF
19'' 5U Quick Fit Blanking Panel
01403 754 233
F I BRE OP TI
B Cr aCnAdB- R
LIeNG
x ➤➤Distribution
standard cables
Rack
Part No:
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
91
Br a nd -Re x ➤ High Density Fibre Cabinet System
High Density Fibre
Cabinet System
The Brand-Rex High Density Fibre Cabinet and Panel
offers the ultimate solution for management of fibre
in datacentres and telecoms rooms. The solution is
designed with an emphasis on minimising on-site
installation times, accessibility to cabling and
modularity to enhance its operational flexibility. The
cabinet is the first fibre cabinet designed to solve
the problems of today’s networking environment. It
provides unique working and cabling accessibility to
totally transform cabinet installation layouts, onsite
installation and on-going system management.
➤
p to 912 Duplex ports in a 900mm (W) x
U
500mm (D) footprint, 45U Frame.
➤
Easy patching access reduces installation time.
➤
aximises useable space and minimise
M
footprint.
➤
Open construction for ease of cross-patching.
➤
inimum bend radius maintained throughout
M
system.
➤
nique manifold and duct routing system which
U
allows easy installation of cables.
Applications:
➤
Corporate and internet datacentres.
➤
Installation suitable for use with approved
Brand-Rex Fibre patch panels, patchcords and
cable management.
Mechanical specifications:
92
➤
imensions: 900mm (w) x 2133mm (H) x
D
500mm (D) top and side panels, without fibre
patch panels).
➤
eight: 110kg (includes accessories,doors, top
W
and side panels, without fibre patch panels).
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
Description:
HDFC Assemblies
Description:
HDFC ACCESSORIES
BR-DRCRAK45U0905F12 Assembly 1 - Stand Alone HDFC, Black
Includes Frame, Doors, Side and Top
Panels, Label and Document Wallet
BR-DRCRAK45U0905F22Assembly 2 - Back to Back HDFC, Black
Includes 2 Frames, Doors, Side, Top
and Centre Panels, Baying Kits, Labels
and Document Wallets
BR-DRCRAK45U0905F32 Assembly 3 - Side by Side HDFC, Black
Includes 2 Frames, Doors, Side and
Top Panels, Bolt together Kits, Labels
and Document Wallets
BR-DRCRAK45U0905F42 Assembly 4 - Back to Back and Side
by Side HDFC, Black – Includes 4
Frames, Doors, Side, Top and Centre
Panels, Baying and Bolt Together Kits,
Labels and Document Wallets
BR-DRCRAK45U0905H52
Part No:
ssembly 5 - Back to Back HDC
A
(Copper) and HDFC Frame, Black
Includes Frames, Doors, Side, Top
and Centre Panels, Baying Kits,
Labels and Document Wallets
BR-DRCBPL1U172
17’’ 1U Blanking Panel
BR-DRCBPL2U172
17’’ 2U Blanking Panel
BR-DRCBPL5U172
17’’ 5U Blanking Panel
HDFC Side / Top Panels
BR-DRCBPL45U09SS 1 High Density Fibre Cabinet (HDFC) Plain
Steel Back Panel 45U x 900mm wide,
Black
BR-DRCSPL45U04SS 2
igh Density Fibre Cabinet (HDFC) 45U
H
Centre Side Panel, Black
BR-DRCSPL45U05DS2
1 set of High Density Fibre Cabinet
(HDFC) Plain Side Panels 45U x 500mm
deep, Black (1 side only - 2 Required for
L and R)
BR-DRCTPL45U0509B2High Density Fibre Cabinet (HDFC) Brush
Top Panel 900mm wide x 500mm deep,
Black
HDFC Fixing Components
HDFC Frames
BR-DRCRAK45U0905F2
S tandard High Density Fibre Cabinet
(HDFC) Frame - 45U x 900mm (W)
x 500mm (D), Black
BR-DRCRAK45U0905FX2
S tandard High Density Fibre Cabinet
(HDFC) Frame - 45U x 900mm (W)
x 500mm (D), Black (including pallet
and Accessories marked *)
BR-DRCKITBB001High Density Fibre Cabinet (HDFC)
Back to Back Baying Kits (Pair), Black
(includes 2 for top and bottom)
BR-DRCKITBT001
Bolt Together Kit
BR-DRCKITFLR001
F loor Fixing Kit for HDFC Racks
(Concrete Floor)
Br aFnd
I BRE
-Re OP
x ➤TI High
C C ADensity
B LI NGFibre
➤ standard
Cabinet System
cables
Part No:
HDFC Doors
BR-DRCDOR45U09DS2
igh Density Fibre Cabinet (HDFC)
H
Double Steel Doors 45U x 900mm
wide, Black
BR-DRCDOR45U09SS 2High Density Fibre Cabinet (HDFC)
Plain Steel Door 45U x 900mm wide,
Black
HDFC Fibre Panels
BR-FPCPC100848LC2
DFC Optical Panel, loaded with
H
12 x Quad LC Single mode adapters
and 48 x Simplex SM pigtail LC Easy
Strip 2m, Black
BR-FPCPC1OM348LC2
DFC Optical Panel, loaded with
H
12 x Quad LC Multimode adapters
and 48 x Simplex OM3 pigtail LC Easy
Strip 2m, Black
BR-FPCPC1XMM48LC2
DFC Optical Panel, loaded with
H
12 x Quad LC Multimode adapters,
1U Dual cassette, Black
BR-FPCPC1XSM48LC2
DFC Optical Panel, loaded with
H
12 x Quad LC Single mode adapters,
1U Dual cassette, Black
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
93
Bra nd - R e x ➤ High Density Open Entry Rack
High Density Open
Entry Rack
The Open Entry Rack (OER) offers a simple,
modular and easy-to-install system that can
also be applied to small, corporate and internet
datacentre environments. It can be used
standalone or in multiples. It is an ideal solution
for the main distribution area. The modular and
scaleable design of the OER offers numerous
options and solutions to deal with issues of cable
access and routing that are common to today’s
high data rate networks and high performance
cabling. It offers the user a simple, modular and
easy-to-install system featuring smart, effective
cable management options and built-in flexibility
to cope with copper or optical cabling.
The combination of completely interchangeable
cable retention gates, doors, fingers and
accessories allows the user to customise OER
to adapt his or her own specific needs. Also,
reconfiguration and modification of the OER
system is done easily in the field after the system
is installed, which makes the OER a great choice
for cable management needs now, and in the
future.
➤
Reduced installation time.
➤
Network installations made easy.
➤
aximising useable space and minimise
M
footprint.
➤
T otally open constructions for ease
of cross-patching.
➤
Flexible configuration.
➤
Standard cage nut fixings.
➤
Size options include 30U and 45U.
Applications:
➤
Small, corporate and internet datacentres.
➤
Installation suitable for use with approved
Brand-Rex copper and fibre patchcords, panels
and cable management products.
Mechanical specifications:
➤ Open Entry Rack
Part No:
Description:
➤
eight: 50/70Kg Max (Including Full Side Cable
W
Management)
Part No:
Includes 1 x 30U OER, 2 x Open
Entry Rack 6” Single Sided High
Density Cable Management 30U
94
imensions: 1466/2130 X 820 X 380mm W X
D
HXD
➤ Open Entry Rack Cable Management
BR-DRCFRMOER30UA2 Open Entry Rack 30U - 2 Post Frame
BR-DRCFRMOER45UA2 Open Entry Rack 45U - 2 Post Frame
BR-DRCFRMOER30U12Configuration 1
BR-DRCFRMOER45U22
➤
Configuration 2
Includes 1 x 45U OER, 2 x Open
Entry Rack 6” Single Sided High
Density Cable Management 45U
Description:
BR-DRCSSCM30U26” Single Sided High Density Cable
Management 30U
BR-DRCSSCM45U26” Single Sided High Density Cable
Management 45U
BR-DRCFRM1UCM2
BR-DRCFRM2UCM2
BR-DRCFRM3UCM2
BR-DRCACCCMS001
1U 19’’ Finger Cable Management Bar
19’’ Finger Cable Management Bar
3U 19’’ Finger Cable Management Bar
Cable Management Spools
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
96
➤ Copper
➤ Fibre
➤ QuickNet™
➤ Opticom®
➤ Panzone™
➤Net-Access™
96
➤CoolBoot™
118
➤Cable Management
118
NetKey™
120
➤ Cables
➤ Modules & Patchcords
➤ Connectors
➤ Patchcords & Pigtails
➤ Patch Panels
➤ Fibre Enclosures
➤ Face Plates
➤ Racks & Cable Management
120
fiberrunner™
130
gridrunner™
133
➤ Baskets
➤ Brackets
➤ Accessories
133
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
108
111
113
117
netkey ™
114
121
122
123
124
126
127
129
fiberr u nner
Cabinets & Accessories
pan - net™
pan-net™
133
133
www.networkscentre.com
gridr u nner
Panduit™ is a world-class developer and
manufacturer of leading-edge datacom solutions.
Networks Centre stock and distribute their Pan-Net™
and NetKey™ copper and optical cabling systems, as
well as their overhead and under-floor cable routing
systems: FiberRunner and GridRunner. We also
distribute their range of cabinets, racks and cable
management.
95
pand uit ™ ➤ Pan-Net™ Copper
PAN-NET™ COPPER
cassettes, patch panels, and patchcords) to provide a
reliable, modular, end-to-end solution.
Panduit™ offers end-to-end solutions for all twisted
pair copper cabling applications. TX™ Copper Cabling
Systems provide reliable network performance for the
most demanding high-speed and bandwidth-demanding
applications while exceeding the latest industry standards.
Mini-Com™ Modules are interchangeable within Panduit™
modular patch panels, faceplates, and surface mount
boxes to provide modular solutions for intermediate to
high-density installations. A variety of colours enable
colour-coding of connectivity for network segregation.
➤C
opper TG Style Jack Modules feature enhanced Giga-TX™
Technology optimising performance by maintaining cable
pair geometry and eliminating conductor untwist; forward
motion termination places no impact on critical internal
components for maximum reliability.
➤P
atented angled patch panels facilitate proper bend
radius control and minimise the need for horizontal
cable managers, providing a high-density solution
which conserves valuable rack space. The QuickNet™
Copper Cabling System is a pre-terminated solution
with standard and custom options, designed to meet
unique cabling requirements. Fast and simple to install,
this high-density solution provides consistent network
reliability and reduces on-site rework.
➤ Pre-terminated
solution can be installed in 75% less
time than field-terminated installations, eliminating
the need for on-site bundling, terminating, and testing.
Available at Networks Centre, call for more information.
➤P
lug pack assemblies facilitate quick and easy
connection and disconnection of patchcords to a variety
of switches, reducing time and cost associated when
installing and maintaining active equipment. Available
at Networks Centre, call for more information.
➤ T X™ Copper Cabling Systems are available in
Category 6A, Category 6, and Category 5e performance
levels and include STP and UTP copper cable, jack
modules, patchcords and patch panels. Panduit™
solutions are designed with flexibility to support your
growing and changing network requirements.
➤C
opper cable is designed to be installed with Panduit™
connectivity products (jack modules, pre-terminated
Category 5e UTP
➤ TX5500 Category 5e UTP Cable
TP Cat5e general purpose cable. Conductors are 24 AWG construction
U
with polyethylene insulation. The conductors are twisted in pairs and
contained in a flame-retardant PVC jacket. Cable colour is Light Grey.
Part No:
Description:
PT- PUC5504IG-EYUTP Category 5e cable PVC 305m. Light Grey
UTP Cat5e Low Smoke Zero Halogen cable. Conductors are 24 AWG
construction with polyethylene insulation. The conductors are twisted in
pairs and contained in a flame-retardant, low smoke, halogen free jacket.
Cable colour is White.
Part No:
Description:
PT-PUL5504WH-EY UTP Category 5e cable LSOH 305m. White
➤ MINI-COM™ Category 5e UTP TX™ Jacks
Cat5e, 8 position, 8 wire universal module. Exceeds the Cat5e TIA/
EIA 568.B.2.1 standard. Modules utilise patented GIGA-TX™ Technology
to optimise performance by reducing conductor untwist. Compatible
with Mini-Com™ modular patch panels, faceplate and surface mount
boxes. Mini-Com™ Cat5e modules are available in 13 colours for easy
identification and future move, adds and changes and can be clearly
identified with optional labels and icons.
Part No:
Description:
PT-CJ5E88TG**Category 5e, RJ45, 8-position, 8-wire universal module
Available in: AW (Arctic White), IW (Off White), EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), IG
(International Grey), BL (Black), OR (Orange), RD (Red), BU (Blue),
GR (Green), YL (Yellow) and VL (Violet) replace ** with the colour suffix
96
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
Universal 24 port patch panels specifically designed to comply
with Cat5e performance requirements. DP5e patch panels adopt a
printed circuit board design with a punch down termination system.
Wiring scheme T568A and T568B are clearly identified on the back
of the panel. Write-on area on the front of the panel allows clear
identification for easy installation and future moves, adds and
changes. Panduit™ Punch down patch panels are available in angled
versions, with 24 or 48 ports.
Part No:
Description:
PT-DP245E88TGY24-port, Category 5e, patch panel with
24 RJ45,8-position, 8-wire ports
PT-DP485E88TGY48-port, Category 5e, patch panel with
48 RJ45, 8-position, 8-wire ports
pand uit ™ ➤ Pan-Net™ Copper
➤ DP Style 110 UTP Punchdown Patch Panels
➤ Category 5e PatchCords
Enhanced Cat5e patchcords constructed with 24 AWG UTP stranded
cable and enhanced modular plugs on both ends. Panduit™ Cat5e
patchcords exceed TIA/EIA 568-B 2.1 Cat5e standard requirements.
➤ UTP PVC
Part No:
Description:
PT-UTPCH1MY PT-UTPCH1.5MY PT-UTPCH2MY PT-UTPCH3MY PT-UTPCH4MY PT-UTPCH5MY 1m patchcord. Off white. UTP Category 5e
1.5m patchcord. Off white. UTP Category 5e
2m patchcord. Off white. UTP Category 5e
3m patchcord. Off white. UTP Category 5e
4m patchcord. Off white. UTP Category 5e
5m patchcord. Off white. UTP Category 5e
➤ UTP LSOH
Part No:
Description:
PT-UTPCHL1MY 1m patchcord. Off white. LSOH UTP
Category 5e
PT-UTPCHL1.5MY 1.5m patchcord. Off white. LSOH UTP
Category 5e
PT-UTPCHL2MY 2m patchcord. Off white. LSOH UTP
Category 5e
PT-UTPCHL2.5MY 2.5m patchcord. Off white. LSOH UTP
Category 5e
PT-UTPCHL3MY 3m patchcord. Off white. LSOH UTP
Category 5e
PT-UTPCHL5MY 5m patchcord. Off white. LSOH UTP
Category 5e
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
97
pand uit ™ ➤ Pan-Net™ Copper
Category 6 UTP
➤ TX6000™ UTP Cable
➤
E xceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 and
ISO 11801 2nd Edition Class E channel standards.
➤
E xceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 and IEC 61156-5
Category 6 component standards.
➤
M
eets requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for
PoE applications.
➤
T hird party tested to comply with ANSI/TIA-568-C.2.
➤
Installation temperature range: 32°F to 122°F (0°C to 50°C).
➤
O
perating temperature range: 14°F to 140°F (-10°C to 60°C).
➤
C haracterised to 550MHz, 300MHz above the standard.
➤
D
escending length cable markings enable easy identification of
remaining cable which reduces installation time and cable scrap.
➤
C able supplied in an easy payout EZBrake™ reel-in-a-box.
Part No:
Description:
PT-PUC6004IG-EY UTP Category 6 cable PVC 305m. Light Grey
PT-PUL6004WH-EY UTP Category 6 cable LSOH 305m. White
➤ MINI-COM™ Category 6 UTP TX™ Jacks
Cat6, 8 position, 8 wire universal module. Exceeds the Cat6 TIA/
EIA 568.B.2.1 standard. Utilises patented GIGA-TX™ Technology to
optimise performance by reducing conductor untwist. Compatible
with Mini-Com™ modular patch panels, faceplate and surface mount
boxes. Mini-Com™ Cat6 PLUS modules are available in 13 colours for
easy identification and can be clearly identified with optional labels
and icons.
Part No:
Description:
PT-CJ688TG**Category 6, RJ45, 8-position, 8-wire universal module
Available in: AW (Arctic White), IW (Off White), EI (Electric Ivory),
WH (White), IG (International Grey), BL (Black), OR (Orange), RD (Red),
BU (Blue), GR (Green), YL (Yellow) and VL (Violet) replace ** with the
colour suffix
➤ DP Style 110 UTP Punchdown Patch Panels
48 Universal 24 port patch panels specifically designed to supply
with Cat6 performance requirements. Write-on area allows for
clear identification for easy installation and future moves, adds
or changes. The 24 or 48 port panels are also available in angled
versions.
Part No:
Description:
PT-DP24688TGY24-port, Category 6, patch panel with
24 RJ45,8-position, 8-wire ports
PT-DP48688TGY48-port, Category 6, patch panel with
48 RJ45, 8-position, 8-wire ports
98
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
➤ UTP PVC
Part No:
Description:
PT-UTPSP1MY PT-UTPSP1.5MY PT-UTPSP2MY PT-UTPSP3MY PT-UTPSP4MY PT-UTPSP5MY 1m patchcord. Grey. UTP Category 6
1.5m patchcord. Grey. UTP Category 6
2m patchcord. Grey. UTP Category 6
3m patchcord. Grey. UTP Category 6.
4m patchcord. Grey. UTP Category 6
5m patchcord. Grey. UTP Category 6
➤ Solid Core UTP LSOH
➤ UTP LSOH
Part No:
Description:
Part No:
PT-UTPSPL1.5MY PT-UTPSPL2MY PT-UTPSPL2.5MY PT-UTPSPL3MY PT-UTPSPL5MY 1.5m patchcord. Off white. LSOH UTP Category 6
PT-UPLBU5MY 5m solid core patchcord. Category 6. LSOH
PT-UPLBU7MY 7m solid core patchcord. Category 6. LSOH
PT-UPLBU10MY 10m solid core patchcord. Category 6. LSOH
PT-UPLBU30MY 30m solid core patchcord. Category 6. LSOH
PT-UPLBU40MY 40m solid core patchcord. Category 6. LSOH
2m patchcord. Off white. LSOH UTP Category 6
2.5m patchcord. Off white. LSOH UTP Category 6
3m patchcord. Off white. LSOH UTP Category 6
5m patchcord. Off white. LSOH UTP Category 6
pand uit ™ ➤ Pan-Net™ Copper
➤ Category 6 PatchCords UTP PVC
Description:
Category 6A UTP SYSTEM
➤ TX6A™ 10GIG™ UTP
Part No:
Description:
➤
E xceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A,
IEEE 802.3an-2006, and ISO 11801 Class EA channel
➤
E xceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A and
IEC 61156-5 Category 6A component standards.
➤
M
eets requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for
PoE applications.
➤
P
atent-pending cable with MaTriX Technology suppresses alien
crosstalk with enhanced internal electrical performance.
➤
S uperior headroom warranty provides the highest margins above
the industry standard for both electrical and alien crosstalk
performance.
➤
R
ound cable design with reduced cable diameter enables
improved cable bundling and optimises fill capacity.
➤
T X6A™ 10Gig™ UTP Copper Cable available for distances
up to 100 metres; cable diameter 7.6mm nominal.
➤
T X6A-SD™ 10Gig™ UTP Copper Cable available for distances
up to 70 metres, offering smaller cable diameter comparable
to Category 6 cable; cable diameter 6.1mm nominal.
➤
Installation temperature range: 32°F to 140°F (0°C to 60°C).
➤
O
perating temperature range: -4°F to 167°F (-20°C to 75°C).
PT-PUL6A04WH-EGUTP Category 6a 10GIG™ LSOH 305m,
White
PT-PUL6ASD04WH-EGCategory 6A, low smoke zero halogen
(LSZH), 4-pair, UTP copper cable.
Copper conductors are 26 AWG with
HDPE insulation small diameter
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
99
pand uit ™ ➤ Pan-Net™ Copper
➤ MINI-COM™ Category 6A UTP 10GIG™ TX™ Jacks
performance.
➤
O
ptional termination tool (EGJT) reduces termination time by 25%,
ideal for high volume installations.
➤
C an be re-terminated a minimum of twenty times.
➤
B
lue termination cap designates Category 6A performance and
provides positive strain relief; helps control cable bend radius and
securely retains wires.
➤
T erminate 4-pair, 22 – 26 AWG, 100 ohm, solid or stranded
twisted pair cable.
➤
E xceed requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A,
IEEE 802.3an-2006, and ISO 11801 Class EA channel standards.
➤
U
niversal termination cap is colour-coded for T568A and T568B
wiring schemes.
➤
E xceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A and IEC 61156-5
Category 6A component standards.
➤
A
ccept 6 and 8-position modular plugs without damage.
➤
C an be clearly identified with optional labels and icons.
➤
M
eet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for
PoE applications.
➤
C ompatible with Mini-Com™ modular patch panels, faceplates,
and surface mount boxes.
➤
S uperior headroom warranty provides the highest margins
above the industry standard for both electrical and alien crosstalk
performance.
➤
➤
Jack modules are colour-coded to visually distinguish connections
to prevent unintentional mating with unlike keyed or non-keyed
modular plugs accommodating more discrete networks.
O
ptional RJ45 blockout device blocks out unauthorised access
to jack modules and potentially harmful foreign objects, saving
time and money associated with data security breaches, network
downtime, repair, and hardware replacement.
➤
O
ptional dust cap keeps out dust and debris while not in use.
➤
E ach jack is 100% tested to ensure NEXT and RL performance
and is individually serialised for traceability.
➤
U
tilise patent-pending enhanced Giga-TX™ Technology for jack
terminations which optimises performance by maintaining cable
pair geometry and eliminating conductor untwist.
➤
N
o punchdown tool required; termination tool (EGJT) ensures
conductors are fully terminated by utilising a smooth forward
motion without impact on critical internal components for
maximum reliability.
➤
C ontacts plated with 50 micro-inches of gold for superior
Part No:
Description:
PT-CJ6X88TG**Category 6a, RJ45, 10 Gb/s, 8-position, 8-wire
universal module
Available in: AW (Arctic White), IW (Off White), EI (Electric Ivory),
WH (White), IG (International Grey), BL (Black), OR (Orange), RD (Red),
BU (Blue), GR (Green), YL (Yellow) and VL (Violet) replace ** with the
colour suffix
➤ DP Style 110 UTP Punchdown Patch Panels
➤
100
E xceed requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A,
IEEE 802.3an-2006, and ISO 11801 Class EA channel standards.
➤
E xceed requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A and
IEC 61156-5 Category 6A component standards.
➤
M
eet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for
PoE applications.
➤
E ach port is 100% tested to ensure NEXT and RL performance
and is individually serialised to support traceability.
➤
U
tilise 110 punchdown termination on back panel and include
retention cap for each port.
➤
E ach port contains a universal label that is colour-coded for T568A
and T568B wiring schemes.
➤
C ontacts plated with 50 micro-inches of gold for superior
performance.
➤
A
ngled versions allow for higher density applications by easily
routing the patchcords to each side of the panel eliminating the
need for horizontal cable management.
➤
T erminate 4-pair, 22 – 26 AWG, 100 ohm, solid or stranded
twisted pair cable.
➤
M
ount to standard EIA 19" rack or 23" racks with optional
extender bracket.
➤
W
rite-on areas for port and panel identification.
➤
C an be clearly identified with labels and icons.
➤
O
ptional label kits (DPLK24 and DPLK48) contain adhesive label
holder and labels for easy port and panel identification.
Part No:
Description:
PT-DP246X88TGY24-port, Category 6a, 10 Gb/s patch panel
with 24 RJ45 8-position, 8-wire ports
PT-DP486X88TGY48-port, Category 6a, 10 Gb/s patch panel
with 48 RJ45 8-position, 8-wire ports
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
➤
O
ptional patchcord colour bands snap on and off individual patch
cables offering endless colour-coding options.
➤
O
ptional RJ45 lock-in device blocks unauthorised removal of cable,
IP phone, other networking equipment, or critical connection.
➤ Solid Core UTP
Part No:
➤
E xceed requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A, IEEE
802.3an-2006, and ISO 11801 Class EA channel standards.
➤
M
eet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for PoE
applications.
➤
M
aTriX Technology provides superior suppression of alien crosstalk
(PSANEXT and PSAACRF).
➤
S uperior headroom warranty provides the highest margins above
the industry standard for both electrical and alien crosstalk
performance.
➤
C olour-coded, keyed modular plugs mechanically and visually
distinguish connections to prevent unintentional mating with
unlike keyed or non-keyed jack modules accommodating more
discrete networks.
➤
E ach patchcord is 100% performance tested and wired to T568B.
➤
P
lug meets all applicable ANSI/TIA-968-A requirements and
exceeds IEC 60603-7 specifications.
➤
S lender strain relief boot provides easy access in high density
applications.
➤
P
lug uses an integral pair manager to optimise performance and
consistency by reducing untwisting of conductors within the plug.
➤
P
lug performance in centre of TIA/EIA component range, ensuring
interoperability and 10GBASE-T Ethernet channel performance.
➤
L abels on patchcords provide identification of performance level,
length, and quality control number.
➤
P
atented tangle-free latch prevents snags and provides easy
release, saving time on frequent moves, adds, and changes.
Description:
PT-UAPLWH7M 7m patchcord. Off white. LSOH UTP Category 6a
PT-UAPLWH10M 10m patchcord. Off white. LSOH UTP Category 6a
PT-UAPLWH15M 15m patchcord. Off white. LSOH UTP Category 6a
PT-UAPLWH20M 20m patchcord. Off white. LSOH UTP Category 6a
PT-UAPLWH30M 30m patchcord. Off white. LSOH UTP Category 6a
PT-UAPLWH40M 40m patchcord. Off white. LSOH UTP Category 6a
pand uit ™ ➤ Pan-Net™ Copper
➤ Category 6a PatchCords UTP
➤ UTP
Part No:
Description:
PT-UTP6X1MY PT-UTP6X2MY PT-UTP6X3MY PT-UTP6X5MY 1m patchcord. Grey. Category 6/Category 6a UTP
2m patchcord. Grey. Category 6/Category 6a UTP
3m patchcord. Grey. Category 6/Category 6a UTP
5m patchcord. Grey. Category 6/Category 6a UTP
➤ UTP Patchcords
with Matrix Technology
Part No:
Description:
PT-UTP6A1MBU1m Copper patchcord, Blue UTP cable
Category 6A
PT-UTP6A3MBU3m Copper patchcord, Blue UTP cable
Category 6A
PT-UTP6A5MBU5m Copper patchcord, Blue UTP cable
Category 6A
PT-UTP6A10MBU10m Copper patchcord, Blue UTP cable
Category 6A
➤ Category 5e Shielded
Part No:
Description:
pt-PFC5504LG-E FTP Category 5e cable PVC 305m. Light Grey
pt-PFL5504DG-E FTP Category 5e LSOH 305m. Dark Grey
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
101
pand uit ™ ➤ Pan-Net™ Copper
Matrix Technology
The end-to-end system has been engineered to enable long and short cable channels, meet the requirements of
the highest density datacentre applications, operate in advanced PoE applications and allow for the co-mingling of
other category cables. The key to this technology is a tape placed directly beneath the outer jacket on which small,
discontinuous metallic elements are positioned in a matrix pattern. The innovative matrix tape technology suppresses
both electric and magnetic coupling between adjacent cables while reducing Category 6a UTP cable cross section area
by nearly 20%. This new cable design also incorporates a barrier film beneath the matrix tape which improves overall
attenuation performance of the cable while minimising coupling between the twisted pairs and tape.
PANDUIT™ TX6A™ Category 6A cable with matrix tape (inset) and barrier film exposed.
W y r -G r i d® Overhead Cable Tray Routing System
Quick to Install
Easy to Work With
In today’s fast paced environment, every project is on a
tight schedule and needs to be completed NOW. So, it is
important that infrastructure components can be installed
quickly and with as little delay as possible. That is where
the Panduit™ Wyr-Grid® Overhead Cable Tray Routing
System provides a true advantage. It is designed and
engineered to assemble in significantly less time than
other wire basket and ladder rack systems. It will save you
valuable time.
Every project has complications and issues that
unexpectedly arise and need to be resolved. It is important
that the infrastructure components do not add to this
confusion via large part number lists and difficult to
understand assemblies. This is another advantage of the
Panduit™ Wyr-Grid® Overhead Cable Tray Routing System.
A focused product offering with minimal components,
along with design tools, allows specifiers to quickly
understand and identify the necessary parts and create
accurate bills of materials. It will simplify your project.
Robust Construction and Support
In today’s typical build out, every project needs a secure
platform that can support and protect the cabling
infrastructure. So, it is important that the cable routing
pathways are strong enough to support the cable loads
that will be encountered today and in the future. The
Panduit™ Wyr-Grid® Overhead Cable Tray Routing System
has been designed and tested to comply with industry
standards to provide the necessary load bearing strength.
In addition, Wyr-Grid® Pathways offer a greater strength
to weight ratio compared to other wire basket systems.
This advantage will provide you with a robust cable
support structure.
A Global Leader in Innovative Cabling and Networking Solutions
102
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
➤
➤
➤
➤
O
ptional termination tool (EGJT) reduces termination time by 25%,
ideal for high volume installations.
➤
C an be re-terminated a minimum of twenty times.
➤
R
ed termination cap designates Category 5e performance and
provides positive strain relief; helps control cable bend radius and
securely retains wires.
➤
T erminate 4-pair, 22 – 26 AWG, 100 ohm, solid or stranded
shielded twisted pair cable.
➤
E xceed requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e, IEEE
802.3an-2006, and ISO 11801 Class D channel standards.
U
niversal termination cap is colour-coded for T568A and T568B
wiring schemes.
➤
E xceed requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e and IEC
61156-5 Category 5e component standards.
Integrated strain relief with wire cap provides 360° conductive
path for grounding.
➤
M
eet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for PoE
applications.
0
.187 in. tab provides conductive path for grounding individual
jacks.
➤
A
ccept 6 and 8-position modular plugs without damage.
➤
C an be clearly identified with optional labels and icons.
➤
C ompatible with Mini-Com™ modular patch panels, faceplates,
and surface mount boxes.
➤
O
ptional RJ45 blockout device blocks out unauthorised access
to jack modules and potentially harmful foreign objects, saving
time and money associated with data security breaches, network
downtime, repair, and hardware replacement.
➤
O
ptional dust cap keeps out dust and debris while not in use.
➤
E ach jack is 100% tested to ensure NEXT and RL performance and
is individually serialised for traceability.
➤
U
tilise patent-pending enhanced Giga-TX™ Technology for jack
terminations which optimises performance by maintaining cable
pair geometry and eliminating conductor untwist.
➤
F ully grounded and bonded to patch panel when installed in
Panduit™ All Metal Modular Patch Panel.
➤
C ontacts plated with 50 micro-inches of gold for superior
performance.
➤
N
o punchdown tool required; termination tool (EGJT) ensures
conductors are fully terminated by utilising a smooth forward
motion without impact on critical internal components for
maximum reliability.
Part No:
pand uit ™ ➤ Pan-Net™ Copper
➤ MINI-COM™ Category 5e STP TX™ Jacks
Description:
PT-CJS5E88TGYCategory 5e, RJ45, 8-position, 8-wire universal
shielded black module with integrated shield
➤ Category 5e STP Patchcords
➤
P
lug meets all applicable ANSI/TIA/EIA-968-A requirements and
exceeds IEC 60603-7 specifications.
➤
P
atented tangle-free latch prevents snags and provides easy
release, saving time on frequent moves, adds, and changes.
➤
L abels on patchcords provide identification of performance level,
length, and quality control number.
➤
O
ptional patchcord colour bands snap on and off individual patch
cables offering endless colour-coding options.
➤
O
ptional RJ45 plug lock-in device blocks unauthorised removal
of cable, IP phone, other networking equipment, or critical
connection.
Part No:
Description:
➤
E xceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e and ISO 11801 Class D
standards.
PT-STPCH1MBBL 1m patchcord grey + black boots Category
➤
M
eet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for PoE
applications.
PT-STPCH2MBBL 2m patchcord grey + black boots Category
C olour-coded, keyed modular plugs mechanically and visually
distinguish connections to prevent unintentional mating with
unlike keyed or non-keyed jack modules accommodating more
discrete networks.
PT-STPCH3MBBL 3m patchcord grey + black boots Category
➤
➤
E ach patchcord is 100% performance tested and wired T568A.
➤
C onstructed of Category 5e, 26 AWG, STP stranded, LSZH/CM cable
and Pan-Plug™ Shielded Modular Plugs; plug contacts plated with
50 microinches of gold for superior performance.
01403 754 233
5e STP
5e STP
5e STP
PT-STPCH5MBBL 5m patchcord grey + black boots Category
5e STP
For other boot colours replace BL with suffiix BU,
enquiries@networkscentre.com
GR, RD, YL.
www.networkscentre.com
103
pand uit ™ ➤ Pan-Net™ Copper
Category 6 Shielded
➤ TX6000™ FTP Cable
➤ TX6000™ S/FTP Cable
Part No:
Description:
PT-PFC6004LG-ED
PT-PFL6004DG-ED FTP Category 6 PVC 500m. Light Grey
Part No:
FTP Category 6 LSOH 500m. Dark Grey.
PT-PSFL6004DG-ED FTP Category 6 LSOH. 500m. Dark Grey
Description:
➤ MINI-COM™ Category 6 STP TX™ Jacks
➤
N
o punchdown tool required; termination tool (EGJT) ensures
conductors are fully terminated by utilizing a smooth forward
motion without impact on critical internal components for
maximum reliability.
➤
C an be re-terminated a minimum of twenty times.
➤
O
ff-white termination cap designates Category 6 performance and
provides positive strain relief; helps control cable bend radius and
securely retains wires.
➤
T erminate 4-pair, 22 – 26 AWG, 100 ohm, solid or stranded
shielded twisted pair cable.
➤
E xceed requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6, IEEE
802.3an-2006, and ISO 11801 Class E channel standards.
➤
U
niversal termination cap is colour-coded for T568A and T568B
wiring schemes.
➤
M
eet requirements of IEEE 802.af and IEEE 802.3at for PoE
applications.
➤
Integrated strain relief with wire cap provides 360° conductive
path for grounding.
➤
E ach jack is 100% tested to ensure NEXT and RL performance and
is individually serialised for traceability .
➤
0
.187 in. tab provides conductive path for grounding individual
jacks.
➤
Jack modules are colour-coded to visually distinguish connections
to prevent unintentional mating with unlike keyed or non-keyed
modular plugs accommodating more discrete networks.
➤
A
ccept 6 and 8-position modular plugs without damage.
➤
C an be clearly identified with optional labels and icons.
➤
C ompatible with Mini-Com™ modular patch panels, faceplates,
and surface mount boxes.
➤
O
ptional RJ45 blockout device blocks out unauthorised access
to jack modules and potentially harmful foreign objects, saving
time and money associated with data security breaches, network
downtime, repair, and hardware replacement.
➤
O
ptional dust cap keeps out dust and debris while not in use.
➤
U
tilise patent-pending enhanced Giga-TX™ Technology for jack
terminations which optimises performance by maintaining cable
pair geometry and eliminating conductor untwist.
➤
F ully grounded and bonded to patch panel when installed in
Panduit™ All Metal Modular Patch Panel.
➤
C ontacts plated with 50 micro-inches of gold for superior
performance.
➤
O
ptional termination tool (EGJT) reduces termination time by 25%,
ideal for high volume installations.
Part No:
Description:
PT-CJS688TGYCategory 6, RJ45, 8-position, 8-wire universal
shielded black module with integral shield
➤ Category 6/Category 6a STP Patchcords
Part No:
Description:
PT-STP6X1MBL 1m patchcord grey + black boots Category 6/
Category 6aSTP
PT-STP6X2MBL 2m patchcord grey + black boots Category 6/
Category 6aSTP
PT-STP6X3MBL3m patchcord grey + black boots Category 6/
Category 6aSTP
PT-STP6X5MBL 5m patchcord grey + black boots Category 6/
Category 6aSTP
Also available in: BU, GR, OR, RD, YL.
For other cable colours, replace BL with new suffix.
104
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
➤ 10 GIG™ U/FTP Cable
➤
Installation temperature range: 0°C to 50°C (32°F to 122°F).
➤
O
perating temperature range: -20°C to 60°C (-4°F to 140°F).
➤
D
escending length cable markings enable easy identification of
remaining cable which reduces installation time and cable scrap.
➤
C able supplied on a reel.
Part No:
Description:
PT-PUFL6X04WH-KDCategory 6a 4-pair U/FTP shielded
➤
E xceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2, IEEE 802.3-2006, and
ISO 11801 Class EA Category 6A channel standards.
➤
E xceeds requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 and IEC 61156-5
Category 6A component standards.
➤
M
eets requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for PoE
applications.
Part No:
➤
Internal drain wire facilities grounding.
PT-PSL7004DG-EDTX7000™ Category 7 SSTP Cable LSOH
➤
C able diameter: 7.1mm (0.278 in.) nominal.
copper cable LSOH 500m - White
➤ TX7000™ S/STP Cable
Description:
500m - Dark Grey
pand uit ™ ➤ Pan-Net™ Copper
Category 6a Shielded
➤ MINI-COM™ Category 6a 10GIG™ STP Jacks
➤
Can be re-terminated a minimum of twenty times.
➤
lue termination cap designates 10Gig™ Category 6A performance
B
and provides positive strain relief; helps control cable bend radius
and securely retains wires.
➤
T erminate 4-pair, 22 – 26 AWG, 100 ohm, solid or stranded shielded
twisted pair cable.
➤
niversal termination cap is colour-coded for T568A and T568B
U
wiring schemes.
➤
E xceed requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A, IEEE 802.3an2006, and ISO 11801 Class EA channel standards.
➤
Integrated strain relief with wire cap provides 360° conductive path
for grounding.
➤
E xceed requirements of ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A and IEC
61156-5 Category 6A component standards.
➤
.187" grounding tab provides conductive patch for grounding
individual jacks.
➤
eet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for PoE
M
applications.
➤
Accept 6 and 8-position modular plugs without damage.
➤
Can be clearly identified with optional labels and icons.
➤
C ompatible with Mini-Com™ Modular Patch Panels, Faceplates, and
Surface Mount Boxes.
➤
ptional RJ45 Blockout device blocks out unauthorised access
O
to jack modules and potentially harmful foreign objects, saving
time and money associated with data security breaches, network
downtime, repair and hardware replacement.
➤
E ach jack is 100% tested to ensure NEXT and RL performance and is
individually serialised for traceability.
➤
tilise patent-pending enhanced Giga-TX™ Technology for jack
U
terminations which optimises performance by maintaining cable pair
geometry and eliminating conductor untwist.
➤
F ully grounded and bonded to patch panel when installed in
Panduit™ All Metal Modular Patch Panel.
➤
Optional Dust cap keeps out dust and debris while not in use.
➤
Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for superior performance.
➤
➤
punchdown tool required; termination tool (EGJT) ensures
No
conductors are fully terminated by utilizing a smooth forward
motion without impact on critical internal components for maximum
reliability.
ptional RJ45 Lock-in device blocks unauthorised removal of cable,
O
IP phone, other networking equipment or critical connection.
➤
ptional termination tool (EGJT) reduces termination time by 25%,
O
ideal for high volume installations.
Part No:
Description:
PT-CJS6X88TGYCategory 6a, RJ45, 10 Gb/s, 8-position, 8-wire
universal shielded black module with integral shield
➤ Category 6/Category 6a STP Patchcords
Part No:
Description:
PT-STP6X1MBL 1m patchcord grey + black boots Category 6/
Category 6aSTP
PT-STP6X2MBL 2m patchcord grey + black boots Category 6/
Category 6aSTP
Also available in:
BU, GR, OR, RD, YL.
For other cablecolours,
replace BL with new suffix.
01403 754 233
PT-STP6X3MBL 3m patchcord grey + black boots Category 6/
Category 6aSTP
PT-STP6X5MBL 5m patchcord grey + black boots Category 6/
enquiries@networkscentre.com
Category 6aSTP
www.networkscentre.com
105
pand uit ™ ➤ Pan-Net™ Copper
➤ All Metal Patch Panels
➤
A
ccept Mini-Com™ Modules for shielded applications.
➤
P
rovide write-on areas for port identification.
➤
C PT removal tool allows easy moves, adds, and changes of
shielded jack modules.
➤
M
ount to standard TIA/EIA 19" rack or 23" racks with optional
extender bracket.
Part No:
Description:
PT-CP24BLY 24-port all metal modular patch panel. 1U.
(for shielded jacks only)
PT-CP48BLY 48-port all metal modular patch panel. 1U.
(for shielded jacks only)
PT-CP72BLY 72-port all metal modular patch panel 2U
Rear cable management is required to
prevent twisting. (for shielded jacks only)
PT-CP24WSBLY Modular 24 port patch panel unloaded +
strain relief bar. 1U. (for shielded jacks only)
PT-CP48WSBLY Modular 48 port patch panel unloaded +
strain relief bar. 2U. (for shielded jacks only)
PT-CPP48HDWBLY Modular patch panel 48 port unloaded. 1U
➤ All Metal Angled Patch Panels (for shielded jacks only)
Part No:
Description:
PT-CPA24BLY Modular angled 24 port patch panel unloaded.
1U.
PT-CPA48BLY Modular angled 48 port patch panel unloaded.
2U.
PT-CPA72BLY Modular angled 72 port patch panel unloaded.
2U.
➤ Patch Panels - Plastic
Part No:
Description:
PT-CPP24WBLYModular patch panel with plastic front unloaded
24 port. 1U
PT-CPP48WBLY Modular patch panel with plastic front unloaded
48 port. 2U PT-CPPL24WBLY Modular patch panel with plastic front unloaded
24 port.1U + Label
106
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
Part No:
Description:
PT-CPPLA24WBLY Modular angled 24 port patch panel
unloaded. 1U
PT-CPPLA48WBLY Modular angled 48 port patch panel
unloaded. 2U.
PT-CPPLA72WBLY Modular angled 72 port patch panel
unloaded. 2U
➤ UK Faceplates
➤
Individual modules snap in and out of provided insert.
➤
Single or double gang configurations.
➤
Excellent for copper and fibre applications.
➤
Shutters protect modules when not in use.
Part No:
pand uit ™ ➤ Pan-Net™ Copper
➤ Angled Patch Panels
Description:
PT-CFPUKS2SAWY 86 x 86mm single gang faceplate
frame and one 1/2 sloped shuttered
module insert. Depth to rear of module:
18.0mm.
PT-CFPUKS4SAW-2GY 86 x 146mm double gang faceplate
frame and two 1/2 sized sloped
shuttered module inserts. Depth torear
of modules: 18.0mm
PT-CM6CSAW-X Shuttered module snaps into standard
UK LJU6C floorbox mounting plates,
faceplates and patch panels and holds
a single Mini-Com™ module. Depth to
rear of modules (copper): 29.0mm
Available in: IW - International White and WH- White
➤ Surface Mount Boxes
(For other colours, replace AW with either IW or WH).
➤
ccept Mini-Com™ Modules for STP and UTP, fibre optic, and
A
audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, adds, and
changes.
➤
ount easily with supplied mounting screws, adhesive tape, or
M
optional magnet (CBM-X).
➤
C able entry from side and rear knockouts and from opening in
centre of base.
➤
C BXJ2 and CBX2 include built-in removable blank to add a second
module.
➤
Optional adhesive labels available.
Part No:
Description:
PT-CBX2AW-AY Mini-Com™ 2 port surface mount box
PT-CBX4AW-AY Mini-Com™ 4 port surface mount box
PT-CBXF6AW-AY Mini-Com™ 6 port surface mount box with
fibre spool
PT-CBXF12AW-AY Mini-Com™ 12 port surface mount box with
fibre spool
Also available in black. Please call for more information.
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
107
panduit ™ ➤ Pan-Net™ Fibre
PAN-NET™ FIBRE
➤ OPTI-CORE™ Internal Fibre Cable
U
sed in intra-building backbone, building backbone, and horizontal
installations for riser (OFNR), plenum (OFNP), and general-purpose
environments
➤
A
vailable in 6, 12, and 24-fibre counts in a “single jacket” design,
and in 36, 48, 72, 96 and 144-fibre counts in a “subunit” design
➤
M
ultimode (OM4, OM3, OM2, and OM1) and singlemode (OS1/
OS2) fibre available
➤
S heath markings provide positive identification, quality
traceability, and length verification
➤
C able design and flexible buffer tubes allow for quick breakout
and ease of routing
➤
9
00μm standards-based colour-coded buffer coating protects fibres
during handling and allows for easy identification and stripping
➤
O
pti-Core® 10Gig™ Fibre Optic Cable is designed to support
network transmission speeds up to 10 Gb/s for link lengths
up to 300 metres for OM3 and up to 550 metres for OM4 with
an 850nm source per IEEE 802.3ae 10 GbE standard; backward
compatible for use with all 50/125μm system requirements
➤ Internal Fibre Cable
➤ Internal/External Fibre Cable
Part No:
Part No:
Description:
Description:
PT-FPDL608 Fibre LSZH 62.5ìm distribution tight buffer 8 fibre
PT-FPCL608 Fibre LSZH 62.5ìm central loose tube 8 fibre count
PT-FPDL612 Fibre LSZH 62.5ìm distribution tight buffer 12 fibre
PT-FPCL612 Fibre LSZH 62.5ìm central loose tube 12 fibre count
PT-FPDL624 Fibre LSZH 62.5ìm distribution tight buffer 24 fibre
PT-FPCL624 Fibre LSZH 62.5ìm central coose tube 24 fibre count
PT-FPDL508 Fibre LSZH 50ìm distribution tight buffer 8 fibre
PT-FPCL508 Fibre LSZH 50ìm central loose tube 8 fibre count
PT-FPDL512 Fibre LSZH 50ìm distribution tight buffer 12 fibre
PT-FPCL512 Fibre LSZH 50ìm central loose tube 12 fibre count
PT-FPDL524 Fibre LSZH 50ìm distribution tight buffer 24 fibre
PT-FPCL524 Fibre LSZH 50ìm central loose tube 24 fibre count
PT-FQDLX08 Fibre LSZH 50ìm 10 gig distribution tight buffer 8
PT-FQCLX08 Fibre LSZH 50ìm 10 gig central loose tube 8 fibre
PT-FQDLX12 Fibre LSZH 50ìm 10 gig distribution tight buffer 12
PT-FQCLX12 Fibre LSZH 50ìm 10 gig central loose tube 12 fibre
PT-FQDLX24 Fibre LSZH 50ìm 10 gig distribution tight buffer 24
PT-FQCLX24 Fibre LSZH 50ìm 10 gig central loose tube 24 fibre
PT-FPDL908 Fibre LSZH SM distribution tight buffer 8 fibre count
PT-FPCL908 Fibre LSZH SM central loose tube 8 fibre count cable.
PT-FPDL912 Fibre LSZH SM dstribution tight buffer 12 fibre count
PT-FPCL912 Fibre LSZH SM central loose tube 12 fibre count
PT-FPDL924 Fibre LSZH SM distribution tight buffer 24 fibre count
PT-FPCL924 Fibre LSZH SM central loose tube 24 fibre count
count cable. Orange.
count cable. Orange.
count cable. Orange.
count cable. Orange.
count cable. Orange.
count cable. Orange.
fibre count cable. Aqua.
fibre count cable. Aqua.
fibre count cable. Aqua.
cable. Yellow.
cable. Yellow.
cable. Yellow.
108
➤
cable. Black.
cable. Black.
cable. Black.
cable. Black.
cable. Black.
cable. Black.
count cable. Black.
count cable. Black.
count cable. Black.
Black.
cable. Black.
cable. Black.
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
SC to SC Patchcord
LC to LC Patchcord
➤
Insertion loss and return loss data recorded for every singlemode
patchcord.
➤
L ifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on each
patchcord.
➤
H
ighest quality flame retardant fibre optic cable with
tight-buffered coating on each optical fibre.
Part No:
Description:
SC-SC 1M DUPLEX 9-125UM
➤
Pass all TIA/EIA-568-B.3 performance requirements.
➤
1
00% factory inspected end face geometry in compliance
with Telcordia GR-326-CORE, Issue 3.
➤
Typical insertion loss per connection: 0.25dB.
PT-F9LD3-3M1
PT-F6LD3-3M1
PT-FXLD3-3M1
PT-F5LD3-3M1
PT-F9LE3-10M1
PT-F6LE3-10M1
PT-FXLE3-10M1
PT-F5LE3-10M1
PT-F9LE10-10M1
PT-F6LE10-10M1
PT-FXLE10-10M1
PT-F5LE10-10M1
➤
UPC polished (55dB minimum return loss).
Replace 1 with required length, eg
➤
F actory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss and
return loss.
SC to LC Patchcord
lc to lc Patchcord
SC-SC 1M DUPLEX 62.5-125UM
SC-SC 1M DUPLEX 50-125UM. OM3
SC-SC 1M DUPLEX 50-125UM
SC-LC 1M DUPLEX 9-125UM
SC-LC 1M DUPLEX 62.5-125UM
SC-LC 1M DUPLEX 50-125UM. OM3
panduit ™ ➤ Pan-Net™ Fibre
➤ Fibre Patchcords
SC-LC 1M DUPLEX 50-125UM
LC-LC 1M DUPLEX 9-125UM
LC-LC 1M DUPLEX 62.5-125UM
LC-LC 1M DUPLEX 50-125UM. OM3
LC-LC 1M DUPLEX 50-125UM
2 = 2 metres.
➤ Fibre Pigtails
LC Pigtail
SC Pigtail
ST Pigtail
➤
Pass all TIA/EIA-568-B.3 performance requirements.
Part No:
Description:
➤
Insertion loss per connection: 0.10dB typical; 0.30dB maximum.
Factory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss.
➤
Insertion loss data recorded for every multimode patchcord.
➤
L ifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on each
pigtail.
PT-F6B3-NM1Y
PT-F6B10-NM1Y
PT-F9B3-NM1Y
PT-F9B10-NM1Y
PT-FXB3-NM1Y
PT-FXB10-NM1Y
SC Pigtail 62.5/125μm. 1m.
➤
Additional lengths and availability:
Patchcords are available in 1 – 10 metre lengths in 1 metre
increments, and 15, 20, 25 and 30 metre lengths. Pigtails are
available in 1, 2, and 3 metre lengths. Ex: To order lengths other
than 1 metre, replace the 1 after the M (F6D2-2M1Y) with the
desired length (FF6D2-2M2Y for 2 metre length). The above lengths
are stock items. For other lengths, contact Customer Service for
actual lead times.
01403 754 233
LC Pigtail 62.5/125μm. 1m.
SC Pigtail 9/125μm 1m. OS1.
LC Pigtail 9/125μm 1m. OS1.
SC Pigtail 50/125μm 1m. OM3
LC Pigtail 50/125μm 1m. OM3
Replace 1 with required length, eg
enquiries@networkscentre.com
2 = 2 metres.
www.networkscentre.com
109
panduit ™ ➤ Pan-Net™ Fibre
➤ Sc Opticam™ Pre-Polished Connectors
➤
TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-3 compliant connectors.
➤
Exceed TIA/EIA-568-B.3 requirements.
➤
C onnector backbone and boot colours follow TIA/EIA-568-C.3
suggested colour identification scheme.
➤
Insertion loss: 0.3dB average (multimode and singlemode).
➤
R
eturn loss: >26dB (10Gig™ multimode), >20dB (multimode),
>50dB (singlemode).
➤
Q
uick installation; provide field termination in less than half the
time of field polish connectors.
➤
P
atented re-termination capability provides yield rates
approaching 100%.
➤
F actory pre-polished fibre endface eliminates time-consuming
field polishing to reduce installation costs, labour, scrap and the
number of tools required.
➤
C am activated fibre and buffer clamp mechanisms provide
superior fibre and buffer retention – less sensitivity to fibre
tensile loading.
➤
C able retention boot assemblies consistently provide higher than
industry standard cable retention.
➤
O
ptiCam™ Termination Tool simplifies tooling and termination, and
virtually eliminates operator error by providing visual indication of
proper termination after the cam step has been completed.
➤
N
on-optical disconnect maintains data transmission under tensile
loads for jacketed cable.
➤
F ibre cable size: accept 900μm tight-buffered fibre with included
boot(s); accept 1.6mm – 2.0mm and 3.0mm jacketed cable with
available OptiCam™ Cable Retention Boot Assemblies (ten per
package) – ten per package.
➤
F or 250μm coated fibre termination, use 250 micron fibre build-up
tube kit or fan-out kits.
➤
F errule type: 2.5mm zirconia ceramic (highest durability for
repeated matings) or composite to meet a variety of application
requirements.
➤
U
se OptiCam™ Termination Kit (FCAMKIT). Please call for more
information.
Part No:
Description:
pt-fscmpc5bl OptiCam™ SC 50-125 om2 pre-polished connector
pt-fscscbu OptiCam™ SC 9-125 os1 pre-polished connector
pt-fscmcxaq OptiCam™ SC 50-125 om3 pre-polished connector
pt-fscmc6bl OptiCam™ SC 62.5-125 om1 pre-polished connector
pt-fscdmc6blOptiCam™ SC 62.5µm mm dupl connector black
boots
pt-fscmc5blOptiCam™ SC 50µm mm simpl connector black boot
➤ LC Opticam™ Pre-Polished Connectors
110
➤
C am activated fibre and buffer clamp mechanisms provide
superior fibre and buffer retention – less sensitivity to fibre tensile
loading.
➤
O
ptiCam™ Termination Tool simplifies tooling and termination, and
virtually eliminates operator error by providing visual indication of
proper termination after the cam step has been completed.
➤
C able retention boot assemblies consistently provide higher than
industry standard cable retention.
➤
N
on-optical disconnect maintains data transmission under tensile
loads for jacketed cable.
➤
F ibre cable size: accept 900μm tight-buffered fibre with included
boot(s); accept 1.6mm – 2.0mm and 3.0mm jacketed cable with
available OptiCam™ Cable Retention Boot Assemblies (ten per
package).
➤
F or 250μm coated fibre termination, use 250 micron fibre build-up
tube kit or fan-out kits.
➤
TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-10 compatible connectors.
➤
Exceed TIA/EIA-568-B.3 requirements.
➤
C onnector backbone and boot colours follow TIA/EIA-568-C.3
suggested colour identification scheme.
➤
Insertion loss: 0.3dB average (multimode and singlemode).
➤
R
eturn loss: >26dB (10Gig™ multimode), >20dB (multimode),
>50dB (singlemode).
➤
F errule type: 1.25mm zirconia ceramic (highest durability for
repeated matings).
➤
Spring-loaded “Senior” rear pivot latch LC connector.
➤
➤
Q
uick installation; provide field termination in less than half the
time of field polish connectors.
U
se OptiCam™ Termination Kit (FCAMKIT). Please call for more
information.
➤
P
atented re-termination capability provides yield rates
approaching 100%.
➤
F actory pre-polished fibre endface eliminates time-consuming
field polishing to reduce installation costs, labour, scrap and the
number of tools required.
Part No:
Description:
PT-FLCSSCBUY
PT-FLCSMCXAQY
PT-FLCSMC6BLY
OptiCam™ LC 9-125 OS1 pre-polished connector
OptiCam™ LC 50-125 OM3 pre-polished connector
OptiCam™ LC 62.5-125 OM1 pre-polished connector
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
Pre-loaded fibre drawers provide a pre-configured, ready-to-install
system for managing fibre optic terminations, connections and
patching in a 1U rack mount enclosure. The pre-loaded enclosure
accommodates both field termination and field splicing, it supports
trunk cable entry via PG style glands, blown fibre glands and
metric knockouts with rubber grommets. The pre-loaded enclosure
is a two-piece design with a slide-out drawer for full access to
all fibre terminations, easy moves, adds and changes and simple
installation. The enclosure has silk-screened white areas adjacent to
each adapter for individual fibre channel labelling and a similar silkscreen area for overall enclosure labelling. The enclosure has integral
mounting brackets suitable for installation in any 19" wide EIA-310/
IEC 60297 compatible rack or cabinet.
Part No:
Description:
pt-fd1w12budsczEdrawer loaded with 12 singlemode
sc adapters
pt-fd1w6budsczEdrawer loaded with 6 singlemode
panduit ™ ➤ Pan-Net™ Fibre
➤ Patch panels
sc adapters
pt-fd1w12budlczEdrawer with 12 duplex lc adaptor
singlemode
pt-fd1w12aqdlc Edrawer with 12 duplex lc adaptors om3
pt-fd1w12aqdsc Edrawer with 12 duplex sc adaptors om3
pt-fd1w24budlczEdrawer with 24 duplex lc adaptor
singlemode
pt-fd1w24aqdlc
pt-fd1w6aqdsc
Edrawer with 24 duplex lc adaptors om3
Edrawer with 6 duplex sc adaptors om3
QuickNet™ Hydra Cable Assemblies
01403 754 233
➤
C onnectivity meets or exceeds TIA/EIA-568-B.3 and ISO/IEC 11801
performance requirements.
➤
L C and SC connector housing and boot colours follow TIA/EIA568-C.3 suggested colour identification scheme.
➤
Jacketed cable is compliant with NFPA 262 (OFNP) flame rating.
➤
MTP* (12-fibre) connectors are FOCIS-5 compliant.
➤
Panduit™
proprietary MTP* polishing provides low insertion loss
and high return loss, minimising variability for improved channel
link loss performance.
➤
Insertion loss per mated pair: 0.50dB typical, 0.75dB max.
➤
T raditional connectors (Panduit™ LC, SC, and ST) provide design
flexibility throughout the datacentre.
➤
Insertion
loss per mated pair: 0.10dB typical, 0.30dB max.
(multimode); 0.25dB typical, 0.50dB max. (singlemode).
➤
Factory
terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss (test data
supplied with each assembly); singlemode and 10Gig™ Multimode
Hydra Cable Assemblies also tested for return loss.
➤
TIA/EIA-568-B.1-7
standards based polarity supports 10 Gb/s,
multimode, and singlemode fibre types, and allows infrastructure
backwards compatibility for component interchangeability and a
lower cost of ownership.
➤
0Gig™ laser optimised fibre is tested per IEEE 802.3ae 10 GbE
1
to support network transmission speeds up to 10 Gb/s for link
lengths up to 300 metres at 850nm.
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
111
panduit ™ ➤ Pan-Net™ QuickNet™
QuickNet™ MTP*
Interconnect Round Cable Assemblies
➤ Multimode 10Gig™ 50/125Ω
(OM3 and OM4)
➤
Pass all TIA/EIA-568-B.3 performance requirements.
➤
FOCIS-5 compliant.
➤
Insertion loss per mated pair: 0.50dB typical; 0.75dB max.
➤
B
ackward compatible with all 50/125um (OM2) MPO
or MTP* system requirements.
➤
Factory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss.
➤
T ested per IEEE 802.3ae 10 GbE to support network transmission
speeds up to 10 Gb/s for link lengths up to 300 metres for OM3
and up to 550 metres for OM4 at 850nm with 50/125um (OM3
and OM4) laser optimised fibre.
➤
Insertion loss and return loss data recorded for every 10Gig™
Multimode Interconnect Round Cable Assembly.
➤
L ifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on each cable
assembly.
➤ Singlemode 9Ω (OS1/OS2)
➤
Pass all TIA/EIA-568-B.3 performance requirements.
➤
FOCIS-5 compliant.
➤
1
00% factory inspected end face geometry is 100% inspected in
compliance with Telcordia GR-326-CORE, Issue 3).
➤
Insertion loss per mated pair: 0.50dB typical; 0.75dB max.
➤
8-degree APC polish (55dB minimum Return Loss)
QuickNet™ MTP*
Interconnect Cable Assemblies
➤ Multimode 62.5/125Ω (OM1)
➤
Pass all TIA/EIA-568-B.3 performance requirements.
➤
F OCIS-5 compliant.
➤
Insertion loss per mated pair: 0.50dB typical; 0.75dB max.
➤
F actory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss.
➤
Insertion loss data recorded for every multimode cable assembly.
➤
L ifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on each cable
assembly.
➤ Multimode 10Gig™ 50/125Ω
(OM2, OM3 and OM4)
➤ Singlemode 9/125Ω (OS1/OS2)
112
➤
Pass all TIA/EIA-568-B.3 performance requirements.
➤
FOCIS-5 compliant.
➤
1
00% factory inspected end face geometry (SC, ST, and FJ® end
faces are 100% inspected in compliance with Telcordia GR-326CORE, Issue 3).
➤
Insertion loss per mated pair: 0.50dB typical; 0.75dB max.
➤
F actory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss and return
loss.
➤
P
ass all TIA/EIA-568-B.3 performance requirements.
➤
F OCIS-5 compliant.
➤
Insertion loss per mated pair: 0.50dB typical; 0.75dB max.
➤
Tested
per IEEE 802.3ae 10 GbE to support network transmission
speeds up to 10 Gb/s for link lengths up to 300 metres for OM3
and up to 550 metres for OM4 at 850nm with 50/125μm (OM3
and OM4) laser optimised fibre.
➤
B
ackward compatible with all 50/125μm (OM2) MPO or MTP*
system requirements.
➤
Factory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss.
➤
Insertion loss and return loss data recorded for every 10Gig™
Multimode Interconnect Cable Assembly.
➤
L ifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on each cable
assembly.
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
Part No:
Description:
PT-FRME1UHolds up to three FAP or FMP adapter panels
or FOSM splice modules. Bidirectional sliding
drawers provides front and rear access to fibres.
Dimensions: 1.74"H x 17.00"W x 14.20"D
(44.0mm x 432.0mm x 361.0mm)
PT-FRME2U Holds up to six FAP or FMP adapter panels
or FOSM splice modules. Bidirectional sliding
drawers provides front and rear access to fibres.
Dimensions: 3.48" H x 17.00" W x 14.20" D
(88.0mm x 432.0mm x 361.0mm)
ount to standard 19" or 23" EIA rack or cabinet.
M
➤H
old QuickNet™ or Opticom® Fiber Adapter Panels (FAPs), and
➤
Opticom® Fiber Optic Splice Modules.
➤
Front and rear access on all models via durable molded-hinge
PT-FRME3Holds up to nine FAP or FMP adapter panels. Fixed
bulkhead design. Dimensions: 5.00" H x 17.16" W
x 11.80" D (127.0mm x 433.3mm x 292.1mm)
doors.
➤
Integral bend radius control and cable management for fibre
patchcords.
PT-FRME4 Holds up to twelve FAP or FMP adapter panels.
Fixed bulkhead design. Dimensions: 6.62" H
x 17.16" W x 11.80" D (168.1mm x 433.3mm
x 292.1mm)
ultiple trunk cable entry locations.
M
➤ Include fibre optic cable routing kit (grommets, cable ties, saddle
➤
panduit ™ ➤ Pan-Net™ Opticom®
Opticom® Rack Mount
Fibre Enclosures
clips, strain relief bracket, and ID/caution labels) for various cable
management solutions.
Opticom® Rack Mount Fibre Trays
Part No:
Description:
PT-FMT1AMount with CFAPPBL1A angled fibre adapter patch
panel to hold up to four FAP or FMP adapter panels.
Dimensions: 1.75" H x 17.16" W x 11.16" D
(44.4mm x 433.3mm x 283.5mm)
PT-FMT2AMount with CFAPPBL2A angled fibre adapter patch
panel to hold up to eight FAP or FMP adapter panels.
Dimensions: 3.48" H x 17.16" W x 11.16" D
(88.3mm x 433.3mm x 283.5mm)
PT-FMT1 Mount with CFAPPBL1 fibre adapter patch panel to
ount to standard EIA 19" rack rails.
M
➤S
tandard front or angled front options.
➤U
se with Opticom® Fiber Adapter Patch Panels to protect fibres
hold up to four QuickNet™ Cassettes, FAP, and FMP
adapter panels. Dimensions: 1.75" H x 17.16" W x
11.16" D (44.4mm x 433.3mm x 283.5mm)
➤
and terminations.
C an be used as a back box for select Mini-Com™ Patch Panels.
➤R
emovable top cover provides access to connections, fibres, and
PT-FMT2Mount with CFAPPBL2 fibre adapter patch panel to
hold up to eight QuickNet™ Cassettes, FAP, or FMP
adapter panels.Dimensions: 3.48" H x 17.16" W x
11.16" D (88.3mm x 433.3mm x 283.5mm)
➤
slack storage in rear of tray.
➤
Multiple trunk cable entry locations provided on rear and sides of
^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).Optional locks available for rack
mount enclosures. All product colour is black.
enclosure.
➤
Include fibre optic cable routing kit (grommets, cable ties, spools,
strain relief bracket and ID/caution labels) for various cable
management solutions.
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
113
panduit ™ ➤ Pan-Net™ Opticom®
Opticom® FibRE
Adapter Patch Panels
➤ Fibre Adapter Patch Panels
➤ Mount to standard EIA 19" rack rails.
➤S
tandard version holds both QuickNet™ Fibre Optic
Cassettes and Opticom® Fibre Adapter Panels.
➤A
ngled version holds Opticom® Fibre Adapter Panels
and matches Mini-Com™ Angled Patch Panel profile.
➤U
se with Opticom® Rack Mount Fibre Trays to protect
Part No:
Description:
PT-CFAPPBL1
F lat fibre patch panel. Holds up to four FAP or
FMP adapter panels
PT-CFAPPBL2
F lat fibre patch panel. Holds up to eight FAP or
FMP adapter panels
PT-CFAPPBL1AAngled fibre patch panel. Holds up to four FAP or
fibres and terminations.
FMP adapter panels
PT-CFAPPBL2AAngled fibre patch panel. Holds up to eight FAP
or FMP adapter panels
➤ Opticom Fibre Adaptor Panels (FAP)
Part No:
Description:
PT-FAP6WEIDSCSC PT-FAP loaded with 6 SC duplex
multimode fibre optic adapters.
PT-FAP6WBUDSCZSC PT-FAP loaded with 6 SC duplex
singlemode fibre optic adapters.
PT-FAP6WSTST FAP loaded with 6 ST simplex
multimode fibre optic adapters.
PT-FAP6WSTZ STPT-FAP loaded with 6 ST simplex
Fibre adapter panels contain TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS compliant or
compatible simplex or duplex fibre optic adapters and meet or
exceed TIA/EIA-568-B.3 requirements. Adaptors include phosphor
bronze or zirconia ceramic split sleeves to fit specific network
requirements. LC and SC adapter housing colours follow the TIA/
EIA-568-C.3 suggested colour identification scheme. Multimedia
modular panels allow customization of installation for applications
requiring integration of fibre optic and copper cables. Blank fibre
adapter panels reserve fibre adapter panel space for future use. All
fibre adapter panels snap quickly into the front of fibre optic patch
panels and enclosures for easy network deployment or moves, adds
and changes.
singlemode fibre optic adapters.
PT-FAP6WEIDLCLC PT-FAP loaded with 6 LC duplex
multimode fibre optic adapters.
PT-FAP6WBUDLCZLC PT-FAP loaded with 6 LC duplex
singlemode fibre optic adapters.
PT-FAP6WAQDLCLC PT-FAP loaded with 6 LC duplex
multimode fibre optic adapters. Aqua.
PT-FAP6WAQDLCZLC PT-FAP loaded with 6 LC duplex
multimode fibre optic adapters. Aqua
Zirconia.
PANZONE™ ZONECABLING
➤ PanZone™ metal under floor box
➤ Suitable for wall mount and underfloor applications.
➤
L 2043 approved for use in air-handling spaces for copper
U
applications.
➤
ccept Mini-Com™ Modules for STP and UTP, fibre optic, and
A
audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, adds, and
changes.
➤
Supplied with cable management accessories.
➤
Optional fibre conversion kit available.
Part No:
Description:
PT-CUFMB24BL Mini-Com™ 24 port unloaded metal under floor box
PT-CUFB48BL Mini-Com™ 48 port unloaded metal under floor box
114
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
pand uit ™ ➤ Pan-Net™ Panzone™
➤ PANZONE™ Consolidation Point Boxes
➤
D
esigned to accept up to 2 RU of active electronics as deep as
17.5" and up to 6 RU of standard 19" passive connectivity (PZICEA
only).
➤
Work with standard office raised floor tiles.
➤
Include Cool Boot® Raised Floor Air Sealing Grommet for quick
moves, adds, and changes.
➤
D
esigned to accept up to 8 RU standard 19" passive connectivity
(PZICE only).
➤
Accept all Mini-Com™ Modules.
➤
➤
Accept field terminated or pre-terminated connectivity solutions.
➤
Secure lockable cover.
T hermal management design optimises air flow for improved
heat dissipation; ideal for high heat load PoE enabled switch
applications.
C ompatible with 7/8" square, 1" diameter, 1 1/2" diameter, and
2" diameter raised floor pedestals.
➤
M
ount in 2' x 2', 2' x 4', and 2' x 6' drop ceilings.
➤
➤
5
0 pound door weight capacity.
➤
Include door plate, equipment mounting bracket, integrated
horizontal cable slack manager.
➤
A
C power ready – receptacle not included (PZICEA only).
➤
Includes low decibel 60 CFM fan (PZICEA only).
Part No:
Description:
PT-PZRFE4 Panzone™ raised floor enclosure accepts 4RU std
patch panel or 2RU of QuickNet™
PT-PZRFE8 Panzone™ raised floor enclosure accepts 8RU std
patch panel or 4RU of QuickNet™
PT-PZRFE12 Panzone™ raised floor enclosure accepts 12RU std
patch panel or 6RU of QuickNet™
PT-PZRFC Panzone™ lockable cover for raised floor enclosures
Part No:
Description:
PT-PZICEA Panzone™ in ceiling fully assembled enclosure
accepts 2 RU of active components
PT-PZICFK-E PT-PZICGK Panzone™ in ceiling fan kit
Panzone™ in ceiling grounding and bonding kit
➤ PanZone™ Overhead Distribution Racks
➤ Ideal solution for adding more rack spaces above racks or cabinets
in datacentres or telecommunication rooms.
➤
U
niversal mounting bracket can be mounted to most industry
ladder racks, wire basket, or suspended by threaded rod from
ceiling.
➤
M
ultiple mounting configurations.
➤
4
0/60/80 lbs. load rating.
➤
O
ptional cable management solutions (PZBR4 and CMVDR2).
Part No:
Description:
PT-PZLRB2 Panzone™ overhead distribution racks 2RU
PT-PZLRB4 Panzone™ overhead distribution racks 4RU
PT-PZLRB6 Panzone™ overhead distribution racks 6RU
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
115
panduit ™ ➤ Pan-Net™ Panzone™
➤ PanZone™ wall mounted switch/panel enclosure
➤ H
old 12 RU of active and passive network equipment plus two
additional RU for power strips and small electronic devices
(modems, routers, etc.).
➤ S tructurally engineered to swing freely even under maximum
load capacity.
➤ T hermal management design (vents, perforated doors, and
optional fan) optimises airflow for improved heat dissipation;
ideal for high heat load PoE enabled switch applications.
➤ W
orking load rating of 250 lbs.
➤ A
djustable rails mount at 1" increments to accommodate various
depths of network equipment including PoE switches.
➤ Individual rack spaces are identified for ease of equipment
mounting.
Part No:
Description:
PT-PZAEWM3Y Panzone™ wall mounted switch/panel enclosure
PT-PZAELOCK Panzone™ lock kit for wall enclosure
➤ Mutoa Boxes
Two module space, 1/2 size, sloped shuttered insert accepts two
Mini-Com™ Modules. Shutters are spring loaded and rotate out of
the way for cable connections. Not suitable for use with any audio/
video or fibre connector module that protrudes beyond the face of
the insert.
Part No:
Description:
PT-CHS2SIW-XMini-Com™ shuttered sloped insert for mutoa
box (Off White)
For other colours, replace IW with suffix AW (Arctic White),
EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), IG (International Grey), BL (Black),
NG (Nordic Grey), PW (Polar White).
116
➤
A
ccepts Mini-Com™ Modules for STP and UTP, fibre optic, and
audio/video, which snap in and out for easy moves, adds, and
changes.
➤
M
ounts easily with adhesive tape or optional magnet (CSBM-X).
➤
T wo pass-through holes allow surface mounting with screws
(not included).
➤
E xpandable cable opening will adjust to different cable bundle
sizes.
➤
A
ccepts up to three 1/2 size sloped inserts (shuttered or
non-shuttered) for up to six modules (inserts and modules
not included).
➤
T wo mounting eyelets (by the cable opening) allow the MuTOA
to be suspended.
➤
C able tie support slot will hold cable bundle in place during
assembly.
➤
Ideal for pre-assembled cable runs.
Part No:
Description:
PT-CM6PIW
Mini-Com™ 6 port mutoa box (Off White).
For other colours, replace IW with suffix EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White),
IG (International Grey), BL (Black), CL (Clear)
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
➤ NET-ACCESS™ Enclosures
➤
Modular cable management fingers easily mount to the
front and/or back of all four cabinet posts.
➤
Accommodate equipment mounting depths up to
25.9" (658mm).
➤
Innovative, fully integrated, electrically bonded cabinet
with a single ground connection to guard against EMI
and ESD, and provide a safe current path to ground.
➤
Four adjustable equipment mounting rails – available
in cage nut or #12-24 threaded with printed rack space
identification.
➤
➤
➤
E quipment rails have printed rack space numbering that
can be oriented numbers up or down.
➤
Durable black polyester epoxy powder coat finish.
➤
2,500 lbs. (1134 kg) load rating.
➤
Cabinet ships assembled, one per pallet.
➤
C abinet frame with top panel. Tapped equipment rails (12-24).
➤
D
ual hinge perforated front door opens to the left or right.
➤
Split
perforated rear doors open in the middle to minimise door
swing footprint.
➤
S olid side panels.
Designed with the use of CFD (computational fluid
➤
T wo sets of #12-24 threaded equipment mounting rails.
dynamics) analysis and thermal lab testing to optimise
the thermal performance of network switches requiring
side-to-side airflow.
➤
4
5 RU cable management on front and rear of front posts.
➤
D
imensions: 84.0" H x 31.5" W x 41.1" D (2134mm x 800mm x
1044mm
Inset frame posts create large and accessible vertical
pathways for routing cables.
➤ ACCESSORIES
Part No:
Description:
PT-CNBRFK PT-CNCSTR PT-CNAE1 PT-CNAE2 PT-CNAE3 PT-CNDD PT-CNDS PT-CNPS Net-Access™ 9U Finger Management Kit
Part No:
Description:
PT-CN1 Net-Access™ 45U enclosure + side panels and doors
➤
C abinet frame with top panel.
➤
D
ual hinge perforated front door opens to the left or right.
➤
S plit perforated rear doors open in the middle to minimise door
swing footprint.
➤
T wo sets of #12-24 threaded equipment mounting rails.
➤
4
5 RU cable management on front and rear of front posts.
➤
D
imensions: 84.0" H x 31.5" W x 41.1" D (2134mm x 800mm x
1044mm)
Part No:
Description:
PT-CN2 Net-Access™ 45U enclosure + doors
Net-Access™ casters
➤
C abinet frame with top panel.
Net-Access™ 6509 air duct
➤
T wo sets of #12-24 threaded equipment mounting rails.
Net-Access™ 9513 air duct
➤
4
5 RU cable management on front and rear of front posts.
Net-Access™ 6513 air duct
➤
D
imensions: 84.0”H x 31.5”W x 40.0”D (2134mm x 800mm x
1016mm)
Net-Access™ dual hinged perforated door
Net-Access™ split door
Part No:
Description:
Net-Access™ side panel
PT-CN3 Net-Access™ 45U enclosure without side panels
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
pand uit ™ ➤ Pan-Net™ Panzone™
NET-ACCESS™ CABINETS
& ACCESSORIES
117
pand uit ™ ➤ Pan-Net™ Cable Management
CoolBoot™
Part No:
Description:
pt-RFG6X8YCoolBoot™ raised floor air sealing grommet.
Overall size of 152mm x 203mm. Allows for
106mm x 157mm capacity
pt-RFG6X8SMYCoolBoot™ raised floor surface mount air
sealing grommet. Overall size of 152mm x
203mm. Allows for 106mm x 157mm capacity
pt-RFG6X8Y
pt-RFG8X8YCoolBoot™ raised floor air sealing grommet.
Overall size of 203mm x 203mm. Allows for
157mm x 157mm capacity
pt-RFG8X8SMYCoolBoot™ raised floor surface mount air
sealing grommet. Overall size of 203mm x
203mm. Allows for 157mm x 157mm capacity
pt-RFG6X8SMY
CABLE MANAGEMENT
➤ Horizontal Cable Management
anduit™ PatchLink™, NetManager™, and Open-Access™ Horizontal
P
Cable Managers manage, protect, and showcase cables between
patch panels on 19" EIA racks.
➤
P
atchLink™ and NetManager™ Dual Hinged Covers conceal cable
pathway and provide easy access without having to remove the
door.
➤
Pass-through holes allow front to rear cabling.
➤
For comparison, multiply by 1.25 for a fill rate of 50%.
➤
C apacities are based on a fill rate of 40% to accommodate proper
cable routing techniques.
pt-CMPH1
pt-CMPH2
pt-CMPHF1
Part No:
Description:
PT-CMPHF1 PT-CMPHF2 1U 4 D-ring cable management
2U 4 D-ring cable management
PT-NCMHF1 NetManager™ 1U cable managment with cover
PT-NCMHF2 NetManager™ 2U cable managment with cover
PT-WMPFSE PatchLink™ 1U cable management with cover
PT-WMPSE PatchLink™ 1U cable management with cover.
PT-DPFP1
Front and Rear
PT-WMP1E PatchLink™ 2U cable management with cover.
Front and Rear
PT-DPFP2
118
PT-DPFP1 PT-DPFP2 1U Blank Panel
2U Blank Panel
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
Part No:
Description:
PT-CMR19X84 19 45U Standard Rack
PT-PRV6 PatchRunner™ 45U vertical management 152.4mm (6")
PT-PRD6 PatchRunner™ 152.4mm/6" Door
PT-PRV8 PatchRunner™ 45U vertical management 203mm (8")
PT-PRD8 PatchRunner™ 203mm/8" Door
PT-PRV12 PatchRunner™ 45U vertical management 305mm (12")
PT-PRD12 PatchRunner™ 305mm/12" Door
PT-PRV15 PatchRunner™ 45U vertical management 381mm (15")
PT-PRD15 PatchRunner™ 381mm/15" Door
PT-CMR19X84
PT-PRV6
➤ 4 Post Rack
➤ NETFRAME™ Rack
Part No:
Description:
PT-CMR4P84
PT-CMR4P84CN PT-CMR4P96 PT-CMR4P96CN Pan-Net™ 45U 4 Post Rack with threaded rails
Pan-Net™ 45U 4 Post Rack with cage nuts.
Pan-Net™ 52U 4 Post Rack with threaded rails.
Pan-Net™ 52U 4 Post Rack with cage nuts
01403 754 233
pand uit ™ ➤ Pan-Net™ Cabinets & Accessories
➤ Standard Rack + PATCHRUNNER™
Part No:
Description:
PT-NFR84
PT-NFDR4X6K PT-NFD484 19" 45U NetFrame™ Rack. PC 1 -
enquiries@networkscentre.com
D-ring management (8 pack). PC 1 Door for NetFrame™ (2 required per rack). PC 1 -
www.networkscentre.com
119
panduit ™ ➤ Netkey™ Cables
Netkey™ cables
➤ netkey™ Category 6 UTP Copper Cable
➤
M
eets ISO/IEC Category 6/Class E and Category 5e/Class D
performance requirements.
➤
D
escending length cable markings enable easy identification
of remaining cable.
➤
T hird party verified.
Part No:
Description:
PT-NUL6C04BU-CE
C ategory 6, low smoke zero halogen
(LSZH), 4-pair, UTP, blue copper cable
PT-NUC6C04BU-CECategory 6, PVC (CM), 4-pair, UTP, blue
copper cable
➤ netkey™ Category 5e UTP Copper Cable
➤
M
eets ISO/IEC Category 6/Class E and Category 5e/Class D
performance requirements.
➤
D
escending length cable markings enable easy identification
of remaining cable.
➤
Third party verified.
➤
305m (1,000 ft.) in an easy-pay-out box.
Part No:
Description:
PT-NUL5C04BU-CE Category 5e, low smoke zero halogen
(LSZH), 4-pair, UTP, blue copper cable.
PT-NUC5C04BU-CE Category 5e, PVC (CM), 4-pair, UTP, blue
copper cable
➤ netkey™ Fibre Optic Distribution Cable
➤
O
pti-Core™ 10Gig™ Cable is designed to support network
transmission speeds up to 10 Gb/s for link lengths up to 300
metres with an 850nm source per IEEE 802.3ae 10 GbE Standard;
backward compatible for use with all 50/125μm system
requirements.
➤
C able for 300 metre reach requirements and also 10Gig™
150 OM2+.
➤
C able for 150 metre reach requirements.
Part No:
Description:
PT-FPDL908 8-Fibre 9/125ìm (OS1) singlemode low smoke
zero halogen rated distribution cable
PT-FPDL912 12-Fibre 9/125ìm (OS1) singlemode low smoke
120
zero halogen rated distribution cable
U
sed in intra-building backbone, building backbone, and horizontal
installations for low smoke zero halogen (LSZH), and generalpurpose environments.
PT-FPDL608 8-Fibre 62.5/125ìm (OM1) multimode low smoke
➤
U
sed in intra-building backbone, building backbone, and horizontal
installations for riser (OFNR), and general-purpose environments.
PT-FPDL612 12-Fibre 62.5/125ìm (OM1) multimode low
➤
S inglemode (OS1) and multimode (OM1, OM2, OM2+ 10Gig™
150, and OM3 10Gig™ 300 850nm laser optimised) fibre available.
PT-FPDL508 8-Fibre 50/125ìm (OM2) multimode low smoke
➤
S heath markings provide positive identification, quality,
traceability and length verification.
PT-FPDL512 12-Fibre 50/125ìm (OM2) multimode low smoke
➤
C able design and flexible buffer tubes allow for quick breakout
and ease of routing.
➤
900μm
standards-based colour-coded buffer coating protects fibres
during handling and allows for easy identification and stripping.
➤
1
0Gig™ Fibre Optic Indoor/Outdoor Cable includes 10Gig™
300 OM3.
➤
zero halogen rated distribution cable
smoke zero halogen rated distribution cable
zero halogen rated distribution cable
zero halogen rated distribution cable
PT-FQDLX08 8-Fibre 10Gig 50/125ìm (OM3) multimode low
smoke zero halogen rated distribution cable
PT-FQDLX12 12-Fibre 10Gig 50/125ìm (OM3) multimode low
smoke zero halogen rated distribution cable
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
➤ Netkey™ Cat5e, CAT6 & Cat3 Copper Jack Modules
pt-NK688MIW
pt-NKP5E88MIW
pt-NK688MIW-Q
pt-NKP5E88MIW-Q
➤
Meet all industry performance standards for Category 6, 5e and 3.
➤
P
unchdown jack modules are 100% performance tested and
individually serialised for future traceability.
➤
S nap in and out of keystone openings for easy moves, adds and
changes.
➤
Universal label includes T568A and T568B wiring schemes.
Part No:
Description:
PT-NK688MIWCategory 6, 8-position, 8-wire, keystone
punchdown jack module
PT-NK688MIW-QConvenience pack of 25, Category 6,
8-position, 8-wire, keystone
punchdown jack modules
PT-NKP5E88MIWCategory 5e, 8-position, 8-wire, keystone
pt-NK5E88MIWY
punchdown jack module
pt-NK5E88MIW-Q
PT-NKP5E88MIW-QConvenience pack of 25, Category 5e,
8-position, 8-wire, keystone punchdown
jack modules
PT-NK5E88MIIWCategory 5e, 8-position, 8-wire, keystone
leadframe jack module
PT-NK5E88MIW-QConvenience pack of 25, Category 5e,
pt-NK366UMIWY
pt-NK388MIWY
pand uit ™ ➤ Netkey™ Modules & Patchcords
Netkey™
modules & patchcords
8-position, 8-wire, keystone leadframe
jack modules
PT-NK388MIWYCategory 3, 8-position, 8-wire, keystone
leadframe jack module
PT-NK388MIWYCategory 3, 6-position, 6-wire, keystone
leadframe jack module. Termination cap
colour-coded to USOC wiring scheme.
PT-NK366MIWYCategory 3, 6-position, 6-wire, keystone
leadframe jack module
pt-NK366MIWY
➤ netkey™ copper UTP Patchcords
➤
Meet all industry performance standards for Category 6 and 5e.
➤
100% performance tested.
➤
Available in a variety of colours and lengths for design flexibility.
Part No:
Description:
PT-NK6PC^M*Y Category 6, UTP patchcord with
modular plugs on each end
pt-NK6PC^*Y
PT-NK5EPC^M*YCategory 5e,UTP patchcord with
modular plugs on each end
^
Available in 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 metre lengths.
*
For standard colours other than Off White, add suffix BU (Blue),
RD (Red), YL (Yellow) or GR (Green) before Y in the part number.
For example, the part number of a blue, Category 6, 5-metre
patchcord is PT-NK6PC5MBUY.
PT-NK5EPC^M*Y
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
121
panduit ™ ➤ Netkey™ Connectors
Netkey™ connectors
➤ netkey™ LC Connectors – Pot and Polish Termination
Part No:
Description:
PT-NKFLCSMWHLC 62.5/125μm multimode simplex
connector. EI (Electric Ivory) body,
WH (White) boot
PT-NKFLCSMBLLC 50/125μm multimode simplex
connector. EI (Electric Ivory) body,
BL (Black) boot
pt-NKFLCSMWH
PT-NKFLCSMBLLC 50/125μm OM3/OM4 multimode
simplex connector. EI (Electric Ivory)
body, AQ (Aqua) boot
PT-NKFLCSMBLLC singlemode simplex connector.
BU (Blue) body, WH (White) boot
pt-NKFLCCLIP-L
PT-NKFLCSMBLLC duplex clip, (Rd) Red
➤ netkey™ SC Connectors – Pot and Polish Termination
Part No:
Description:
PT-NKFSCMAQSC 50/125μm OM3/OM4 multimode
pt-NKFSCMPC5BL
pt-NKFSCMBL
simplex connector. EI (Electric Ivory)
body, AQ (Aqua) boot
PT-NKFSCSWHSC singlemode simplex connector.
BU (Blue) body, WH (White) boot
PT-NKFSCCLIP-L
SC Duplex Clip, (Rd) Red
PT-NKFSCMWHSC 62.5/125μm multimode simplex
connector. EI (Electric Ivory) body,
WH (White) boot
pt-NKFSCCLIP-L
PT-NKFSCMBLSC 50/125μm multimode simplex
connector. EI (Electric Ivory) body,
BL (Black) boot
➤ netkey™ ST & SC Connectors – Pre-Polished optiCam™ Termination
Part No:
Description:
PT-NKFSCMPC6EISC OptiCam™ Composite Ferrule
62.5/125μm multimode simplex
connector, Electric Ivory
PT-NKFSCMPC5BLSC OptiCam™ Composite Ferrule
50/125μm multimode simplex connector,
Black
PT-NKFSTMABLST multimode connector with Black boot
(62.5/125μm or 50/125μm)
pt-NKFSTMABL
PT-NKFSTSABUST singlemode connector with Blue boot
PT-NKFSTMPC6EIST OptiCam™ Composite Ferrule
62.5/125μm multimode simplex
connector, Electric Ivory
PT-NKFSTMPC5BLST OptiCam™ Composite Ferrule
pt-NKFSTMPC6EI
122
50/125μm multimode simplex connector,
Black
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
➤ netkey™ Fibre Optic Patchcords and Pigtails
SC to SC Patchcord
LC to LC Patchcord
SC to LC Patchcord
C ompliant with TIA/EIA 568-C.3-1 and ISO/IEC 11801, IEC-61754-7
(international) and TIA-604-5 (FOCIS-5).
➤
P
atchcords and pigtails include OM3 fibre or OM1, OM2, or OS1
fibre in 900μm tight-buffered fibre, 1.6mm or 3.0mm duplex
zipcord jacketed cable or 1.8mm duplex zipcord jacketed cable.
➤
1
00% performance tested assures that patchcords and pigtails are
standard compliant.
➤
Q
.C. identification label quality control reference provides lifetime
traceability of test data.
ST to ST Patchcord
LC Pigtail
Part No:
➤
SC Pigtail
Description:
Part No:
MTRJ to MTRJ Patchcord
ST Pigtail
Description:
PT-NKXXFL02F-FM01 MTRJ to MTRJ patchcord, OM1, LSZH,
PT-NKXXGL022-2M01ST to ST patchcord, OM1, LSZH,
XX = F6 = OM1; F5 = OM2; FX = OM3
XX = F6 = OM1; F5 = OM2; FX = OM3; F9 = singlemode
PT-NKXXFL02L-FM01 LC to MTRJ patchcord, OM1, LSZH,
PT-NKXXGL02S-SM01SC to SC patchcord, OM1, LSZH,
XX = F6 = OM1; F5 = OM2; FX = OM3
XX = F6 = OM1; F5 = OM2; FX = OM3; F9 = singlemode
PT-NKXXFL022-FM01 ST to MTRJ patchcord, OM1, LSZH,
PT-NKXXEL02L-LM01LC to LC patchcord, OM1, LSZH,
XX = F6 = OM1; F5 = OM2; FX = OM3
XX = F6 = OM1; F5 = OM2; FX = OM3; F9 = singlemode
PT-NKXXFL02S-FM01 SC to MTRJ patchcord, OM1, LSZH,
PT-NKXXEL02S-LM01SC to LC patchcord, OM1, LSZH,
XX = F6 = OM1; F5 = OM2; FX = OM3
XX = F6 = OM1; F5 = OM2; FX = OM3; F9 = singlemode
PT-NKXXBN011-NM01 LC to Pigtail, OM1, simplex, 900um
PT-NKXXGL022-SM01ST to SC patchcord, OM1, LSZH,
XX = F6 = OM1; F5 = OM2; FX = OM3; F9 = singlemode
XX = F6 = OM1; F5 = OM2; FX = OM3; F9 = singlemode
duplex (1.8 mm jacket)
duplex (1.8 mm jacket)
duplex (1.8 mm jacket)
duplex (1.8 mm jacket)
buffered fibre
panduit ™ ➤ Netkey™ Patchcords & Pigtails
patchcords & pigtails
duplex (3 mm jacket)
duplex (3 mm jacket)
duplex (1.6 mm jacket)
duplex (1.6 mm jacket)
duplex (3 mm jacket)
PT-NKXXBN013-NM01 SC to Pigtail, OM1, simplex, 900um
buffered fibre
XX = F6 = OM1; F5 = OM2; FX = OM3; F9 = singlemode
PT-NKXXBN012-NM01ST to Pigtail, OM1, simplex, 900um
buffered fibre
XX = F6 = OM1; F5 = OM2; FX = OM3; F9 = singlemode
01403 754 233
*For standard metre lengths other than 1 metre (2, 3, 5 or 10),
change the length desination in the part number to the desired
length. For example, the part number for a 2 metre, ST to ST,
OM1, LSZH, duplex patchcord is NKF6GL022-2M02.
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
123
pand uit ™ ➤ Netkey™ Patch Panels
patch panels
➤ netkey™ copper patch panels – category 6
Part No:
Description:
PT-NK6PPG12WY Category 6, 12-port punchdown patch
panel. Mounts to wall with standard 89D
bracket (WB89D)
PT-NK6PPG12WY
PT-NK6PPG24Y Category 6, 24-port punchdown patch
panel, 1 RU
PT-NK6PPG24Y
PT-NK6PPG48Y Category 6, 48-port punchdown patch
panel, 2 RU
PT-NK6PPG48Y
➤ netkey™ copper patch panels – Category 5e Part No:
Description:
PT-NK5EPPG12WY Category 5e, 12-port punchdown patch
panel. Mounts to wall with standard 89D
bracket (WB89D)
PT-NK5ePPG12WY
PT-NK5EPPG24Y Category 5e, 24-port punchdown patch
panel, 1 RU
PT-NK5ePPG24Y
PT-NK5EPPG48Y Category 5e, 48-port punchdown patch
panel, 2 RU
*Punchdown patch panels are colour-coded for T568A and T568B wiring
schemes.
Punchdown tools found on page 13.
PT-NK5ePPG48Y
➤ netkey™ Modular Patch Panels PT-NKFP12W
Part No:
Description:
PT-NKFP12W 12-port modular patch panel. Mounts to
wall with standard 89D bracket (WB89D)
PT-NKFP24Y
PT-NKFP24Y 24-port modular patch panel, 1 RU
PT-NKFP48Y 48-port modular patch panel, 2 RU
PT-NKFP24KSRBSY 24-port modular patch panel with strain
relief bar, 1 RU
PT-NKFP48Y
PT-NKFP48KSRBSY 48-port modular patch panel with strain
relief bar, 2 RU
➤ netkey™ All Metal Patch Panels PT-NKMP24Y
Part No:
Description:
PT-NKMP24Y PT-NKMP48Y 24-port all metal modular patch panel, 1 RU
48-port all metal modular patch panel, 2 RU
PT-NKMP48Y
124
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
PT-NKPPA24FMY
Part No:
Description:
PT-NKPPA24FMY 24-port flush mount angled modular
patch panel, 1 RU
PT-NKPPA48FMY 48-port flush mount angled modular
PT-NKPPA48FMY
patch panel, 2 RU
PT-NKPP24FMY 24-port flush mount modular patch
panel, 1 RU
PT-NKPP48FMY 48-port flush mount modular patch
PT-NKPP24FMY
panel, 2 RU
PT-NKPP48FMY
➤ netkey™ Moulded modular/punchdown Patch Panels Part No:
pand uit ™ ➤ Netkey™ Patch Panels
➤ netkey™ Flush Mount Patch Panels Description:
PT-NKPP24P 24-port moulded modular patch panel
PT-NKPP48P 48-port moulded modular patch panel
PT-NK5EPP24PCategory 5e, 24-port moulded punch down
patch panel
PT-NK5EPP48P Category 5e, 48-port moulded punch down
patch panel
PT-NK6PP24P Category 6, 24-port moulded punch down
patch panel
PT-NK6PP48PCategory 6, 48-port moulded punch down
patch panel
➤ Filler Panels
Part No:
Description:
PT-TLBP1S-V 1 RU tool-less filler panel, 9.52mm (3/8 in.)
pt-TLBP1R-V
square holes
PT-TLBP1R-V 1 RU tool-less filler panel, M5 (#10) or M6
(#12) round tapped holes
PT-TLBP2S-V 2 RU tool-less filler panel, 9.52mm (3/8 in.)
square holes
pt-TLBP2R-V
PT-TLBP2R-V 2 RU tool-less filler panel, M5 (#10) or M6
PT-CPAF1BLY
PT-CPAF2BLY
01403 754 233
(#12) round tapped holes
PT-CPAF1BLY PT-CPAF2BLY enquiries@networkscentre.com
1 RU angled filler panel
2 RU angled filler panel
www.networkscentre.com
125
pand uit ™ ➤ Netkey™ Fibre Enclosures
➤ Wall Mount Bracket
Part No:
Description:
PT-WB89D Wall mount bracket. Ideal for use with 12-port
punchdown or modular patch panels
➤ Strain Relief Bars
Part No:
Description:
PT-SRB19BLY Strain relief bar extends 50mm from standard
PT-SRB19BLY
19'' rack for additional cable support
PT-SRBM19BLY Strain relief bar and Tak-Ty "Hook and Loop
Cable Ties for additional cable support
PT-SRBS19BL-XY Straight strain relief bar
PT-SRBM19BLY
PT-SRBS19BL-XY
fibre enclosures
➤ netkey™ PRE-LOADED FIBRE DRAW
Part No:
Description:
PT-NKFD1W12EIDSC* Pre-loaded fibre drawer with 12
SC duplex adapters for 62.5/125ìm
(OM1) multimode fibre
PT-NKFD1W24EIDLC** Pre-loaded fibre drawer with 24
LC duplex adapters for 62.5/125ìm
(OM1) multimode fibre
PT-NKFD1W12BLDSC* Pre-loaded fibre drawer with
12 SC duplex adapters for 50/125ìm
(OM2) multimode fibre
PT-NKFD1W24BLDLC** Pre-loaded fibre drawer with
24 LC duplex adapters for 50/125ìm
(OM2) multimode fibre
PT-NKFD1W12AQDSC* Pre-loaded fibre drawer with
126
➤
S lide-out drawer slides forward a full 300mm for service access to
all fibre terminations, connections, and/or splices.
➤
S upports both field termination via pot-and-polish using Panduit
NetKey™ connectors, or fusion splicing with appropriate slack
storage and cable management provisions.
➤
T runk and interconnect cable entry via PG11 glands, 5mm blown
fibre glands, 20mm knock-outs, or 30mm rubber grommets.
➤
S imple two-piece, all-metal body construction for easy and
economical installation with no loose components to misplace;
improved protection over plastic fibre drawers.
➤
D
edicated silk-screened white labeling areas on drawer front for
individual fibre adapters and overall enclosure labeling for proper
channel identification and patchcord traceability.
12 SC duplex adapters for 50/125ìm
(OM3/OM4) multimode fibre.
PT-NKFD1W24AQDLC** Pre-loaded fibre drawer with
24 LC duplex adapters for 50/125ìm
(OM3/OM4) multimode fibre.
PT-NKFD1W12BUDSCZ* Pre-loaded fibre drawer with
12 SC duplex adapters for 9/125ìm
(OS1/OS2) multimode fibre
PT-NKFD1W24BUDLCZ**Pre-loaded fibre drawer with
24 LC duplex adapters for 9/125ìm
(OS1/OS2) multimode fibre
*For 6 adapters per enclosure, replace 12 in part number with 6.
**For 12 adapters per enclosure, replace 24 in part number with 12.
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
➤ netkey™ face plates
➤
A
ccept all NetKey™ Modules.
➤
A
vailable in a variety of port densities.
➤
O
ptional labels for easy port identification.
➤
C olour: Arctic White.
Part No:
Description:
PT-NK6CSAW-X Single gang, 25.4mm x 32mm,
PT-NK6CSAW-X
shuttered adapter. Compatible with
LJU6C frame. Accepts one NetKey
Module
PT-NKFPLUKF2SAW Single gang, 86mm x 86mm,
shuttered faceplate with label and
icon slots. Accepts two NetKey
Modules. Includes two M3.5-0.5 x
30mm panhead mounting screws
PT-NKFPLUKF4SAW Single gang, 86mm x 86mm,
pt-NKFPLUKF4SAW
PT-SRBM19BLY
shuttered faceplate with label and
icon slots. Accepts four NetKey
Modules. Includes two M3.5-0.5 x
30mm panhead mounting screws
pt-NKFPLUKF2SAW
PT-SRBM19BLY
pand uit ™ ➤ Netkey™ Face Plates
face plates
PT-NKUKS2AW Single gang, sloped faceplate kit with
labels. Kit includes one 86 x 86mm
faceplate frame and sloped insert.
Accepts two NetKey Modules
PT-NKUKS4AW-2G Double gang, sloped faceplate kit
pt-NKUKS2AW
with labels. Kit includes one 146mm
x 86mm faceplate frame and two
sloped inserts. Accepts four NetKey
Modules
pt-NKUKS4AW-2G
PT-NKUKS2SAW Single gang, sloped, shuttered
faceplate kit with labels. Kit includes
one 86mm x 86mm faceplate frame
and one sloped, shuttered insert.
Accepts two NetKey Modules
PT-NKUKS4SAW-2G Double gang, sloped, shuttered
pt-NKUKS2SAW
faceplate kit with labels. Kit includes
one 146mm x 86mm faceplate frame
and two sloped, shuttered inserts.
Accepts four NetKey Modules
pt-NKUKS4SAW-2G
➤ frames
Part No:
Description:
PT-CBUKAWY 86mm x 86mm, single gang faceplate frame
with label. Accepts one 1/2 size module
insert
PT-CBUKAW-2GY 86mm x 146mm, double gang faceplate
frame with labels. Accepts two 1/2 size
module inserts
PT-CBAGAW 50mm x 50mm, single gang faceplate frame
with labels. Accepts one 1/2 size module
insert
PT-FCFPAW 80mm x 80mm, faceplate frame accepts all
50mm x 50mm adapters
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
127
pand uit ™ ➤ Netkey™ Face Plates
➤ netkey™ inserts
Part No:
Description:
PT-NKHS2AW-X 1/2 size, sloped modular insert. Accepts
two NetKey Modules
PT-NKHS2SAW-X 1/2 size, sloped, shuttered modular
insert. Accepts two NetKey Modules.
PT-NKHS2SAW-X
pt-NKHS2AW-X
➤ adaptor
Part No:
Description:
PT-CBFAW 45mm x 45mm adapter, accepts one 1/2 size
module insert
➤ netkey™Modular Furniture Faceplates
➤
C olour: Off white.
Part No:
Description:
PT-NK4MFIW Snap-on modular furniture faceplate.
Compatible with modular furniture panel cutout
dimensions 34mm to 35.56mm – 67mm to
69mm. Accepts up to four NetKey Modules
➤ netkey™ surface mount boxes
➤
Accept all NetKey™ Modules.
➤
Include mounting screws and adhesive tape.
➤
Compatible with Panduit™ LD3, LD5, and LD10 Raceway.
➤
C olour: Off white.
Part No:
PT-NK2BXIW-A
PT-NK4BXIW-AY
Description:
PT-NK2BXIW-A Surface mount box accepts two NetKey
Modules
PT-NK4BXIW-AY Surface mount box accepts four NetKey
Modules
PT-NK6BXIW-AY Surface mount box accepts six NetKey
Modules
PT-CBM-X Optional magnet for mounting on metal
surfaces. Compatible with NK2BXIW-A
and NK4BXIW-AY
PT-NK6BXIW-AY
128
PT-CBM-X
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
Part No:
Description:
PT-R2P 19 EIA rack aluminium rack. 2134mm
x 514mm x 76mm (84.0"H x 20.3"W x
3.0"D). 45 RU
PT-WMPV45E NetRunner Front and Rear Vertical Cable
Manager with dual hinged cover wire
retainers and side mount brackets. 45 RU
PT-WMPSE PatchLink Front and Rear Horizontal
Cable Manager with dual hinged cover.
1 RU
PT-WMP1E PatchLink Front and Rear Horizontal
Cable Manager with dual hinged cover.
2 RU
PT-CMPH1 OpenAccess Front and Rear Horizontal
Cable Manager with optional snap on
cover. 1 RU
PT-CMPH2 OpenAccess Front and Rear Horizontal
Cable Manager with optional snap on
cover. 2 RU
PT-CMPHF1 OpenAccess Front Only Horizontal Cable
pt-R2P
Manager with optional snap on cover.
1 RU
pt-WMPV45E
PT-SRM19FM1 Rack mount shelve, 13.6 kg capacity,
1 RU
PT-SRM19FM2 Rack mount shelve, 22.6 kg capacity,
2 RU
PT-RGS134-1Y Rack grounding strip (1.9m length,
pt-SRM19FM2
panduit™ ➤ Netkey™ Racks & Cable Management
racks & cable
management
17mm width, 1.27mm thickness).
Provided with 5cc of antioxidant, one
grounding sticker, and three each M6 x
12mm and #12-24 x 1/2 thread-forming
screws
pt-SRM19FM1
PT-RGS134-10-1Y 10 rack grounding strips (1.9m length,
17mm width, 1.27mm thickness).
Provided with 5cc of antioxidant, one
grounding sticker, and 30 each M6 x
12mm and #12-24 x 1/2 thread forming
screws
pt-WMPSE
pt-CMPH1
pt-RGS134-10-1Y
01403 754 233
pt-WMP1E
PT-RGCBNJ660P22 Common bonding network to rack
jumper kit. Provided with HTAP that
bonds to MCBN sizes ranging from
16mm2 - 25mm2
pt-CMPH2
pt-RGS134-1Y
enquiries@networkscentre.com
pt-CMPHF1
pt-RGCBNJ660P22
www.networkscentre.com
129
panduit ™ ➤ FiberRunner™
FIBERRUNNER™
ROUTING SYSTEMS
Panduit™ provides innovative solutions for routing
fibre optic and high performance copper cabling to
and between equipment racks within a datacentre,
telecommunications room or service provider facility.
Routing products such as the FiberRunner™ Routing
System are critical factors in your ability to quickly install,
easily implement moves, add changes and maintain the
integrity of your fibre and copper cabling plant in order to
maximise long-term performance.
The FiberRunner™ 12x4, 6x4, 4x4 and 2x2 Routing Systems
are comprised of channel, couplers, fittings and brackets,
designed to segregate, route, and protect fibre optic and
high performance copper cabling.
➤R
obust, large capacity 12x4 and 6x4 systems to handle
large cable counts; 4x4 and 2x2 systems for use with
smaller cable counts.
➤ H
inged channel cover and split fitting covers protect
cabling and provide easy access for future cabling
revisions and additions.
➤ F ittings provide minimum 2" (50.8mm) bend radius to
protect against signal loss due to excessive cable bends.
➤ M
ultiple spillout options provide versatility to make
transitions to various equipment and rack configurations.
➤C
ompatible with Panduit™ Fiber-Duct™ 4x4 and
2x2 Routing Systems, cable management, and racks.
15
2
14
19
17
20
8
6
18
23
3
9
21
7
5
13
12
16
11
22
10
4
1
130
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
No:
Part No:
Description:
1pt-FR6X4**2 6x4 FIBERRUNNER® Channel 2m
2pt-FRHC6**2
6x4 Snap-On Hinged Cover 2m
3pt-FRSHC6**2
6x4 Split Hinged Cover 2m
4pt-FRBC6X4**
6x4 QUIKLOCK™ Coupler
5
pt-FRRA6X4** 6x4 Horizontal Right Angle Fitting
pt-FRRASC6**
Optional Split Cover
6
pt-FRH456X4** 6x4 Horizontal 45° Angle Fitting
pt-FRH45SC6** Optional Split Cover
7
pt-FRT6X4** 6x4 Horizontal Tee Fitting
pt-FRTSC6**
Optional Split Cover
8
pt-FRFWC6X4** 6x4 4-Way Cross Fitting
pt-FRFWCSC6** Optional Split Cover
9
pt-FRTR6X4**3-Sided BRC Trumpet Spillout for
2
3
panduit ™ ➤ FiberRunner™
1
6x4 Exit
10
11
12
4
pt-FREC6X4**
6x4 End Cap Fitting
pt-FRVT6X4**
6x4 QUIKLOCK™ Vertical Tee
pt-FRIDT6X4**3-Port Spillout to 1.5" (38mm)
Inside Diameter Corrugated
Tubing
9
5
8
11
6
10
7
12
**- COLOUR: YL = Yellow; OR = Orange; BL = BLACK. Replace 6 with 4 to create 4 X 4 inch system.
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
131
panduit ™ ➤ FiberRunner®
13
14
No:
Part No:
Description:
13
pt-FROVRA6X4**6x4 Outside Vertical Right Angle
Fitting
pt-FROVRASC6** Optional Split Cover
14 pt-FRIV456X4**6x4 Inside Vertical 45° Angle
Fitting
15
pt-FROV456X4**6x4 Outside Vertical 45° Angle
Fitting
pt-FROV45SC6** Optional Split Cover
16pt-FRRF6FR4** 6x4 to 4x4 FiberRunner® Reducer
15
Fitting
16
pt-FRRF6FR4SC** Optional Split Cover
17 pt-FRRF64** 6x4 FiberRunner® Fitting to 4x4
Fiber-Duct™ Channel Reducer
Fitting
18 pt-FRSP4**
Spill-Over Junction with 4x4 Exit
pt-FRSP46C**
Optional Cover for 6x4 System
19 pt-FRDDS6X4** 6x4 Dual Downspout
pt-FRDDSHC6**Optional Cover for 6x4 Dual
17
Downspout
20
21
pt-FRUPS6X4** 6x4 Up Spout
pt-FR1.5IDE**1-Port Spillout Side Exit to
22
pt-FRIVRA6X4**6x4 Inside Vertical 90° Angle
23
pt-FRCR6BL-X
1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter
Corrugated Tubing
Fitting
Cable Retainer for 6x4 System
18
22
21
19
20
23
**- COLOUR: YL = Yellow; OR = Orange; BL = BLACK. Replace 6 with 4 to create 4 X 4 inch system.
132
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
The GridRunner™ Underfloor Cable Routing System is a wire basket pathway designed to route and manage network data
and power cabling beneath the raised floor in a datacentre. This innovative system supports high cable capacities, protects
cables from damage to improve network performance and is fully electrically bonded to facilitate proper grounding.
➤ BASKETS
Pt-gr21x6x24pg
Pt-gr21x6x48pg
➤
rop-in basket sections are supplied in two widths (21" and 12"),
D
two depths (4" and 6"), and two lengths (24" and 48").
➤
Feature all rounded edges.
➤
Require no cutting or deburring of sharp edges.
➤
Accommodate 24" x 24" and 600mm x 600mm raised floor grids.
➤
Made from pre-galvanised steel wire.
Part No:
Description:
Pt-gr21x6x24pg530mm wide x 150mm deep x 600mm
long section
panduit ™ ➤ GridRunner™
GRIDRUNNER™
Pt-gr21x6x48pg530mm wide x 150mm deep x 1200mm
long section
Pt-gr21x4x24pg530mm wide x 100mm deep x 600mm
long section
Pt-gr21x4x24pg
Pt-gr21x4x48pg
Pt-gr21x4x48pg530mm wide x 100mm deep x 1200mm
long section
➤ BRACKETS
➤
llows the wire basket sections to be supported on three sides
A
of a single support bracket.
➤
Forms a mechanical electrical bond to the raised floor pedestal.
➤
Made from pre-galvanised steel.
Part No:
Description:
Pt-grclamppg-xClamp used in conjunction with pedestal
Pt-grclamppg-x
Pt-grpbpg
bracket to fasten wire basket sections to
the pedestal
Pt-grpbpgPre-assembled bracket quickly attaches
to all 22.2mm square and 25.4mm
diameter raised floor pedestals
➤ ACCESSORIES
Part No:
Description:
Pt-grbrc4pgBend radius corner for 4 inch deep basket
creates 38mm bend radius control
Pt-grbrc6pgBend radius corner for 6 inch deep basket
creates 38mm bend radius control
Pt-grfwc21pgMounts to pedestal bracket to create four
Pt-grclamppg-x
way cross, horizontal tee, right angles and
transitons to other size wire basket sections
Pt-grpbpg
Attaches to GRPBPG pedestal bracket to provide secure connection
and electrical bond to raised floor support pedestal.
Part No:
Description:
Pt-grlc21x6pg21 x 6 inches level change section used
to create vertical offsets up to 12 inches
Pt-grclamppg-x
01403 754 233
Pt-grlc21x4pg21 x 4 inches level change section used
enquiries@networkscentre.com
to create vertical offsets up to 12 inches
www.networkscentre.com
133
Prism’s BIG ‘O’ Cabinet
A dynamic solution to the challenges of cable management.
ORDER U
P
6PM FOR
Next Day
Delivery
TO
ON ALL ST
OCK ITEM
S
Prism’s NEW BIG ‘O’ cabinet
Prism’s Big ‘O’ advanced high density patching frame offers a dynamic solution to the challenges of cable management. It
is designed to meet the evolving demands of high density cabling applications in the data centre field. It is user friendly,
flexible and durable. The Big ‘O’ is easy to assemble, has a variety of configuration options, and guarantees the effective
utilisation of available space. It promises your network protection, and peak performance.
19’’ Server Cabinet Typical Installation
• Data centre patch field installations
• High density patching solutions
Benefits and Features
• A complete solution which maximises network performance
and ensures its longevity
• An ideal platform for the effective management and
organisation of structured cabling equipment
• Negates the need for horizontal cable management
• Variable sizes designed to utilise space within data centre
• Top trough with built-in waterfall ensures optimal patch cabling
routing, and complementary bend radius control
• User friendly and easy to assemble on-site
• Can accommodate all types of cabinet door solutions
• Can be used on solid floors, plinths, or raised access floors
• Durable powder coat finish, in three colours, protects against
scratches and fingerprint damage
Additional Options
• Mesh or glass doors available, wardrobe or single piece design
• Central double width cable management panel with central
2 prong plastic management and cable retaining arms
• Lockable and split sliding slide panels available
• Single end cable management panels with single and
double depth cable rings
• Overhead cable raceway systems
@
E
L
B
A
L
I
A
V
RMATION!
O
F
NOW A
IN
E
R
O
RM
US NOW FO
CONTACT
Innovative enclosure solutions
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
01403 750 663
www.networkscentre.com
Networks Centre offer Net-C’s comprehensive
range of telecom/voice products, at extremely
competitive prices.
01403 754 233
➤ Cable
➤Connection Strips/Boxes/
136
Panels
137
➤ Adaptors
138
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
Teleco m s/ Voice P roducts
Telecoms/Voice
Products
135
T elecom s / Voice P rod ucts ➤ Cabling
Telecoms/Voice Products
HOW TO CREATE OUR VOICE CABLING PART NUMBERS
Populate this field with the number of pairs required:
Eg:
NC
10
50
100 etc…
xxxxxx
xx
Populate this field with the type of cable required:
E/ leave blank
If you require an earth populate this field with the
letter (E) if not leave blank.
CW1128
CW1308B
CW1308
Eg: NC-CW1128-50-E = Net-C 50 PAIR CW1128 VOICE CABLE GEL FILLED EXTRENAL CABLE WITH EARTH
➤ GEL FILED EXTERNAL VOICE cable
➤
Multi-pair external grade telephone cables are compliant with CW1128
and for steel wire armoured version CW1128-1198. The cables are
grease filled for moisture protection and suitable for direct burial.
Features:
UV and moisture resistant.
➤ Suitable for direct burial by market share for the last three years.
➤ 0.5mm conductor size.
➤
Part No:
Description:
CW1128
Net-C CW1128 voice cable gel filled external
Specification:
CW1128-98Net-C CW1128-98 armoured voice cable gel
➤
1) Conductor
➤ Diameter: 0.50 mm Nominal.
➤ Elongation: Min. 15%.
2) Insulation
➤E
ach conductor insulated with Foam Skin HDPE material.
➤ Insulation Diameter: 0 .90 mm Nom.
Cable Core Wrapping:
The cable core wrapped with the longitudinal application of
non-hygroscopic and non wicking polyester tape of suitable thickness
and wrapped with nylon binder.
Filling: The interstices of cable core completely filled with cable filling
compound.
Inner Sheath: The laid up cable is sheathed with Black Polethylene
(LLDPE) compound.
filled external
➤ internal/EXTERNAL VOICE cable
Specification:
➤
1) Conductor
➤ Diameter: 0.50 mm Nominal.
➤ Elongation: 18 to 24%.
2) Insulation
➤ Each conductor insulated with PVC as per BS 6746.
The insulated conductor spark test at 4.5 KVDC.
➤ Ring marking consist of ink bands on base colour. Markings
identifiable in every 16 mm length. Markings occupy between
20 and 30% of the total area of insulation.
➤ Diameter Over Dielectric: Avg. 0.85 +/- 0.005 mm
➤
The following range of multi-pair telephone cables are constructed in a
similar way to Standard CW1308 but are suitable for internal and external
use due to a UV resistant jacket. The cable's specification is further
enhanced by the use of Low Smoke Zero Halogen (LSOH) Outer Sheath.
Features:
➤
Internal/External grade.
➤
Integral 1/1.38mm earth conductor.
➤
Save installation time and cost.
➤
0.5mm conductor size.
➤
Black LSOH outer sheath.
Part No:
➤
Cw1308bNet-C cw1308b voice cable internal/external
136
3) Earth Conductor
➤ Conductor Diameter: 1.38 mm Nominal.
➤ Insulation Diameter: 2.70 +/- 0.05 mm
➤ Colour of Insulation: Cream
Cable Core Wrapping:
Description:
cable with/without earth
The cable core and PVC Insulated Earth Conductor wrapped with the
longitudinal application of non-hygroscopic and non-wicking polyester
tape of thickness 0.036 mm minimum and wrapped with nylon binder.
Sheathing: The laid up cable should be sheathed with LSOH Type Black
Compound with the longitudinal application of APL Foil.
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
Cable Core Wrapping:
The following range of multi-pair internal telephone cables are
manufactured in accordance with BT type CW1308. These cores are
twisted into pairs and the required number of pairs are then laid up
in either layers for cables containing up to and including 25 pairs, or
in units for items of 32 pairs and above, the pairs are colour coded
for ease of identification. An earth conductor of 1.38mm plain copper
is included where shown.
Features:
Sheathing Stage:
➤
1) LSF WHITE PVC or PVC grey compound
➤ Conductor
➤ Diameter: 0.50 mm Nominal.
➤ Elongation: 18 to 24%.
2) Insulation
➤ Each conductor insulated with PVC as per BS 6746. The
insulated conductor spark test at 4.5 KVDC.
➤ Ring marking consist of ink bands on base colour. Markings
identifiable in every 16 mm length. Markings occupy
between 20 and 30 % of the total area of insulation.
➤ Diameter Over Dielectric: Avg. 0.85 +/- 0.005 mm
➤
➤
0.5mm conductor size.
➤
LSOH or PVC sheath options.
➤
Cut to length service.
Part No:
The cable core and PVC insulated earth conductor wrapped with the
longitudinal application of non-hygroscopic and non-wicking polyester
tape of thickness 0.036 mm minimum and wrapped with nylon binder.
Description:
➤
Cw1308Net-C cw1308 voice cable internal with /
without earth
3) Earth Conductor
➤ Conductor Diameter: 1.38 mm Nominal.
➤ Insulation Diameter: 2.70 +/- 0.05 mm
➤ Colour of Insulation: Cream
➤ Krone Style 10 pair IDC Connection Block
➤
Comes as standard in cream.
➤
Can be disconnected for testing.
Part No:
Description:
NC-237A
Net-C 10 pair disconnection strip
T elecom s / Voice P rod ucts ➤ Cabling
➤ INTERNAL VOICE cable
➤ label holder for indetification of 237 style connection blocks
Part No:
Description:
NC-51A
Net-C 51a designation strip.
➤ TELEPHONE VOICE PANEL
➤
Upto 50 x RJ45 ports in 1u Rack space
➤
Supplied with cable ties and cage nuts
➤
Built-in rear cable management
➤
Material – High carbon steel
➤
Colour – Black powder coating
➤
Termination – LSA style IDC
➤
Dimensions: Width – 484mm; Height – 44mm; Depth – 132mm/163mm
Part No:
Description:
Nc-pat-25-vp-425 port utp telephone voice panel Krone
Net-C voice panels are a cost effective method for terminating
multi-pair telephone cables. All the panels we offer are 19” for rack
mounting and 1U high. The panels are available as a 25 port with all
the RJ45 presentations in one line and a high density 50 port with
the RJ45 presentations in two rows of 25. The panels have built in
rear cable management as standard and each port is individually
numbered for identification. Net-C voice panels are supplied as either
4 wire (3/6, 4/5) or 6 wire (1/2, 3/6, 4/5) with LSA Krone style
IDC blocks.
01403 754 233
idc 4 wire
Nc-pat-25-vp-625 port utp telephone voice panel Krone
idc 6 wire
Nc-pat-50-vp-450 port utp telephone voice panel Krone
idc 4 wire
Nc-pat-50-vp-650 port utp telephone voice panel Krone
enquiries@networkscentre.com
idc 6 wire
www.networkscentre.com
137
T eleco ms / Voice P rod ucts ➤ Connection
➤ 20 PAIR VOICE CABLE CONNECTION BOX
➤
Accepts two 237a style connection blocks.
➤
Available in internal and external.
Part No:
Description:
Nc-cb-201a
Net-C 20 pair internal connection box
➤ 50 PAIR VOICE CABLE CONNECTION BOX
➤
Accepts up to five 237a style connection blocks.
➤
Available in internal and external.
Part No:
Description:
Nc-cb-251a
Nc-cb-251a-ex
Net-C 50 pair internal connection box
Net-C 50 pair external connection box
➤ 100 PAIR VOICE CABLE CONNECTION BOX
➤
Accepts up to ten 237a style connection blocks.
➤
Available in internal and external.
Part No:
Description:
NC-CB-301A
NC-CB-301A-EX
Net-C 100 pair internal connection box
Net-C 100 pair external connection box
➤ tailed voice adaptor
138
➤
lugs into an RJ45 socket converting it into a voice outlet for
P
attachment of a telephone or fax.
➤
Comes with a 10cm fly lead (other lengths available).
➤
Available in PSTN Master, PABX Master, or secondary versions.
Part No:
Description:
Nc-va-master
Nc-va-secondary
Nc-va-pabx
Full master tailed voice adaptor
Secondary tailed voice adaptor
pabx master – rj45 tailed voice adaptor
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
PRISM are one of the UK's leading manufacturers
of high quality server racks, data cabinets and server
rack accessories. Networks Centre distributes their
complete range of products, offering a next day
delivery service.
➤ FI & PI Cabinets
140
➤ Wall Mounted Cabinets
142
➤ Fan Trays
143
➤ Power Distribution
143
➤ Cable Management
144
➤Plinths
145
➤Shelves
146
C A B I NETS & racks
CABINETS & racks
➤High Density Patching Frames 147
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
139
C A B I NETS & racks ➤ Cabinets
cabinets
HOW TO CREATE OUR cabinet PART NUMBERS
Width:
6 = 600mm
8 = 800mm
FS for floor standing
CAB
Populate this
field with 'CAB'
to reflect cabinet
FS
xxx
Populate this field
with the height:
12U
18U
27U
42U
45U
Door type
G = Glass
M = Mesh
xx
xx
If you require a FI
server cabinet insert
SVR-FI
xx
xx
Populate this field with the depth:
6 = 600mm
8 = 800mm
10 = 1000mm
12 = 1200mm
xx
Colour BK or GY
(NB: Any depth
over 1000mm
becomes a server)
Eg: CAB-FS-45U-8-10-M-SVR-FI-BK = 47U 800 X 1000 FLOOR STANDING FI SERVER CABINET MESH DOOR BLACK
➤ PI Data Cabinets
Cabinets can be fitted with a range of options including side panels,
solid steel doors, vented glazed doors and vented steel doors all
designed to offer the flexibility to meet everyday requirements.
Typical Applications:
➤
Networking/Cabling/Broadcast.
➤
19" Electronic Equipment Housing.
➤
Communication Systems.
➤
IT Systems.
Features:
140
➤
Enclosed glass front door with slam latch lock.
➤
Lockable rear metal door with low level venting.
➤
Vented and lockable side panels.
➤
Raised and vented top cover with cable entry.
➤
Transport castors.
➤
Open base design.
➤
Vertical cable management (800mm wide only).
➤
Fully adjustable 19" mounting profiles.
➤
Earth bonding kit.
➤
Full range of complenting accessories.
➤
Supplied assembled or in flat pack option.
➤
Multiple door configurations available.
➤
Configurable roof options to cater for overhead cable installations.
➤
Full range of airflow management accessories.
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
Typical Applications:
➤
Datacentres / Comms rooms.
➤
19" Server Equipment Housing.
➤
Communication Systems.
➤
Structured cabling / multi vendor installations.
Features:
The internal mounting profiles have been designed to accommodate
all of today's server manufacturers products and with the use of the
mid profiles supplied and number of different depths of products, can
be accommodated within the one enclosure.
➤
Enclosed glass front door with mesh surround.
➤
Lever latch lock with 3 point locking system.
➤
Lockable rear metal door with 64% airflow mesh.
➤
Lockable side panels with high and low level venting.
➤
Raised and vented top cover with cable entry.
➤
Open base design.
➤
Vertical cable management (800mm wide only).
➤
Fully adjustable ’vendor neutral‘ 19" mounting profiles.
➤
Mid style multiple depth mounting profiles.
➤
Earth bonding kit Full range of complenting accessories.
➤
Transport castors.
➤
Supplied assembled or in flat pack option.
➤
Multiple door configurations available.
➤
Configurable roof options to cater for overhead cable installations.
➤
Open base design with plate options to maintain security.
➤
Full range of airflow management accessories.
➤
High density power and cooling options.
C A B I NETS & racks ➤ Cabinets
➤ PI Server Cabinets
➤ FI Server Cabinets
Typical Applications:
➤
Datacentres.
➤
Networking/Cabling.
➤
19" Electronic Equipment Housing.
➤
Communication Systems.
➤
IT Systems.
Features:
The range has been specifically designed to minimise weight where
high densities of racks are required. The aluminium frame provides
superior strength holding up to 1300kg and with its reduced weight
is easily moved into any location. There are a number of cable access
points supplied in the top of the cabinet as well as a complete open
base type design.
01403 754 233
➤
Bolted aluminium frame construction.
➤
L ockable front door with 83% airflow mesh and three point
locking.
➤
Lockable rear door with 83% airflow mesh and three point locking.
➤
Pair of lockable side panels.
➤
4 x 19" universal adjustable (heavy duty) mounting profiles.
➤
Pair of 19" mid style (heavy duty) mounting profiles.
➤
Raised top cover with 3 x cable entry points.
➤
Set of heavy duty castors.
➤
Set of cabinet feet.
➤
Standard colour black.
➤
Split sliding side panels.
➤
Overhead roof cabling channels.
➤
Custom footprint sizes.
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
141
C A BI N ETS & racks ➤ Wall Mounted Cabinets
wall mounted cabinets
HOW TO CREATE OUR wall cabinet PART NUMBERS
Door type:
PERSPEX = G (as standard)
STEEL = S
WM indicating it's a
wall mounted cabinet
CAB
Populate this
field with 'CAB'
to reflect cabinet
WM
xx
xx
Populate this field with the height:
6 = 6U
9 = 9U
12 = 12U
xx
Populate this field with the depth.
This will determine what type of
cabinet you wish to have:
4 = 450mm (solid cabinet)
6 = 600mm (combi cabinet)
Eg: CAB-WM-12U-6-4-G = 12U LOCKABLE WALL MOUNTED CABINET 600MM WIDE AND 450MM DEEP GLASS DOOR GREY
➤ fixed – Lockable wall mounted cabinet
Designed with Health and Safety in mind, the metal framed door is
fitted with a perspex panel to ensure there are no logistic damages
or safety issues in location. The product is designed to be universal in
its fixing position and can be installed to allow the door to be opened
from the left and the right hand side and this can be changed at any
time of the product life. The unique fixing method on the rear panel
allows a single engineer installation by attaching the frame of the
wall cabinet after the fixings have been part installed on the wall. A
full range of wall cabinet accessories can be supplied with each range
including fan units, shelves and power unit options. As with all of the
Prism products the wall mounted enclosures can be supplied in any
of the standard colour variants.
Welded construction.
Lockable perspex front door in a steel surround (over 180° door
opening with quick release pins).
➤ 2 x 19" adjustable mounting profiles.
➤ Cable entry points top, bottom and rear with gland plates.
➤ Vented sides.
➤ Earth bonding kit.
➤
➤
➤ combi/2 SECTION – WITH REMOVABLE LOCKABLE SIDE DOORS
its fixing position and can be installed to allow the door to be opened
from the left and the right hand side and this can be changed at any
time of the product life. The unique fixing method on the rear panel
allows a single engineer installation by attaching the frame of the
wall cabinet after the fixings have been part installed on the wall. A
full range of wall cabinet accessories can be supplied with each range
including fan units, shelves and power unit options. As with all of the
Prism products the wall mounted enclosures can be supplied in any
of the standard colour variants.
Welded construction.
Detachable rear section 100mm deep; front section 450mm deep.
➤ Lockable perspex front door in a steel surround (over 90° door
opening with quick release pins).
➤ 2 x 19" adjustable mounting profiles.
➤ Cable entry points top, bottom and rear with gland plates
➤ Vented sides.
➤ Lift off hinges connecting front and rear sections.
➤ Designed for single person installation.
➤
➤
Designed with Health and Safety in mind, the metal framed door is
fitted with a perspex panel to ensure there are no logistic damages
or safety issues in location. The product is designed to be universal in
142
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
➤ roof mounted
Part No:
Description:
Cab-ft-2-rm
Cab-ft-4-rm
2 way roof mounted fan tray
Part No:
Description:
Cab-ft-4-hs
4 way high speed roof mounted fan tray
4 way roof mounted fan tray
➤ high speed roof mounted
C A B I NETS & racks ➤ Fan Trays
fan trays
➤ rack mounted
➤
Quiet fans (27db) fitted as standard.
➤
High speed fans are available for increased heat dispersion.
➤
oof and rack mounted fans are suitable for all wall mounted
R
cabinets.
➤
Supplied with a 3 metre main lead.
➤
Durable welded construction.
Part No:
Description:
Cab-ft-4-rk
Cab-ft-3-rk
Cab-ft-2-rk
4 way rack mounted fan tray
3 way rack mounted fan tray
2 way rack mounted fan tray
POWER DISTRIBUTION
➤ PDU
Part No:
CAB-PDU-XX-V
XX = Size. eg. 04 = 4 WAY (Available in 4, 6, 8, 10 and 12 way).
For a Horizontal pdu just add -H
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
143
C A BI NETS & racks ➤ Cable Management
cable management
➤ Blanking Panels
Part No:
Description:
Cab-bp-1u
Cab-bp-2u
Cab-bp-3u
1U blanking panel
2U blanking panel
3u blanking panel
➤ brush strip Panels
Part No:
Description:
Cab-bsp-1u-bk
Cab-bsp-2u-bk
1u brush strip panel black
Part No:
Description:
Cmb-4-1u-bk
Cmb-4-2u-bk
1U 4 ring cable management
2u brush strip panel black
➤ cable management bars
➤ CABLE TRAYS
2U 4 ring cable management
➤ cage nuts, screws and washers
➤
Pack of 50
Part No:
Cagenut50
144
Part No:
Description:
CAB-CT-12-150
CAB-CT-12-300
CAB-CT-18-150
CAB-CT-18-300
CAB-CT-27-150
CAB-CT-27-300
CAB-CT-39-150
CAB-CT-39-300
CAB-CT-42-150
CAB-CT-42-300
CAB-CT-45-150
CAB-CT-45-300
12U 150mm Cable Tray
➤ cabinet baying kit
12U 300mm Cable Tray
18U 150mm Cable Tray
18U 300mm Cable Tray
Part No:
27U 150mm Cable Tray
Cab-baykit
27U 300mm Cable Tray
39U 150mm Cable Tray
39U 300mm Cable Tray
➤ heavy duty castors
Part No:
Cab-castor-hd
42U 150mm Cable Tray
42U 300mm Cable Tray
45U 150mm Cable Tray
45U 300mm Cable Tray
➤ adjustable cabinet
feet
Part No:
Cab-feet
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
plinths
Part No:
C A B I NETS & racks ➤ Plinths
➤ Pi Data Cab Plinths
Description:
CAB-PL-6-6PI Data Cabinet Plinths
600mm X 600mm
CAB-PL-6-8PI Data Cabinet Plinths
600mm X 800mm
CAB-PL-8-6PI Data Cabinet Plinths
800mm X 600mm
CAB-PL-8-8PI Data Cabinet Plinths
800mm X 800mm
X100mm
X100mm
X100mm
X100mm
➤ Fi Server Plinths
Part No:
Description:
CAB-FI-PL-6-10-ARMFI 600 X 1000 Plinth With Opening
Stabilising Arm
CAB-FI-PL-6-12-ARMFI 600 X 1200 Plinth With Opening
Stabilising Arm
CAB-FI-PL-8-10-ARMFI 800 x 1000 Plinth With Opening
Stabilising Arm
CAB-FI-PL-8-12-ARMFI 800 x 1200 Plinth With Opening
Stabilising Arm
➤ PI Server Plinths
Part No:
Description:
CAB–PL-6-10-ARMPI Server 600 X 1000 Plinth With
Opening Stabilising Arm
CAB-PL-6-12-ARMPI Server 600 X 1200 Plinth With
Opening Stabilising Arm
CAB-PL-8-10-ARMPI Server 800 x 1000 Plinth With
Opening Stabilising Arm
CAB-PL-8-12-ARMPI Server 800 x 1200 Plinth With
Opening Stabilising Arm
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
145
C A B I NETS & racks ➤ Shelves
SHELVES
➤ Fixed Vented
➤ Front mount
Part No:
Description:
Cab-sh-450-f
Cab-sh-570-f
Cab-sh-720-f-svr
pi 450mm fixed vented shelf
pi 570mm fixed vented shelf
pi 720mm fixed vented shelf
➤ Telescopic
Part No:
Description:
Cab-sh-200-fm
Cab-sh-300-fm
Cab-sh-400-fm
pi 1U 200mm front mount shelf
pi 1U 300mm front mount shelf
pi 2U 400mm front mount shelf
➤ Rotating
➤
Ideal for housing standard keyboards, which are wider than the
19" aperture.
➤
Includes pull out mouse tray
Part No:
Description:
Cab-sh-450-t
Cab-sh-720-t-svr
Cab-sh-570-t
pi 450mm telescopic shelf
Part No:
Description:
pi 720mm telescopic shelf
Cab-sh-key
pi 1U rotating keyboard shelf
pi 570mm telescopic shelf
➤ Adjustable depth
146
Part No:
Description:
Cab-sh-adj
pi 1U adjustable depth shelf
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
The HDPF racking system is designed for the installation of structured
cabling products as well as a number of active products. Utilsing the
vertical management arms supplied with the product, this allows the
client to accomodate moves and changes and access to all cables
throughout the life of the installation. The HDPF can be installed in a
stand alone installation or back to back, to provide additional depth
and space utilisation. There are a range of complimenting accessories
including plinth solutions, Power Distribution Units, door and side
panel options.
Typical Applications:
➤
Server/Datacentres
➤
19” Electronic Equipment Housing
➤
Communication Systems
➤
IT Systems
Standard Features:
➤
Fully assembled welded steel construction
➤
An individual free standing unit or wall mounting unit
➤
Can be installed side-by-side and back-to-back
➤
Reduced footprint with high density cabling capabilities
➤
o sharp edges or tight corners (all edges are radiused to prevent
N
chaffing of cable)
➤
ack is complete with 12 tubular, side cable management arms
R
allowing ease of patching from side to side
➤
Large base and roof apertures for cable loom entry
➤
Comprehensive earth bonding points included
➤
Front doors available, plain steel, glazed and wardrobe style
➤
Side panels, lockable and removable
➤
Fixing points provided in the base for securing to the floor
➤
Raised and slab plinth options
C A BI N E T S & racks ➤ High Density Patching Frames
High Density Patching Frames
FRAMES
Part No:
Description:
CAB-HDPF27U
27u High Density Patching Frame
(750mm W x 1495mm H x 450mm D)
CAB-HDPF42U 42u High Density Patching Frame
(750mm W x 2161mm H x 450mm D)
CAB-HDPF45U 45u High Density Patching Frame
(750mm W x 2294mm H x 450mm D)
SIDE DOORS
Part No:
Description:
CAB-HDPF-SP-27U 27u Lockable Side Panel
(1396mm H)
CAB-HDPF-SP-42U 42u Lockable Side Panel
(2062mm H)
CAB-HDPF-SP-45U 45u Lockable Side Panel
(2195mm H)
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
147
FRONT DOORS
C A BI N E T S & racks ➤ High Density Patching Frames
➤ Plain Steel Doors
Part No:
Description:
CAB-HDPF-PD-27U 27u Plain Steel Front Door
(1173mm H)
CAB-HDPF-PD-42U 42u Plain Steel Front Door
(1839mm H)
CAB-HDPF-PD-45U 45u Plain Steel Front Door
(1972mm H)
➤ Glazed Front Doors
Part No:
Description:
CAB-HDPF-GD-27U 27u Glazed Front Door
(1173mm H)
CAB-HDPF-GD-42U 42u Glazed Front Door
(1839mm H)
CAB-HDPF-GD-45U 45u Glazed Front Door
(1972mm H)
➤ Split Mesh Front Doors
Part No:
Description:
CAB-HDPF-GDS-27U 27u Split Mesh Front Door
(1173mm H)
CAB-HDPF-GDS-42U 42u Split Mesh Front Door
(1839mm H)
CAB-HDPF-GDS-45U 45u Split Mesh Front Door
(1972mm H)
Part No:
Description:
Cab-hdpf-tm
hdpf tubular management
Part No:
Description:
➤ CabLE Management
Cab-hdpf-baykithdpf baying kit
Part No:
Description:
Cab-hdpf-tcmHigh density patching frame tubular
side cable management
148
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
Networks Centre stock and distribute Fluke Networks’
complete range of copper and optical testers; for
frontline trouble shooting and certification. Fluke
Networks are the number one leading network tester
brand and can offer a solution for any kind of testing
eventuality.
Networks Centre also stock a cost efficient range of
optical light source and power meters, visual fault
locators and thermal imaging cameras; manufactured
by OWL, Hobbs and Flir.
➤ Copper/ Fibre Certification
150
➤ OTDR Testing
156
➤ Fibre Fault Finding
158
➤ Fibre Loss Test Kits
160
➤ Fibre Inspection
161
➤ Fibre Accessories
162
➤ Network Testers
163
➤ Gold Support
165
➤ OWL
166
TES T & MEA S UR EMENT
TEST & MEASUREMENT
➤Flir Thermal Imaging Cameras 167
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
149
T E ST & M E A S U R EM ENT ➤ Copper Fibre Certification
copper fibre certification
➤ DTX-Cable Analyzer
At a Glance:
➤
DTX significantly reduces total certification costs up to 33% a year.
➤
T hree times faster than existing testers with 9-second Cat6
autotest independently verified by UL to meet ISO Level IV and TIA
Level IIIe Accuracy requirements.
➤
nalyse test results and create professional test reports using
A
LinkWare reporting software.
➤
erify the availability of network and IP services using the Network
V
Service Module.
➤
erform basic fibre certification five times faster with DTX Fibre
P
Module.
➤
Perform extended fibre certification with DTX Compact OTDR.
Product Capabilities:
The DTX Cable Analyzer Series from Fluke Networks is the testing
platform for today – and tomorrow. This revolutionary new futureproof platform significantly reduces total time to certify by improving
every aspect of the testing process.
It all starts with 9-second Cat6 Autotest that means you can meet
TIA-568-C and ISO 11801:2002 certification requirements and receive
structured cabling warranties much faster than ever before. With all
this speed also comes increased accuracy.
The DTX is the only independently verified tester to obtain UL
classification for ISO Accuracy Level IV. And, the DTX 10 Gig Copper
Kit together with DTX-1800 delivers on the promise of a futureproof investment – measuring 10 Gig cabling performance and Alien
Crosstalk (ANEXT and AFEXT) in full compliance with the industry
standards to 500 MHz.
The AC Wiremap feature validates twisted-pair cabling for Power over
Ethernet services in accordance with TIA/EIA standards, even if a
Midspan power supply is used.
With the DTX Series, you're ready for whatever the world throws at
you – today and tomorrow.
DTX-1800 Cable Analyzer
DTX-1200 Cable Analyzer
Includes:
Includes:
➤
DTX-1800 Main and Smart Remote
➤
DTX-1200 Main and Smart Remote
➤
LinkWare PC Software
➤
LinkWare PC Software
➤
128MB MMC Card
➤
Cat6/Class E Permanent Link Adapters (2)
➤
Cat6A/Class EA Permanent Link Adapters (2)
➤
Cat6/Class E Channel Adapters (2)
➤
Cat6/Class E Channel Adapters (2)
➤
Headsets for Talk (2)
➤
Headsets for Talk (2)
➤
AC Chargers (2)
➤
AC Chargers (2)
➤
Carrying Case
➤
Carrying Case
➤
USB Interface Cable (Mini-B)
➤
USB Interface Cable (Mini-B)
➤
User Manual
➤
Serial RS-232 Cable (DB9 to IEEE1394)
➤
User Manual
Part No:
Part No:
Description:
Dtx-1800dtx-1800 cable analyzer 900mhz
Description:
Dtx-1200DTX-1200 cable analyzer 350mhz
certification tester for up to Cat6
certification tester
150
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
Fluke Networks specify a
comprehensive range of kits
for copper and fibre testing.
Conveniently packaged to
include test leads and other
essential items it’s the best
way to purchase.
Part No:
Description:
Part No:
Dtx-1800-mdtx-1800 with dtx-mfm2 mm fibre modules
Dtx-1200-msdtx-1200 with dtx-mfm2 mm and dtx-sfm2
sm fibre modules
Dtx-1800-msodtx-1800-ms with dtx quad otdr module.
Includes fibreinspector mini. Nfc-kit-case,
launch fibre and test reference cables.
Dtx-1800-msdtx-1800 with dtx-mfm2 mm and dtx-sfm2
sm fibre modules
Description:
Dtx-1800-modtx-1800 with dtx-mfm2 mm fibre modules
and dtx-otdr-qmod mm-sm otdr module
Dtx-1800-odtx-1800 with dtx-otdr-qmod mm and sm
otdr module
Dtx-1200-mdtx-1200 with dtx-mfm2 mm fibre modules
Dtx-1200-vdtx-1200 with dtx-gfm2 gigabit multimode
modules
Dtx-1800-v
T E ST & M E A S U R EM ENT ➤ Copper Fibre Certification
➤ DTX KITS
dtx-1800 with dtx-gfm2 gigabit multimode
modules
➤ DTX MODULES
DTX modules add further test capability to the standard copper
analyser. Modules for multimode and singlemode Loss/Length
measurements, OTDR for finding faults on fibre installations and a
module which allows basic network connectivity tests to be run.
Part No:
Description:
Dtx-mfm2
dtx multimode fibre modules
Dtx-sfm2
dtx singlemode fibre modules
Dtx-gfm2dtx gigabit multimode fibre modules
Dtx-otdr-qmoddtx compact otdr module for multimode and
singlemode 850-1300-1310-1550nm
Dtx-ftkdtx fibre test kit includes dtx-fom fibre optic
meter, simplifibre 850 nm and 1300 nm led
optical source with carrying case
Dtx-nsmFluke dtx network service module for
network connectivity tests
Dtx-otdr/ll-kitSets of dtx-mfm2 multimode and dtx-sfm2
singlemode fibre (loss/length) modules and
dtx compact otdr module, launch fibres,
accessories
Dtx-otdr-kit
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
dtx 1800 quad otdr kit
www.networkscentre.com
151
T E ST & M E A S U R EM ENT ➤ Copper Fibre Certification
➤ DTX-Cable Analyser ACCESSORIES
Part No:
Description:
Dtx-pla002prpdtx cat6a permanent link adaptor plug
replacement parts
Dtx-pla002
dtx cat6a permanent link adaptor
Dtx-10gkitdtx-1800 alien crosstalk analyzer kit includes
permanent link and channel adaptors
Dsp-pm06
Personality module for dtx-pla001 set of two
Dtx-teradtx class f tera connector test kit contains
permanent link and channel adaptors
Dtx-pla002s
Dtx-pla011
dtx cat6a permanent link adaptor set of two
dtx class f tera connector permanent link
adaptor
Dtx-plcal
dtx permanent link calibration module
Dtx-pla001universal permanent link adaptor for dtx no
Dtx-10gkit
personality module
Dtx-cha003
coax cable single test adaptor
Dtx-cha002s
cat6a channel adaptors set of two
Dtx-coax
coax cable test adaptor set of two
Dtx-lion
lithium ion battery for the dtx cable analyzer
Dtx-cha002
cat6a single channel adaptor
Dtx-acunSwitching power supply may be used to charge
the batteries of the dtx cable analyzer
Dtx-axkit
dtx alien crosstalk test kit (no adapters)
Dtx-axterm
Alien crosstalk link terminators - set of 2
Dtx-case
Standard carrying case - dtx series
Dtx-cha011One channel adapter for use with the dtx-1800
Dtx-coax
cable analyzer to test class f channels using the
tera connector
Dtx-cha012
One gg45 channel adapter
Dtx-cha012s
Set of 2 gg45 channel adapters
Dtx-cha021s
dtx m12 4-position channel adapter - set of 2
Dtx-fbrcse
Fibre module accessory case
Dtx-fibre-case dtx otdr kit carrying case
Dtx-hcseHard carrying case, model pelican® 1550 case
with custom foam insert
Dtx-pc5esdtx-pc5es,set of Cat5e adapters with shielded
Cat5e patchcord jacks installed
Dtx-tera
Dtx-pc6sdtx-pc6s,set of Cat6 adapters with shielded Cat6
patchcord jacks installed
Dtx-pc6as
dtx-pc6as,set of Cat6a adapters with shielded
Cat6a patchcord jacks installed
Dtx-pctac6aksSet of two shielded Cat6a replacement patchcord
jacks
Part No:
Description:
Linkware-stats
Linkware software
Dtx-pctac6ksSet of two shielded Cat6 replacement patchcord
jacks
Dtx-pctac5eksSet of two shielded Cat5e replacement patchcord
This item is an optional software product that provides a graphical
report summarizing project test results stored in LinkWare files.
The report includes summaries and statistics by categories such as
test limit, site, individual measurement and operator.
152
jacks
Dtx-pla012gg45 permanent link adapter
Dtx-gg45-kit
gg45 adapter kit
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
CableIQ is the ideal tester for the installation and maintenance
technician. It has storage capabilities and fault finding functions and
is capable of testing twisted pair, coax and audio cables. CableIQ is
the first cabling bandwidth tester for network technicians. It gives
even the most novice tech the vision to see what speeds existing
cabling can support, quickly isolate cabling from network problems,
and discover what is at the far end of any cable. That means network
techs can close trouble tickets faster, reduce on-call time, and save
money by better utilizing their existing infrastructure.
Features:
➤
ualifies - Sees if your existing cabling has the bandwidth to
Q
support voice, 10/100, VoIP or Gigabit Ethernet.
➤
T roubleshoots - shows why existing cabling cannot support the
network's bandwidth requirement (e.g. crosstalk at 11 metres).
➤
iscovers - detects what's at the end of any cable and displays
D
device configuration (speed/duplex/pairing).
➤
Identifies unused switch ports that can be reallocated.
➤
raphically maps wiring configuration and shows distance to faults
G
with Intelligent Wiremap.
➤
T ests all copper cabling media: twisted-pair, coax, and audio
cabling.
Part No:
Description:
CIQ-100CableIQ Qualification Tester (with remote adapter
and soft carrying case)
➤ Cable IQ kits
T E ST & M E A S U R EM ENT ➤ Copper Fibre Certification
➤ Cable IQ
Ideal kits for cabling technicians to fault find copper cabling
networks. Find faults in cables with the CIQ and then check network
connectivity with either Linkrunner or Nettool.
Part No:
Description:
CIQ-FTKSFPCopper/Fibre Technicians Kit consisting of CIQ-KIT
and FTK1000
CIQ-GSVCableIQ Gigabit Service Kit: CableIQ Advanced IT Kit
and LinkRunner-Pro
CIQ-KITCableIQ Advanced IT Kit: CableIQ mainframe, six
Remote Identifiers, Intellitone Probe 200, various
accessories, hard carrying case
CIQ-SVCCableIQ-Service Kit: CableIQ Advanced IT Kit and
LinkRunner-Network-Multimeter
CIQ-VOIPCableIQ VoIP Enterprise Service Kit: CableIQ
Advanced IT Kit and NetTool Series 2 NTS2-VOIP
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
153
T E ST & M E A S U R EM ENT ➤ Copper Fibre Certification
➤ Cable IQ ACCESSORIES
A wide range of accessories are available for the CIQ to aid cable
fault finding. From additional coax adapters to remote office
identifiers, these help to enhance the value of your investment.
Part No:
Description:
CIQ-WM
Replacement for CableIQ Wiremap Adapter
CIQ-RJAFor attaching Remote ID's to hard-to-reach RJ45 and
RJ11 jacks
CIQ-SPKRExpands CableIQ tested interfaces to include
speaker wire
CIQ-CITFNET hard carry case featured in the CableIQ Resi
Accessory Kit; room for CableIQ, IntelliTone Probe,
8 Remote ID's, and extra room for various adapters
and patch cables
CIQ-COAXExpands CableIQ tested interfaces to include Coax F,
BNC, and RCA connectors
CIQ-IDK24Remote Identifiers used for easily locating and
tagging cabling in the enterprise or residential
environment
CIQ-IDK57Remote Identifiers used for easily locating and
tagging cabling in the enterprise or residential
environment
➤ Intellitone
Product Capabilities
et advanced SuperVision for locating cables more effectively at
G
patch panels, switches, termination blocks, or hidden within bundles.
Our new IntelliTone Pro Toner and Probe Kits find the cables
others can't.
The IntelliTone™ Pro Toner and Probe Series from Fluke Networks
is the first toner and probe to offer digital and analog signaling all
in one tool. That means it’s equipped with the most powerful cable
location technologies for any work environment. Use digital mode
to trace and locate data cabling safely and effectively on active
networks. Use analogue mode to isolate individual wire pairs, and
trace voice, audio, and video cabling.
The IntelliTone™ Pro Toner and Probe Series from Fluke Networks
gives you superior vision for locating cables hidden in floors, ceilings,
walls, and in bundles. Its breakthrough digital technology makes
it the first tool to tone and trace safely and effectively on active
networks.
The Fluke Intellitone Ends cable location confusion, it decisively
rejects noise and false signals, it locates cables on active networks
and even when terminated at a switch, isolates cable and wiring
within a bundle, despite cable bleed and confirms cable location,
verifies continuity, and detects faults (opens, shorts, and reversed
pairs) in one step.
154
➤
Isolates individual wire pairs precisely by changing tone when
shorted.
➤
Effectively traces and locates voice, audio, and video cabling.
Part No:
Description:
MT-8200-50A
MT-8200-51A
MT-8200-53A
MT-8200-60A
MT-8200-61A
MT-8200-63A
Intellitone Pro 100 Toner and Probe Kit
Intellitone Pro 100 Toner
Intellitone Pro 100 Probe
Intellitone Pro 200 Toner and Probe Kit
Intellitone Pro 200 Toner
Intellitone Pro 200 Probe
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
Today’s communications technicians have a lot more problems to
deal with than just the cabling. They have to rule out a whole host
of potential cable and service issues before determining the cause
of a connection problem. Is there telephone voltage? What’s the
polarity? Is there an Ethernet switch at the far end? Is PoE available?
MicroScanner2 acknowledges this, giving technicians high power
vision to verify today’s most common voice, data, and video services.
That means faster, more comprehensive troubleshooting.
Features:
The MicroScanner2 Cable Verifier presents a revolutionary change in
voice, data, and video cable testing. It starts by taking results from
what was four different test modes and displaying them all at once
– graphical wiremap, pair lengths, distance to fault, cable ID, and
far end device. What’s more, its integrated RJ11, RJ45, and coax test
ports support virtually any type of low-voltage cable testing with no
need for awkward adapters. The end result is reduced test time and
technician error. That makes high-quality installations more efficient
than ever.
➤
evolutionary Interface – graphical wiremap, length, cable ID, and
R
distance to fault displayed on one screen.
➤
ultimedia Support – tests all common media types including RJ11,
M
RJ45, Coax, with no need for adapters.
➤
IntelliTone Toning – locates virtually any cable or wire pair with
IntelliTone digital and analogue toning.
➤
DV Service Detection – verifies today’s media services, including
V
10/100/1000 Ethernet, POTS, and PoE.
➤
ugged Housing – integrated rubber holster enhances grip and
R
makes it durable enough for the toughest jobs.
➤
versized Display – large, backlit LCD makes results crystal clear
O
whether in bright sunshine or in a dark closet.
Part No:
Description:
MS2-100MicroScanner2 Cable Verifier.
Model includes: MicroScanner2, Main Wiremap
Adapter, (2) AA Alkaline Batteries, Printed Multilanguage Getting Started Guide
➤ Microscanner2 kits
T E ST & M E A S U R EM ENT ➤ Copper Fibre Certification
➤ Microscanner2
Complete kits for first level technicians.
Part No:
Description:
MS2-FTKCopper/Fibre Basic Technicians Kit (MS2-100 and
FTK-KIT)
MS2-TTKMicroScanner2 Termination Test Kit, includes
MicroScanner2 Cable Verifier, IntelliTone Pro 200
Probe, IS60 Pro-Tool Kit, and a deluxe carrying case.
MS2-KITMicroScanner2 Professional Kit.
Model includes: MicroScanner2, Main Wiremap
Adapter, Remote Identifiers #2-7, Intellitone
Pro 200 Probe, (2) AA Alkaline Batteries, Printed
Multi-language Getting Started Guide, Various
Patchcords and Adapters
MS2-CPK
MS2-IDK27
MS2-POUCH
MS2-WM
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
MicroScanner2 Professional Kit Carry Case
MicroScanner2 Remote Identifier KIT 2-7
MicroScanner2 Pouch
MicroScanner2 Wiremap
www.networkscentre.com
155
T E S T & M EA S UR EMENT ➤ OTDR Testing
➤ Fibre Certification
The DTX-CLT CertiFiber® Optical Loss Test Set allows you to accurately
certify two fibres concurrently over two wavelengths according
to custom requiremenerts or established industry specifications.
Quickly and efficiently conduct troubleshooting with a conveniently
integrated Visual Fault Locator
Fast and easy fibre certification
The DTX-CertiFiber® Optical Loss Test Set certifies fibre according to
industry standards by quickly providing four measurements on two
fibres and returning a PASS/FAIL result – without having to take the
time to swap the main and remote units as you would have to with
traditional test sets. Such speed and efficiency in testing can easily
save you more than 100 hours per year! Also, unlike mostcompeting
OLTS, the DTX-CLT CertiFiber actually measures fibre length for you,
ensuring that you do not have to rely on often undependable sheath
labeling or pacing methods.
Part No:
Integrated troubleshooting capability
Description:
Dtx-certifiber-sSinglemode certifiber with sm sc-sc
duplex test reference leads and case
Dtx-certifiber-msMultimode and singlemode certifiber
with 50um and sm sc-sc duplex test
reference leads and case
Dtx-certifiber-mMultimode certifiber with 50um sc-sc
duplex test reference leads and case
The DTX-CLT CertiFiber’s on-board VFL helps you to quickly
troubleshoot basic causes of failures such as breaks and macrobends.
The bright laser VFL can easily highlight near-end fibre faults in
addition to verifying polarity and continuity.
Professional documentation reporting
Test reports are often required as proof of quality. Use LinkWare
to upload and manage test results from Fluke Networks’ family of
industry-leading copper and fibre cabling testers including the DTX
CableAnalyzer, OptiFiber® OTDR, and SimpliFiber Pro® Optical Power
Meter and Fibre Test Kits.
otdr testing
➤ Optifiber
The use of fibre in premises networks is continually growing – and
so are the requirements for testing and certifying it. More and
more, LAN cable installers will win or lose business based on
their ability to provide a whole new level of required certification,
documentation and diagnostics. And no solution hands you a more
complete, competitive edge than the OptiFiber Certifying OTDR from
Fluke Networks. It’s the first tool specifically designed to keep LAN
installers and network owners on top of the latest requirements for
testing and certifying fibre.
156
Part No:
Description:
Of-500
Of-500-s
Of-500-m
Of-500-ms
Dtx-quad-otdr-intl
Optifiber mainframe and battery
Optifiber singlemode otdr
➤
et a complete picture of the quality of your LAN. OptiFiber brings
G
together all the critical information you need – on screen, on your
PC and on printed reports that you can give to your customers.
➤
T ake the complexity out of OTDR testing with automated trace
and event analysis and simple link diagramming that anyone can
understand.
➤
oost productivity with automated insertion loss testing and an
B
intuitive interface that’s fast and easy-to-use.
➤
T roubleshoot connections with a 250X/400X fibre endface
microscope.
➤
easure optical power directly to verify source and link
M
performance.
➤
S treamline data management and create impressive reports that
bring together all key test data – quickly, easily and completely.
➤
ork comfortably in tight spaces with one of the smallest, lightest
W
micro OTDRs available.
Optifiber multimode otdr
Optifiber multimode-singlemode otdr
dtx quad mm and sm otdr
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
Part No:
Description:
OF-500-M10OptiFiber Datacenter-Ready Certifying OTDR (MM)
Includes: Mainframe (OF-500), battery, MM
OTDR/OPM/LL module (OFTM-5612B), 62.5µm
and 50µm launch fibers, CDs with LinkWare and
manuals, user guide, 32 MB MMC, USB cable, AC
adapter, carrying strap, soft protective carrying
case, 200x/400x inspection camera, MMC
reader; all accessories for testing SC and LC
OF-500-MS35OptiFiber Enterprise-Ready Certifying OTDR
(MM/SM).
Includes: Mainframe (OF-500), battery, SM
module (OFTM-5730), protective case with
carrying strap, USB cable, AC adapter, LinkWare
CDs and manuals, user guide, calibration
certificate
OF-500-MS45OptiFiber Premium Enterprise-Ready Certifying
OTDR (MM/SM).
Includes: Contents and capabilities of OF-500MS35, plus SmartRemote unit components
(DTX-1800/RU, DTX-MFM2/SU, DTX-SFM2/
SU, carry strap, user guide, Mini-B USB-cable,
second AC adapter, MMC reader)
OF-500-MSDTXOptiFiber Enterprise-Ready Certifying OTDR +
T E S T & M EA S UR EMENT ➤ OTDR Testing
➤ Optifiber kits
DTX CableAnalyzer (MM/SM)
Includes: Contents and capabilities of OF-500MS35, plus DTX-1800 INTL, DTX-MFM2/SU and
DTX-SFM2/SU modules, 62.5µm, 50µm, and SM
premium test reference cords with patented
damage-resistant end-faces
The most comprehensive test packages for fibre installations.
Combine fault finding and loss length measurements, even adding
copper testing if required.
➤ Optifiber Modules
OptiFiber test modules combine the right capabilities for your fibre
testing needs. Choose from multimode or singlemode OTDR modules
and add a power meter (PM) and far end source for power and loss
measurements or bi-directional Loss/Length capability.
Part No:
Description:
Oftm-5732Singlemode otdr module with power meter
loss length and vfl
Oftm-5731
Singlemode otdr module with power meter vfl
Oftm-5730
Singlemode otdr module with vfl
Oftm-5612bMultimode otdr module with power meter and
loss length
Oftm-5611b
Oftm-5610b
Ofsr-sfm
Ofsr-mmrem
Ofsr-mfm
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
Multimode otdr module with power meter
Multimode otdr module
Single singlemode module for smart remote
Smart remote with multimode module
Single multimode module for smart remote
www.networkscentre.com
157
T E S T & M EA S U R EMENT ➤ Fibre Fault Finding
fibre fault finding
➤ FibER QuickMap
The Fluke Networks Fiber QuickMap is an enterprise fibre troubleshooter
that quickly and efficiently locates connections and breaks in multimode
fibre. By instantly providing distances to failures such as high loss
and high reflectance incidents, Fiber QuickMap is the must-have
troubleshooter for any technician who works with fibre.
Other troubleshooting solutions in today’s datacentres are too inefficient
and take up too much time. Lasers are simple, but the repetitive
process of shining it down a link and checking the far end is imprecise,
tiresome and time-consuming. On the other end of the spectrum,
OTDRs work well as troubleshooters, but their advanced analysis and
trace capabilities make them best used for certifying and documenting
cable installation quality. Today, network technicians need a first-line
diagnostic tool to help them fix their fibre cabling problems. Fiber
QuickMap’s one-button ease-of-use, speed and detailed insight into
fibre connectivity make it the technician’s troubleshooter of choice.
Part No:
Description:
FQM-MAINFQM-MAIN, Fiber Quickmap main instrument only
FQM-KITFQM-KIT, Fiber QuickMap, Launch Cords and Carrying
Case
➤ FibER QuickMap kits
Combining VFL, inspection scope and power meter make the Fibre
Quickmap kits powerful fault finding kits.
Part No:
Description:
FTS900FTS1000, Fibre troubleshooting Kit including
FQM-KIT, VisiFault VFL and Carrying Case
FTS1000FTS1000, Fibre troubleshooting Kit including
FQM-KIT, VisiFault VFL, SimpliFiber Pro Power
Meter and Multimode Source Carrying Case
FTS1100/EFTS1000, Fibre troubleshooting Kit including
FQM-KIT, VisiFault VFL, FT500 (with European
Charger), SimpliFiber Pro Power Meter and
Multimode Source and Carrying Case
➤ FIBER ONE SHOT
Fiber OneShot’s one-button-test capability will quickly and accurately
verify if a fibre is active and find the distance to a break or end, dirty
end face or reflective event – going from zero to 9,999 feet (note*
0 - 6,000 metres displayed in metric mode) with no dead zone. This
portable FTTx tester is designed to be lightweight and accurate.
Built to last, the Fiber OneShot incorporates an energy-absorbing
holster over an impact-resistant case to withstand drops, impacts
and the tough outside plant environment, ensuring years of
trouble-free operation.
Testing benefits that increase your productivity
Fiber OneShot is a pocket-sized optical test set designed to take the
complexity out of single-mode fibre to increase productivity and
decrease training time. The Fiber OneShot allows testing anywhere
in the network (central office, node, hub, drop or optical network
terminal (ONT)) and is fast, affordable, testing.
158
➤
Measure the length of your fibre quickly and accurately.
➤
N
ew CheckActive™ feature alerts you if an optical signal is
on the fibre.
➤
Instant-on – no boot/load time.
➤
T est fast – expedite your fibre testing with one button in
a few seconds.
➤
N
o dead zone – locate fibre faults at one metre.
Part No:
Description:
Fibr-1-shot
Fibr-1-shotpro
Fiber One Shot
Fiber One Shot Pro
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
Combining test leads, power meter and visual fault locator with the
Fibre One Shot make a comprehensive fault finding package.
Part No:
Description:
Fibr-1-kit-pm
Fiber One Shot-sc-kit + sfpowermeter
Fibr-1-kit-vf
Fiber One Shot-sc-kit + visifault
Fibr-1-kit
Fiber One Shot-sc-kit
Fibr-1-kit-vfpmFiber One Shot-sc-kit+ visifault
+ sfpowermeter
Part No:
Fibr-1-kitpro
Fiber One Shot Pro-sc-kit
Fibr-1-kitpro-pmFiber One Shott Pro-sc-kit
Description:
Fibr-ac-ch
fibr-ac-ch, case, holstr-fibr oneshot
Fibr-ac-uupc fibr-ac-uupc, 1-metr upc-upc launch crd
Fibr-ac-uapcfibr-ac-uapc, 1-metr upc-apc launch crd
+ sfpowrmetr
Fibr-1-kitpro-vf
Fiber One Shot Pro-sc-kit + visiflt
Fibr-1-kitpro-vfpmFiber One Shot Pro-sc-kit + visiflt
+ sfpowrmetr
T E S T & M EA S U R EMENT ➤ Fibre Fault Finding
➤ FIBER ONE SHOT
➤ VISIFAULT
Bright laser-powered VisiFault Visual Fault Locator (VFL) traces fibres,
verifies continuity and polarity, and aids in fault location. Compatible
with 2.5mm and 1.25mm connectors. Rugged design, long battery
life, lanyard attachment and a carrying case.
Part No:
Description:
VISIFAULTBright laser-powered VisiFault Visual Fault Locator (VFL)
➤ Hobbes fibre checker pro
The FC-2005 Fibre Checker Pro is used for checking the defects of
a fibre cable. It sends a visible 650nm wavelength red laser light
though a fibre optic cable, the breaks or faults in the fibre will
refract the light, creating a bright glow around the faulty area.
Features:
Part No:
Description:
OVLP-650650nm optical visual light pen (2.5mm +1.25mm
adaptors)
01403 754 233
➤
Wavelength: 650nm.
➤
Range: visibility up to 3km.
➤
Easy to check fibre faults with visual red laser light.
➤
T ests for both singlemode and multimode cables with standard
2.5mm fibre optic connectors to 1.25mm adapter.
➤
Highly effective power circuits allow stable laser power.
➤
Operates in both CW (Continuous wave) and pulse mode.
➤
Dust-proof design- keeps fibre connectors clean.
➤
T wo AAA-size alkaline batteries provide 15 hours of stable
continuous operation.
➤
LED indicator for Power, Battery low, and CW / Pulse indicators.
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
159
T E S T & M EA S U R EMENT ➤ Fibre Loss Test Kits
Fibre Loss test Kits
➤ Simplifiber® PRO
Rugged dual wavelength LED multimode and Laser singlemode
sources with SC adapter, power meter has six calibrated
wavelengths and result storage.
Part No:
Description:
SfsinglemodesourceSimplifiber® Pro singlemode source
1310-1550nm
Sfsinglemode21490 and 1625nm dual wavelength
singlemode light source
Sfpowermeter
Simplifiber® Pro optical power meter
SfmultimodesourceSimplifiber® Pro multimode source
850-1300nm
➤ Simplifiber® PRO KITS
SimpliFiber® Pro Optical Power Meter and Fibre Test Kits include all
the tools necessary to verify and troubleshoot optical fibre cabling
systems, measure loss and power levels and inspect and clean
connector end-faces. Replacing the popular SimpliFiber® series, this
next generation optical loss test kit boasts industry-leading functions
such as dual-wavelength testing and automatic-wavelength detection,
in addition to unique features such as CheckActive™, FindFiber™,
and Min/Max. With such advanced, yet easy-to-use, capabilities that
reduce test times, SimpliFiber® Pro is simply the best first-line fibre
test kit on the market.
Part No: Description:
FTK2100Includes SimpliFiber® Pro optical power meter, two
singlemode sources (1310/1550 and 1490/1625 nm),
carrying case, and SC power-meter adapter.
FTK1450Includes SimpliFiber® Pro optical power meter, 850/1300
multimode source, 1310/1550 singlemode source,
VisiFault VFL, FT500 FiberInspector, 2 FindFiber Remote ID
sources, and carrying case; SC, ST, and LC power meter
adapters, NFC-KIT-BOX cleaning kit.
FTK1350 Includes SimpliFiber® Pro optical power meter, 850/1300
multimode source, VisiFault VFL, FT500 FiberInspector,
FindFiber Remote ID source, and carrying case; SC, ST,
and LC power meter adapters.
FTK1300Includes SimpliFiber® Pro optical power meter, 850/1300
multimode source, VisiFault VFL, FT120 FiberViewer,
FindFiber Remote ID source, and carrying case; SC, ST,
and LC power meter adapters.
FTK1000 Includes SimpliFiber Pro optical power meter, 850/1300
multimode source, carrying case, and SC power-meter
adapter.
FTK2000Includes SimpliFiber® Pro optical power meter,
1310/1550 singlemode source, carrying case, and SC
power-meter adapter.
160
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
➤ Fluke Inspection Scopes
The Fluke FT120 fibre viewer has a x200 magnification and
is suitable for inspecting connectors with 2.5mm ferrules. For
connectors with 1.25mm ferrules, an adapter is available. It has an
on board filter for eye safety.
Part No:
Description:
Ft120
Ft140
Fluke inspection microscope x200
Fluke inspection microscope x 400
➤ FibER Inspection Pro Scopes
FT500
➤
2
00x magnification probe enables inspection of both multimode
and singlemode end-faces inside ports and on patchcords
➤
Miniature display boasts an exceptionally sharp 1.8” screen
➤
Grip trigger activation extends battery life
➤
V
arious probe adapter tips allow for inspection through many
different connector port types
Dirt, dust and other contaminants are the enemy of high-speed data
transmission over optical fibre. Today's network applications require
more bandwidth, making loss budgets tighter than ever. It is critical
that all optical connections are clean and free of contaminants to
ensure application success.
T E S T & M EA S U R EMENT ➤ Fibre Inspection
Fibre inspection
The Fluke Networks FiberInspector Mini Video Microscope puts the
solution to contaminated end-faces in the palm of your hand. This
portable video microscope works ten times faster than traditional
scopes. Simply insert the probe and inspect installed fibre connectors
through the bulkhead adapters without accessing the backside of the
patch panels. Using a video microscope also completely ensures that
no harmful laser light ever reaches your eyes.
The FT600 FiberInspector Pro video microscope is a hand-held,
dual-magnification probe and display used to inspect the ends
of fibre optic connectors through bulkhead adapters. The video
microscope lets you view fibre end faces that cannot be accessed
by traditional fibre microscopes.
Its miniature size makes the FiberInspector Mini extremely portable
and convenient. The device displays exceptionally sharp images on
its 1.8” screen. Extend battery life in the grip trigger mode, when
the device only shows images when squeezing the sides of the
display. With a range of standard and accessory probe tips, endfaces can be inspected when using many different connector types,
including LC connectors.
The video microscope comes with the following:
➤
FT650 Fiber Probe
➤
FT630 Fiber Display
➤
AC adapter/battery charger
Part No:
Description:
➤
P
robe adapter tips (ST, SC, FC, and universal 2.5 mm patchcord tip)
Instruction sheet
Ft525
➤
Hard carrying case
ft500 fiberinspector mini video inspection scope
with cleaning kit in case
Ft500-ukft500 uk fibreinspector mini video microscope
Part No:
Description:
Ft600
ft600 fiberinspector pro inspection scope
includes probe and display ac adaptor-battery
charger probe adaptor tips sc st and 2.5mm p-c tip
and soft carry case
➤ Accessories
Part No:
Description:
Ft525-case Carry case for ft500 and cleaning accessories
Nfm115sc, st, 2.5mm, fc, lc, 1.25mm accessory tip set
for ft500
NFM110
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
LC, FC and 1.25mm accessory tip set for ft500
www.networkscentre.com
161
T E ST & M EA S U R EMENT ➤ Fibre Accessories
Fibre ACCESSORIES
➤ Test Reference Cords and Launch Leads
Launch Fibres
OTDR'S require the use of long launch fibres at the beginning and/
or end of a fibre link, in order to measure the loss and reflectance
of connectors, at the ends of the fibre being tested. Fluke Networks
launch fibres come in a small convenient protective case and
available in common fibre types and connections.
Duplex/Simplex fibre test reference cord for
Optifiber Singlemode and Multimode Modules
Fluke Networks test reference cords are specially configured for
accurate and efficiant bi-directional testing. Connector end faces
are hardened to increase durability and ensure good reference
measurements. Test reference cords come in sets of two and
include mandrels as appropriate, available in common fibre types
and connections.
HOW TO CREATE OUR test reference/launch lead PART NUMBERS
NFK
Populate this field with the
type of fibre you require:
1 = 62.5/125
2 = 50/125
3 = 9/125
x
xxxxxxxx
Populate this field with the type
reference of lead you require:
DPLX = reference cord set of 2
SMPLX= Simplex test refeernce cords
LAUNCH= Launch fibre test referne cords
xx
Populate this field with the
required connection type:
St
LC
SC
Eg: NFK1-DPLX-LC = DUPLEX MM 62.5UM TEST REFERENCE LEADS FOR LC ADAPTOR - SET OF 2
162
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
➤ NetTool Series 2 Pro
everything you need to quickly resolve even the toughest
connectivity problem. Plus, with the monitoring and authentication
option, you'll have the power to identify port-based security threats
and maintain user connectivity in 802.1x environments.
➤
N
etProve™ diagnostics – isolate device and application
connectivity issues in seconds
➤
Inline Gigabit vision - quickly troubleshoot network problems with
powerful inline vision into 10/100/Gig traffic between switches,
PCs, IP phones and other devices
➤
M
onitoring and authentication - identify spyware, malware, and
viruses with port monitoring; troubleshoot authentication issues
with 802.1x log
➤
V
oIP troubleshooting - connect inline for visibility into VoIP calls to
quickly diagnose IP phone boot-up and call control problems and
to measure key call quality metrics
➤
P
oE Measurements - verify readiness of PoE systems and
troubleshoot PoE device problems
➤
S pot available network resources – See MAC and IP addresses,
subnet and services offered by active servers, routers and printers
➤
IntelliTone digital signaling - quickly and safely locate cables on
active network
Part No:
Description:
NTS2-PRONetTool Series II Pro VoIP
T E S T & M EA S U R EMENT ➤ Network Testers
network testers
Includes: 10/100/1000Mbps inline analysis,
NetProve diagnostics, IntelliTone toning and NetTool
Connect PC software
NTS2-NSKITNetTool Series II Network Service Kit
Troubleshooting network connectivity problems can be a daunting
and time-consuming task. Without the right tool, network techs can
spend hours of unnecessary time with trial and error guesswork
trying to isolate the problem.
Fluke Networks has put an end to the guessing game with
the NetTool Series II Inline Network Tester. NetTool combines
powerful NetProve diagnostics, inline Gigabit vision, VoIP Phone
PC configuration testing in one palm-sized tool, so you'll have
01403 754 233
Includes: NetTool Series II tester with
10/100/1000Mbps inline, VoIP option,
Monitoring and Authentication option, NetProve
diagnostics, IntelliTone toning, IntelliTone Pro 200
Probe, NetTool Connect PC software, WireView
Wiremappers #1-6
NTS2-VOIPNetTool Series II Pro VoIP
enquiries@networkscentre.com
Includes: 10/100/1000Mbps inline analysis, VoIP
option, NetProve diagnostics, IntelliTone toning and
NetTool Connect PC software
www.networkscentre.com
163
T E S T & M EA S U R EMENT ➤ Network Testers
➤ Link Runner
Front-line technicians are the first line of defense against problems
in the physical and link layers of the network. LinkRunner improves
your troubleshooting and escalation accuracy by helping you to
quickly identify if a problem is the network or the PC NIC.
➤
L ink – Determine whether the drop is active, identify its speed,
duplex capabilities and service type. 10/100 Mbps
➤
P
ing – Verify connectivity to key devices.
➤
C able verification – Multiple tests help you quickly determine if
cable is the problem.
➤
C able identification – Document unmarked segments, saving you
hours of troubleshooting time.
➤
Improved efficiency – Speed up the escalation process by
identifying physical or link layer problems.
Part No:
Description:
LINKRUNNER An essential, personal tool to quickly verify network connectivity and
availability.
As networks run faster and become more complex, infrastructure
cabling and devices must operate to precise levels in a tighter
performance window. As a result, nearly 80% of network problems
stem from simple wiring and connection problems.
Quickly verify network connectivity and
availability. LinkRunner checks for problems in both the physical
and link layer and helps to increase problem escalation accuracy by
determining if the problem is in the network or the PC NIC
LINKRUNNER-KIT LinkRunner Extended Test Kit
Includes: LinkRunner, Cable ID Kit (#1-8), Wiremap Adapter, RJ45
Coupler, MicroProbe Tone Receiver, Clip Set, NiMH Battery Pack, NiMH
Battery Charger, Custom Carrying Case and PC Inspector
➤ Link Runner PRO
➤
erify 802.1X settings – authenticate on 802.1X secured networks;
V
enter EAP type, user name, certificates and password. (LinkRunner
Duo supports up to 2k certificates. LinkRunner Pro supports up to
1k certificates.)
➤
etect PoE service – verify availability, voltage level and pairs of
D
Power over Ethernet per IEEE 802.3af specifications
➤
Identify switch port – identify nearest switch address, slot and port
with Cisco, Extreme and IEEE Link Layer Discovery Protocols
➤
T est cable wiremap – test wiremap and length; detect miswires,
shorts, split pairs or opens; measure distance to faults with TDR
➤
L ocate and ID cable – use IntelliTone digital toning, hub blink
feature, or optional cable IDs to locate cables at patch panels or
wall jacks
➤
ocument test results – save link, ping, PoE, security and cable test
D
results in unit and upload to PC with USB cable
Part No:
Description:
LRPRO-1000 LinkRunner Pro Network Multimeter
LRPRO-KITLinkRunner Pro Extended Test Kit
Today’s connectivity problems are more complex than ever. Users
demand Gigabit connectivity. IT departments enforce stronger
standards like 802.1X. And technologies like VoIP and WLAN have
given rise to a greater reliance on PoE for power. The LinkRunner Pro
and Duo recognise this and empower technicians to address today’s
challenges with powerful new features and reporting capabilities.
Following the tradition of the original LinkRunner, they are designed
for simplicity and ease-of-use to ensure rapid deployment and concise
answers.
164
➤
L ink at 10/100/Gig – identify device capabilities and confirm actual
connected speed/duplex status on copper or fibre (Duo only) links
➤
ing key devices – measure response statistics of DHCP, default
P
router, DNS server and other key devices or URLs
Includes: LinkRunner Pro, IntelliTone Pro 200
Probe, WireView Cable IDs #1-6, CLIP-SET RJ45
to 8 alligator clip bare wire adapter, LinkRunner
Connect software CD, test accessory soft pouch,
USB cable, LinkRunner Pro Getting Setting Guide
LRPRO-REFLCTLinkRunner Pro w/Reflector
Item is a LinkRunner Pro unit with the Reflector
option enabled.
LRDUOLinkRunner Duo
Includes: LinkRunner Duo Network Multimeter,
WireView Cable ID #1, RF45 coupler, LinkRunner
Connect software, CD, USB cable, Getting Started
Guide, four AA alkaline batteries.
LRDUO-FTKLinkRunner Duo-FTK Copper/Fiber Network
Troubleshooting Kit (LRDUO and FTK1300)
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
Annual
Unit
Calibration
24/7
Technical
Support
FREE
Software
Updates
Online
Training
Access
Fluke Networks
GOLD
Support Benefits
Loan Units
During
Repairs
T E ST & M EA S UR EMENT ➤ Gold Support
➤ GOLD SUPPORT
FREE
Accessory
Replacement
Members
Only
Discounts
Gold Support is Fluke Networks annual maintenance package.
Membership ensures you are never without an up-to-date, calibrated
tester in full working order.
➤
Battery packs
➤
Channel adapters
➤
Serial cables
epair
R
Should your testers need repair or suffer accidental damage, under
Gold Support, you are entitled to unlimited, no charge repair
services including labour, parts and shipping.
➤
Link adapters
➤
AC chargers
➤
Personality modules
L oan unit in the event of a repair
Fluke will provide a loan unit via next business day service to keep
you up and running while your unit is away, with all shipping costs
covered. Simply place your tester in the shipping container the
loan unit arrives in, affix the pre-paid return shipping label and
ship to Fluke Networks.
➤
Technical support
➤
Unlimited technical expertise with local language support
➤
Unlimited access to our on-line Knowledge Base.
➤
S pecial Offers members only access to extra discounts on
selected test equipment.
Gold Support offers you all this great value
for your money
➤
➤
For example:
➤
Calibration
One annual calibration of your unit at a time of your choosing
during the year.
➤
Accessories
Free replacement of any failed accessory that was included in the
box with the main unit at the time of delivery.
01403 754 233
Part No:
gld-(insert tester part code eg dtx)
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
165
TES T & MEA S UR EMENT ➤ OWL
owl
➤ Zoom Tester
The ZOOM II is one of the world's most economical and precise fibre
optic power meters, delivering professional performance and a
complete feature set for optical loss testing in both multimode and
singlemode networks.
The ZOOM II is calibrated at four commonly used industry standard
wavelengths (850, 1300, 1310, and 1550), which makes it an ideal
choice for both multimode and singlemode testing.
Additionally, the ZOOM II is calibrated at 1490nm, making it an
excellent option for measurement of FTTx PON networks.
The ZOOM II can store reference values for all of its calibrated
wavelengths and displays optical power as an absolute value in dBm
or relative to a user set "zero" reference in dB.
Other standard features include a 4-digit, 0.01dB resolution display,
battery status indicator, and a 2.5mm Universal detector port that
is compatible with FC, ST, SC, DIN, and any other 2.5mm ferrule
connectors!
Part No:
Description:
Kit-Z2-D285XXSingle Wavelength MM lightsource and
power meter test kit 850nm only
Kit-Z2-D213XXSingle Wavelength MM lightsource and
power meter test kit 1300nm only
Kit-Z2-D2XXDual Wavelength MM lightsource and
power meter test kit.
Kit-Z2-L2XXDual Wavelength SM lightsource and
power meter test kit
Kit-Z2-D2XX-L2XXQuad Wavelength MM and SM lightsource
and power meter test kit
Replace XX with required connector type SC or ST
➤ Wavetester
data points contain this reference information and when data is
downloaded into our free OWL Reporter software. The data can be
certified using one of many popular cabling standards. OWL Reporter
can also print professional-looking certification reports as proof to
customers of a job well done. OWL Reporter data can also be saved
to hard disk for later retrieval.
Other standard features include a backlit, easy-to-read LCD display
and a 2.5mm universal detector port that is compatible with FC, ST,
SC, DIN, and any other 2.5 mm ferrule connectors! The WaveTester
is protected from shock and droppage by an attractive rugged
rubber boot.
Part No:
Description:
KIT-WT-WS-MDSDXXQuad Wavelength MM and SM light
source and power meter test kit with
100 test result storage
Kit-WT-WS-MDXXDual Wavelength MM lightsource
and power meter test kit with result
storage
Kit-WT-WS-MDVXXDual Wavelength MM lightsource
and power meter test kit with result
storage built in VFL
The WaveTester is one of the world's most economical and accurate
fibre optic link certification power meters, delivering professional
performance and a complete feature set for optical loss testing in
both multimode and singlemode networks.
Each model of the WaveTester can store reference values for all of
its calibrated wavelengths and displays optical power as an absolute
value in dBm or relative to a user set "zero" reference in dB. Stored
166
Kit-WT-WS-SDXXDual Wavelength SM lightsource
and power meter test kit with result
storage
Kit-WT-WS-SDVXXDual Wavelength SM lightsource
and power meter test kit with result
storage
Replace XX with required connector type SC or ST
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
Networks Centre is proud to distribute FLIR Thermal Imaging Cameras. FLIR have been pioneers in the commercial
infrared camera industry and has been supplying thermography and night vision equipment to science, industry, law
enforcement and the military for over 50 years. With over 60 offices and the largest installed infrared camera base in
the world, FLIR offers its customers unparalleled service, the best post-sale technical applications support available and
world-class infrared camera and thermography applications training.
With the dissipation of heat being a major concern in datacentre environments, Networks Centre is now able to offer a
selection of products from the market leader to enable installers and end users to accurately monitor ‘hot spots’ within
an installation.
➤ flir e-series
With an image quality of up to 320 x 240 pixels, the FLIR E-Series is
ideal for predictive maintenance and planned inspection of electrical
and mechanical systems to ensure they operate at maximum
efficiency and safety with minimal energy consumption.
Features:
Sharp thermal images and easy-to-read temperature values are
presented on the touch screen LCD display.
Laserpointer and LED light
Activate the built-in laser pointer and associate the hot spot you see
on the LCD with the real target in the field. A LED light assures clear
visual images.
E40
Wifi
Transfer images wirelessly to a smart phone or tablet PC.
Thermal Fusion
Merges visual and infrared images to offer better analysis.
Picture-in-Picture (PiP)
With the PiP-function it is easy to locate areas of interest.
MeterLink™
FLIR MeterLink technology simplifies the work in electrical or building
inspections by making it possible to transfer, via Bluetooth®, the
data acquired by an Extech clampmeter or multi function moisture
meter and psychrometer into the infrared camera. The MeterLink
technology saves time and eliminates the risk of erroneous records
or notes.
T E ST & M E A S U RE M ENT ➤ Flir Thermal Imaging Cameras
Flir Thermal Imaging Cameras
Instant reports
Create instant reports directly in camera. Easy to copy reports to USB.
Text and voice annotations
Text comments can be made from a pre-defined list or by using
the touch screen. A headset can be connected to make voice
annotations.
E50
01403 754 233
Part No:
Description:
FLIR-E40
FLIR-E50
FLIR-E60
FLIR E40 160 X 120 pixel thermal imaging camera
FLIR E50 240 X 180 pixel thermal imaging camera
FLIR E50 320 X 240 pixel thermal imaging camera
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
167
T E ST & M E A S U RE M ENT ➤ Flir Thermal Imaging Cameras
➤ flir i3/i5/i7
FLIR i3/i5/i7 are the smallest, lightest and most affordable thermal
imaging camera on the market. They are incredibly easy to use and
require no former experience. It really is a matter of "point-shootdetect" to obtain high-quality thermal images that will immediately
give you the thermal information you need.
Features:
Outstanding ease-of-use
The cameras are extremely easy to understand and operate,
designed for entry-level users. They are intuitive and come with
a full manual.
i5
Fully automatic
Produces instant, point-and-shoot JPEG thermal imagery that carries
all required temperature data and can be stored internally or
externally, sent and analysed.
Focus free
The fixed focus free lens makes using the FLIR i5/i7 a snap.
Compact and lightweight
FLIR i3/i5/i7 only weigh 340g, and are easy to store in a belt pouch.
SD card storage
Stores images with unique ID in radiometric JPEG format, containing
all temperature data on a standard miniSD card. USB file transfer
to PC.
i3
Reporting and analysis software included
FLIR QuickReport software is included and the cameras also are
compatible with the more powerful FLIR Reporter.
Outstanding measurement/accuracy
High accuracy of ±2°C or ±2% produces sensitive thermal images for
general purpose maintenance analysis. Measures temperatures up to
+250°C and detects temperature differences as small as 0.10°C.
Measurement functions
Spotmeter, box with max./min. temperatures, isotherm above/
below (depending on model).
i7
Part No:
Description:
FLIR-i3
FLIR-i5
FLIR-i7
FLIR i3 thermal imaging camera 60 x 60 resolution
FLIR i5 thermal imaging camera 80 x 80 resolution
FLIR i7 thermal imaging camera 120 x 120 resolution
FLIR i3/i5/i7 camera model comparison
168
FLIR i3
FLIR i5
FLIR i7
Thermal image quality: 60x60 pixels
Thermal image quality: 80x80 pixels
Thermal image quality: 120x120 pixels
Field of View: 12.5°(H) x 12.5°(V)
Field of View: 17°(H) x 17°(V)
Field of View: 25°(H) x 25°(V)
Centre spot
Centre spot
Spotmeter, area with max./min.
temperature, isotherm above/below
Thermal sensitivity: 0.15°C
Thermal sensitivity: 0.10°C
Thermal sensitivity: 0.10°C
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
S EC UR I TY
security
LILIN are one of the world’s leading providers
of IP Video solutions. They are the first company
in the World to introduce ONVIF Cameras and other
conformant products. With the security market
migrating from analogue to IP it’s important to
partner with a brand that offers support from
project conception to completion. Lilin has over
30 years experience and is dedicated to offering our
customers the most appropriate IP solutions that are
easy to install and operate. Networks Centre has a
specialist IP division ready to support the Lilin range
and provide you with competent technical support;
either over the phone or onsite.
➤ Dome Cameras
170
➤ High Speed Dome Cameras
173
➤ Cameras
174
➤ Recorders
179
➤ Video Encoders
182
➤ Fibre Transmission
182
➤ KBC
186
KBC is a prominent leader in the design and
manufacturing of fibre optic, wireless and network
transmission products. Their range of optical
transmission products includes Multimode and
Singlemode solutions for: Static and PTZ cameras;
industrial data systems, single contact closure and
Ethernet media conversions. Their Thrulink device
allows a secure transparent virtual path to be
established over a public or private network.
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
169
S EC UR I TY ➤ Dome Cameras
dome cameras
➤ Day/Night Internal Dome
The IPD-112 features a day/night CCD which means the camera will
switch to monochrome when light levels drop to increase sensitivity
and allow the camera to survey in low light conditions. A varifocal
lens enables you to adjust the focal length to suit your needs.
Features:
➤
H
igh definition.
➤
3-9mm varifocal lens.
➤
IR cut filter.
➤
H.264 and JPEG streaming.
➤
Internal use only.
➤
Audio input.
➤
True day/night.
➤
PoE (IEEE 802.3af) or 12Vdc.
➤
3 way gimbal.
➤
ONVIF compliant.
Part No:
Description:
Li-ipd-112esx3hd h.264 Internal mini dome day-night ip
video camera varifocal 3-9mm lens, 0.4
lux, poe
Li-ipd-552ex4.2pd1 h.264 Internal mini dome ip video
camera varifocal 2.8-12mm lens ccd poe
➤ HD 1080p VANDAL RESISTANT DOME
Features:
➤
Full HD 2 megapixel CMOS image sensor.
➤
True H.264 AVC/MPEG-4 part 10 real-time video compression.
➤
H.264 and Motion JPEG multi-profile video streaming.
➤
3D noise reduction (MCTF).
➤
2D WDR function.
➤
Digital PTZ supported.
➤
Face / Tampering / Motion detection alarm funtion.
➤
High efficiency IR LED, radiant distance up to 21m.
➤
External adjustment for zoom and focus of Vari-Focal lens.
➤
Day and Night (IR cut removable).
➤
Onvif supported.
➤
Dimensions: 130 x 115mm.
➤
PoE/12vdc.
➤
Sense-up Plus.
Part No:
Description:
LI-IPR-320ESX3.6Day and Night 2MP HD VR Dome IR IP
Camera CMOS Focal Length 3.3 ~ 12 mm
170
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
The camera benefits from a 3-way gimbal and dual H.264 and JPEG
streaming. A varifocal 3-9mm lens enables the focal length to be
adjusted to meet individual requirements.
These cameras can also be remotely viewed on an iPhone, iPad,
Blackberry and other Smartphones.
Features:
One of our most popular cameras, the IPR-31 Series benefits from
either 16m or 21m IR illumination resulting in the provision of
quality images in total darkness.
Utilising H.264 compression and delivering high frame rates even
across 3G networks, the IPR-31 Series is compatible with many third
party devices and software applications; including Milestone VMS
systems and the GVD HD NVR’s.
Supplied with free NVR management software, live video can be
viewed on any PC running Internet Explorer. The IPR-31 features
universal in-depth configuration menus which are now standardised
across the LILIN IP range.
➤
H
igh definition.
➤
3
-9mm varifocal lens.
➤
V
andal resistant.
➤
IP66 rated.
➤
U
p to 16m or 21m IR range.
➤
T rue day/night.
➤
IR cut filter.
➤
H
.264/JPEG dual streaming.
➤
3
way gimbal.
➤
S mart phone support.
➤
M
otion detection.
➤
O
NVIF compliant.
➤
C MOS or MOS sensors.
Part No:
S EC UR I TY ➤ Dome Cameras
➤ hd 720p Vandal Resistant External Dome
Description:
Li-ipr-31emx3hd h.264 Vandal resistant day-night ip
video camera, 3-9mm varifocal length,
21m ir range mos 0.2 Lux poe/12vdc
LI-IPR-312SX3hd h.264 Vandal resistant day-night ip
video camera, 3-9mm varifocal length,
16m ir range cmos 2 lux 12vdc
➤ 1080P HD Day & Night Dome
Features:
➤
Full HD 2 megapixel CMOS image sensor.
➤
True H.264 AVC/MPEG-4 part 10 real-time video compression.
➤
H.264 and Motion JPEG multi -profile video streaming.
➤
3D noise reduction (MCTF).
➤
2D WDR function.
➤
Digital PTZ supported.
➤
Face / Tampering / Motion detection alarm function.
➤
3-Axis camera construction.
➤
Screw-on design dome cover for easy and secure installation.
➤
Day and night (IR cut removable).
➤
ONVIF supported.
➤
Support Sense-up Plus and Quadruple Streaming technologies.
Part No:
Description:
LI-IPD-2122SDay and Night 1080P HD Dome IP Camera,
4.3mm Lens, 12Vdc
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
171
S EC UR I TY ➤ Dome Cameras
➤ 1080P HD Dome IP Camera
Features:
Part No:
Description:
LI-IPD-2220ES4.31080P HD Dome IP camera, CMOS, 4.3mm
Lens, PoE
➤
Full HD 2 megapixel CMOS image sensor.
➤
True H.264 AVC/MPEG-4 part 10 real-time video compression.
➤
H.264 and Motion JPEG multi -profile video streaming.
➤
3D noise reduction (MCTF).
➤
2D WDR function.
➤
Digital PTZ supported.
➤
Face / Tampering / Audio / Motion detection alarm function.
➤
Built-in highly sensitive microphone.
➤
One-way audio supported.
➤
ONVIF supported.
➤
Support Sense-up Plus and Quadruple Streaming technologies.
LI-IPD-220ES61080P HD Dome IP camera, CMOS, 6mm
Lens, PoE
➤ INTERNAL MINI DOME
Features:
This new H.264 Mini Day/Night Speed Dome Camera is equipped
with either a 2.6X or 12X optical Zoom Lens.
172
➤
D1 resolution.
➤
12X.
➤
Range of mounting options.
➤
3 patrols including self learn.
➤
True day/night.
➤
540TVL resolution.
➤
Analogue output.
➤
LILIN and Pelco protocols.
➤
Home position.
➤
Smart phone support.
➤
4 dynamic privacy zones.
➤
Comprehensive scheduling.
Part No:
Description:
As with all our High Speed Domes,these cameras are packed with
features such as 4 privacy zones, presets, 3 programmable tours all
accessible via the simple to use on screen menus.
Li-ips-3124pd1 h.264 Internal mini high speed day-
Complete with a composite video output, the cameras can still be
controlled by RS-485 in addition to simultaneous network viewing
and control. Free Network Video Recording (NVR) software is
supplied with the Internal Mini High Speed Dome Camera.
Li-ips-3034pd1, h.264, Internal mini day/night
night ip video dome camera 12x zoom,
presets, privacy
speed dome, 2.6x optical zoom, presets,
privacy, onvif, 24V Bracket: 160mm(L)
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
➤ INTERNAL & EXTERNAL PTZ
Features:
Li-ips-0254p
Li-ips-0354p
Li-ips-1254p
The fully functional H.264 High Speed Dome range with integrated IP
Video Server is the ideal choice for remote surveillance applications.
These domes deliver incredible performance and functionality, yet
cost little more than our standard units.
Complete with a composite video output, the domes can still be
controlled by RS-485 in addition to simultaneous network viewing
and control. Free Network Video Recording (NVR) software is
supplied with the High Speed IP Fast Dome Camera. There is a wide
range of mounting options for internal and external use.
➤
D1 resolution.
➤
25X or 35X optical zoom.
➤
5 patrols including self learn.
➤
ONVIF compliant.
➤
Comprehensive scheduling.
➤
6 local alarm inputs.
➤
520 TVL resolution.
➤
Smart phone support.
➤
LILIN and Pelco protocols.
➤
Daylight saving.
➤
8 dynamic privacy zones.
➤
True day/night.
Part No:
Description:
Li-ips-1254p
d1 h.264 Internal high speed day-night
ip video dome camera 25x zoom, presets,
privacy zones, alarms
Li-ips-0254p
d1 h.264 External high speed day-night
ip video dome camera 25x zoom, presets,
privacy zones, alarms
Li-ips-0354p
d1 h.264 External high speed day-night
ip video dome camera 35x zoom, presets,
privacy zones, alarms
S EC U R I TY ➤ High Speed Dome Cameras
high speed domes
➤ INTERNAL PTZ WITH IR
Features:
The fully functional H.264 High Speed Dome range with integrated
IP Video Server is the ideal choice for remote surveillance
applications.These domes deliver incredible performance and
functionality, yet cost little more than our standard units.
Complete with a composite video output, the domes can still be
controlled by RS-485 in addition to simultaneous network viewing
and control. Free Network Video Recording (NVR) software is
supplied with the High Speed IP Fast Dome Camera. There is a
wide range of mounting options for internal and external use.
01403 754 233
➤
D1 resolution.
➤
25X or 35X optical zoom.
➤
5 patrols including self learn.
➤
ONVIF compliant.
➤
Comprehensive scheduling.
➤
520 TVL resolution.
➤
Smart phone support.
➤
LILIN and Pelco protocols.
➤
Daylight saving.
➤
4 dynamic privacy zones.
➤
True day/night.
Part No:
Description:
Li-ips-2124p
d1 h.264 Internal mini high speed daynight ip video dome camera 12x zoom
16m ir range, presets, privacy
Li-ips-2034pd1, h.264, Internal mini day/night speed
enquiries@networkscentre.com
dome, 16m ir, 2.6x optical zoom, presets,
privacy, onvif, 24v
www.networkscentre.com
173
S EC UR I TY ➤ Cameras
cameras
➤ HD 720p External Day/Night with 20M IR
Available in a choice of 4.3mm, 6mm or 8mm lenses, the IPR-712
Series uses ED glass and is IR corrected to prevent focus shift when
the powerful IR LEDs light up.
They also benefit from an IP66 rating, which allows the cameras to
be installed in the most demanding environments.
Features:
➤
H.264/JPEG dual streaming.
➤
Up to 16m or 21m IR range.
➤
True day/night.
➤
IR cut filter.
➤
12Vdc.
➤
IP66 rated.
➤
ONVIF compliant.
➤
4.3mm, 6mm or 8mm lenses.
➤
Smart phone support.
➤
SD card recording (712S only).
➤
High definition.
Part No:
Description:
Li-ipr-712m6
hd h.264 20m ir led 6mm lens, mos,
0.5 Lux, poe/12vdc cable managed bracket
inc. onvif
Li-ipr-712m4.3
hd, h.264, 20m ir led, mos, 4.3mm lens,
0.1 Lux, onvif, 12vdc, cable managed
bracket inc.
Li-ipr-712s4.3Hd, h.264, 16m ir led, cmos, 4.3mm lens,
3 Lux, onvif, 12vdc, cable managed bracket
inc.
Li-ipr-712s6
hd, h.264,16m ir LED, cmos, 6mm lens,
3 Lux, onvif, 12vdc camera
➤ External Day/Night with 40M IR
This camera has both a H.264 IP and an analogue output. The wide
range varifocal lens uses ED glass and is IR corrected to prevent
focus shift when the powerful IR LEDs light up.
Features:
➤
540 TVL resolution.
➤
40m IR range.
➤
True day/night.
➤
IR cut filter.
➤
1/3” Sony SuperHAD CCD.
➤
24Vac.
➤
IP66 rated.
➤
Cable managed bracket inc.
➤
D1 resolution.
➤
ONVIF compliant.
➤
3.3-12mm or 9-22mm lenses.
Part No:
Description:
LI-IPR-454XSP
d1, h.264 True day-night ip video camera,
9-22mm varifocal length, 40m ir range 24vac
Li-ipr-454xwpd1, h.264 True day-night ip video camera,
3.3-12mm varifocal length, 40m ir range 24vac
174
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
Features:
➤
1080P.
➤
Full HD 2 megapixel CMOS image sensor.
➤ True
➤
H.264 AVC/MPEG-4 part 10 real-time video compression.
H.264 and Motion JPEG multi-profile video streaming.
➤ 3D
noise reduction (MCTF).
➤ 2D
WDR function.
➤ Digital
➤ Face
/ Tampering / Audio / Motion detection alarm function.
➤ Cable
➤ High
➤ Day
PTZ supported.
managed housing and bracket.
S EC UR I TY ➤ Cameras
➤ HD 1080p External Day/Night WITH 35 metre ir led
efficiency IR LED, radiant distance up to 35m.
and Night (IR cut removable).
➤ 2-way
audio supported.
➤ Digital
I/O: 1 in, 1 out.
➤ Onvif
supported.
➤ Dimensions
➤ Bracket:
Body: 121.5mm(W) x 109mm(H) x 231mm(D).
160mm(L).
➤ Sense-up
Plus.
Part No:
Description:
LI-IPR-7424ESX3.6Day and Night 2MP HD Vari-Focal IR IP
Camera CMOS 3.3 ~ 12mm lens
➤ HD EXTERNAL DAY/NIGHT 3 MEGAPIXEL WITH 45 metre IR LED
Features:
➤
Full HD 3.27 megapixel CMOS image sensor.
➤
True H.264 AVC/MPEG-4 part 10 real-time video compression.
➤
H.264 and Motion JPEG multi-profile video streaming.
➤
3D noise reduction (MCTF).
➤
2D WDR function.
➤
Digital PTZ supported.
➤
Face / Tampering / Audio / Motion detection alarm function.
➤
Cable managed housing and bracket.
➤
High efficiency IR LED, radiant distance up to 45m.
➤
Day and night (IR cut removable).
➤
2-way audio supported.
➤
Digital I/O: 1 in, 1 out.
➤
Onvif supported.
➤
Dimensions Body: 120mm(W) x 112mm(H) x 387mm(D).
➤
PoE +/24Vac.
➤
Sense-up Plus.
Part No:
Description:
LI-IPR-434ESX3.6Day and Night 3MP HD Vari-Focal IR IP
Camera 3.3 ~ 12mm lens
LI-IPR-434ESX2.4Day and Night 3MP HD Vari-Focal IR IP
Camera 9 ~ 22mm lens
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
175
S EC UR I TY ➤ Cameras
➤ HD 720p External Day/Night with 30 metre IR LED
With a choice of 30m IR illumination, these HD True Day/Night
cameras produce outstanding images in low light conditions.
Available in a choice of 4.3mm, 6mm lenses, the IPR-614 Series uses
ED glass and is IR corrected to prevent focus shift when the powerful
IR LEDs light up.
They also benefit from an IP66 rating, which allows the cameras to
be installed in the most demanding environments.
Features:
➤
Bracket included.
➤
PoE (IEEE 802.3at) or 24Vac.
➤
Up to 30m IR range.
➤
True day/night.
➤
Motion detection.
➤
IR cut filter.
➤
Smart phone support.
➤
IP66 rated.
➤
4.3mm, 6mm lenses.
➤
High definition.
Part No:
Description:
Li-ipr-614es4.3
d, h.264, 30m ir led, cmos, 4.3mm lens,
H
1 lux, onvif, poe +/24vac
Li-ipr-614es6
hd, h.264, 30m ir led, cmos, 6mm lens,
1 lux, onvif, poe +/24vac
➤ HD 720p External Day/Night with 40 Metre IR LED
Available in High Definition, these cameras provide up to 40m
IR illumination. The cameras have a range of varifocal lenses and
come complete with a cable managed bracket.
The IPR-414 offers High Definition and PoE functionality.
Features:
➤
Up to 40m IR range.
➤
True day/night.
➤
SD card recording (414ESX only).
➤
2 way audio support (414ESX only).
➤
High definition.
➤
Cable managed bracket inc.
➤
IP66 rated.
➤
PoE (IEEE 802.3at).
➤
ONVIF compliant.
➤
3-9mm varifocal lenses (ESX) 3.3-12mm (EMX).
➤
Smart phone support.
Part No:
Description:
Li-ipr-414emxhd h.264 Day-night ip video camera,
3.3-12mm varifocal length, 40m ir range
mos 0.3 Lux poe +/Vac
Li-ipr-414esxhd h.264 Day-night ip video camera, 3-9mm
varifocal length, 40m ir range cmos 2 Lux poe
+/Vac
176
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
Features:
➤
Full HD 3.27 megapixel CMOS image sensor.
➤
True H.264 AVC/MPEG-4 part 10 real-time video compression.
➤
H.264 and Motion JPEG multi-profile video streaming.
➤
3D noise reduction (MCTF).
➤
2D WDR function.
➤
Digital PTZ supported.
➤
Face / Tampering / Audio / Motion detection alarm function.
➤
Cable managed housing and bracket.
➤
High efficiency IR LED, radiant distance up to 60m.
➤
Day and Night (IR cut removable).
➤
2-way audio supported.
➤
Digital I/O: 1 in, 1 out.
➤
ONVIF supported.
➤
Support Sense-up Plus and Quadruple Streaming technologies.
Part No:
S EC UR I TY ➤ Cameras
➤ HD Day & Night 3 MEGAPIXEL with Vari-Focal 60 metre IR led
Description:
LI-IPR-7334SXDay and Night 3MP HD Vari-Focal IR IP
Camera 24Vac, 10-50mm Varifocal Lens,
60 metre IR
➤ HD 1080p EXTERNAL DAY/NIGHT 2 MEGAPIXEL WITH 21 metre IR led
Features:
➤
1080P.
➤
Full HD 2 megapixel CMOS image sensor.
➤
True H.264 AVC/MPEG-4 part 10 real-time video compression.
➤
H.264 and Motion on JPEG multi-profile video streaming.
➤
3D noise reduction (MCTF).
➤
2D WDR function.
➤
Digital PTZ supported.
➤
Face / Tampering / Motion detection alarm function.
➤
High efficiency IR LED, radiant distance up to 21m.
➤
Day and Night (IR cut removable).
➤
Onvif supported.
➤
Dimensions Body: 82mm(W) x 72.5mm(H) x 154mm(D).
➤
Bracket: 101mm(L).
➤
Sense-up Plus.
➤
SD card support.
➤
12vdc.
Part No:
Description:
LI-IPR-722S4.2Day and Night 2MP HD IR IP Camera CMOS
4.3 mm lens
LI-IPR-722S6Day and Night 2MP HD IR IP Camera CMOS
6 mm lens
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
177
S EC UR I TY ➤ Accessories
➤ HD 1080p CS MOUNT DAY/NIGHT 2 MEGAPIXEL
Features:
Part No:
Description:
LI-IPG-1022ESDay and Night 2MP HD IP Camera 1/2.7" CMOS,
lens 2.8-8mm
➤
1080P.
➤
Full HD 2 megapixel CMOS image sensor.
➤
True H.264 AVC/MPEG-4 part 10 real-time video compression.
➤
H.264 and Motion JPEG multi-profile video streaming.
➤
3D noise reduction (MCTF).
➤
2D WDR function.
➤
Digital PTZ supported.
➤
Face / Tampering / Audio / Motion detection alarm function.
➤
Day and Night (IR cut removable).
➤
2-way audio supported.
➤
Digital I/O: 1 in, 1 out.
➤
Onvif supported.
➤
Dimensions: 70mm(W) x 50mm(H) x 122mm(D).
➤
Sense-up Plus.
➤ hd 720p CS Mount Day/Night
The IPG Series offers High Definition H.264 video streaming. A True
Day/Night Camera with an IR Cut Filter, the IPG Series can be set to
switch automatically or on a schedule.
Features:
Part No:
Description:
Li-ipg-012eshd h.264 Day-nightbody ip video camera,
poe-12v, cmos 1 lux no lens
➤
H
igh definition.
➤
A
udio input.
➤
O
NVIF compliant.
➤
B
uilt-in high sensitivity microphone.
➤
H
.264 and JPEG dual streaming.
➤
P
oE (IEEE 802.af) and 12Vdc.
➤
T rue day/night.
➤
IR cut filter.
➤
C S mount lens not included.
ACCESSORIES
➤ BRACKETS & MOUNTS
Part No:
Description:
Li-pih-510cpm Corner-pole mount adaptors for pih-520lb
Li-pih-520g
External swan neck bracket for external domes
Li-pih-520hbExternal pendant bracket and box for external
domes
Li-pih-520g
Li-pih-520LB
Li-pih-520l
External wall bracket for external domes
Li-pih-520lbExternal wall bracket and box for external
domes
Li-pih-cpm
Li-pihtftcb
Li-pihtftwb
178
Corner-pole mount adaptors for pih-520l
Ceiling vesa mount bracket for tft monitors
Wall vesa mount bracket for tft monitors
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
➤ Digital Video Recorder
NDR stands for Network Digital Recorder; a combination of high
performance DVR and IP NVR in a familiar appliance based product.
Delivering this hybrid solution was not simply a matter of adding IP
recording to our current DVR range; this is an entirely new solution
with a unique system architecture that provides a building block
approach to system design and expansion.
Specifications:
Recording: SATA HDD: 1 x Internal, 1 x External.
➤V
ideo Source: Any combination of 4 analogue and/or IP cameras,
4 extra IP cameras for recording.
➤ Compression: H264 and JPEG.
➤ Resolution: Full D1: 720 x 576, CIF: 320 x 288.
➤ Speed: 100FPS at full D1.
➤ Frame Rate: Configurable for each channel.
➤ Record Mode: Manual, schedule, external alarm, motion detection.
➤ Backup: USB 2.0, HTTP file download, audio supported.
➤ Video: Output BNC *2.
➤ Alarm: Motion detection, external alarm.
➤ Audio: Yes.
➤V
GA Output: 3D intellectual motion adoptive refinement with vivid
image enhancement VGA engine.
➤ HDMI: Up to 1920 x 1080.
➤D
igital Zoom: ROI for 5x and 9x with PIP at live and playback mode.
➤M
atrix; Control NDR and IP Fast Dome via TCP/IP by multiple
keyboards.
➤ Motion: Motion grid 44*36 each channel.
➤ Event: Alarm notification with JPEG attachments.
➤
Installers and users of LILIN DVR’s will find many familiar functions
as the menu structure is based on previous products. The NDR’s can
be controlled by the front panel buttons, IR remote control and PIH931D Keyboard. Certain functions such as live video and playback
can be accessed across a network using Internet Explorer or our own
NVR 3.0 software.
H.264 compression enables real time recording and display at
D1 resolutions, with SVGA, composite and HDMI monitor outputs.
S EC UR I TY ➤ Recorders
Recorders
Endless expansion and ONVIF compliance should ensure future
proofing and interoperability for ultimate system flexibility. IP scan
functions simplify configuration and automate installations, simple
USB backup now has a shortcut button on playback for one touch
exporting of recordings.
Part No:
Description:
Li-ndr-1044 channel hybrid ip recorder with
4 analogue inputs
Li-ndr-104-1tb4 channel hybrid ip recorder with
4 analogue inputs 1tb hdd
Li-ndr-104-2tb4 channel hybrid ip recorder with
4 analogue inputs 2tb hdd
➤ HD 1080P 30 FPS 16 CHANNEL NVR
Features:
➤
Multi-touch screen supported.
➤
1080P at 30 FPS real-time network video recorder for 16-channel.
➤
Full HD 1920×1080 HDMI output.
➤
Support 8 SATA HDDs up to 24TB, 1 eSATA, and 2 USB2.0.
➤
3
G mobile phone (iPhone, iPad, Blackberry and Android) solutions
provided.
➤
F ree CMX software HD 3.6 supported.
➤
D
imensions: 434mm x 411.4mm x 88mm.
Part No:
Description:
LI-NVR-116
1080P 30 FPS 16-Channel Standalone NVR
➤ Monitors/Peripherals
Part No:
Description:
LI-PDR-1Tb 1000GB SATA Hard Drive for M Series NVR
LI-PDR-2Tb 2000GB SATA Hard Drive for M Series NVR
LI-K205
Keyboard with joystick for m series nvd
Li-pmhxt1717" monitor svga input 1028 x 1024 vesa mount
Li-pmhxt20w20" monitor svga input 1028 x 1024 vesa mount
widescreen
Li-pmhxt22w22" monitor svga input 1680 x 1050 vesa mount
widescreen
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
179
S EC UR I TY ➤ Recorders
➤ CMX Network Video Recorder Towers
Features:
➤
Central management system.
➤
Manage remote IP cameras and DVR devices.
➤
Record and manage 36 channels.
➤
Full HD recording for LILIN H.264 IP cameras.
➤
Scheduled recording.
➤
E-Map alarm or motion notification.
➤
Remote device status monitoring.
➤
Remote device manager.
➤
Device grouping and recall.
➤
PTZ controls for IP Fast Domes.
➤
Easy to use calendar for video playback.
➤
Complete operational event logs.
➤
Configurable user access levels.
➤
Reduces installation and maintenance costs.
Part No:
Description:
LI-CMX-4 4 Channel IP camera recording system with Emap
and DVR monitoring in PC Shuttle 1TB Storage
LI-CMX-1616 Channel IP camera recording System with Emap
and DVR monitoring in PC Tower Case
LI-CMX-3636 Channel IP camera recording System with Emap
and DVR monitoring in PC Tower Case
➤ GVD Network Video Recorder Rack Mount
The M600-Series is a powerful video surveillance system that suits
the needs of any enterprise solution. This rack-mountable recorder
can scale to more than 100TB video storage. It is an ideal solution for
mission critical applications such as city surveillance, transportation
and homeland security projects.
Part No:
Description:
Li-m640-co64-jb
hd 64 channel ip nvr, 4u server case with
16 bays, raid support, jbod sos support
Li-m640-co64-dv
hd 64 channel ip nvr, 4u server case with
16 bays, raid support, dual hd/svga output
Li-m640-64
hd 64 channel ip nvr, 4u server case with
16 bays, raid support
Li-m630-co48-jb
hd 48 channel ip nvr, 3u server case with
12 bays, raid support, jbod sas interferface
Sub-Channel and Dual Codec
Li-m630-co48-dv
With this powerful feature, users can flexibly plan their recording
and streaming solution based on the available storage and
bandwidth at each location.
hd 48 channel ip nvr, 3u server case with
12 bays, raid support, hd/svga dual output
Li-m630-co48
hd 48 channel ip nvr, 3u server case with
12 bays, raid support
Li-m620-co32-dv
hd 32 channel ip nvr, 2u server case with
8 bays, raid support, hd/svga dual output
Quick Navigation
The IP HD NVR supports HTML maps for easy navigation to cameras
in multiple locations. Users can directly download maps from the
Internet or from any appropriate programme. With the powerful
HTML feature, users can put camera icons on the maps, add
hyperlinks and bring up live video directly from the map with a click
of the mouse.
Features:
➤
P
re-built with 32, 48 and 64 channels, best for large scale D1,
1.3M to 10M camera installations.
➤
Server class rack-mountable chassis.
➤
S upports highly scalable and redundant solutions by using the
M800 Backup and M900 Failover Servers.
➤
S upports powerful CMS workstation for complete remote
management on a large NVR network.
Li-m620-co32hd 32 channel ip nvr, 2u server case with
8 bays , raid support
Li-m620-25
Li-m620-16hd 16 channel ip nvr, 2u server case with
6 bays
Li-m620-08
180
hd 25 channel ip nvr, 2u server case with
6 bays
hd 8 channel ip nvr, 2u server case with 6 bays
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
This is a range of high performance IP Network Video Recorders for
HD Cameras. Capable of recording and displaying up to 64 Megapixel
streams simultaneously, they support a wide range of IP cameras
including LILIN.
With a brilliantly easy time line search with a drag and drop facility
for exporting clips for copying to the DVD burner or network location
makes this one of the easiest NVR products to operate.
Users can define multiple regions of interest, creating seperate
channels of recording for sections of a megapixel image, rather
than recording the entire frame. This range of IP HD Network Video
Recorders are available from 8 to 32 channels, with up to 14TB of
internal storage.
Quick Navigation
The IP HD NVR supports HTML maps for easy navigation to cameras
in multiple locations. Users can directly download maps from the
Internet or from any appropriate programme.
With the powerful HTML feature, users can put camera icons on the
maps, add hyperlinks and bring up live video directly from the map
with a click of the mouse.
Exporting Video
The spooler is an area designed for temporary video bookmarking.
With a single click of the mouse, users can easily save and export
video/images. The video can be previewed in the spooler to verify
the content and quality of video/images before exporting.
By taking full advantage of the cameras multiple-streaming feature,
GVD NVR supports up to two additional sub-channel streams
independent from the main stream.
Sub-Channel and Dual Codec
With this powerful feature, users can flexibly plan their recording and
streaming solution based on the available storage and bandwidth at
each location.
➤ M100 series
➤ M350 series
The M100 Series is a compact and innovative all in one recording
solution for multi-camera monitoring, recording and playback.
Measuring only 27cm wide, it offers unsurpassed security operations
in a space-saving design. It is an ideal solution for small to mid-sized
installations.
The M350 Series is a unique combination of easy front panel design
and an easy to use full-featured turnkey solution. Equipped with an
embedded DOM system, it provides reliability and stability and is an
ideal solution for mid-sized installations.
Features:
Features:
Mini desktop recorder with embedded system design.
➤ New front panel design for quick video operations.
➤ Reliable
recording solution with local display capability and for
remote client viewing high performance video streaming.
➤ Pre-built 4, 8 and 12 channels best for D1~3M installations.
➤ Compact design with local VGA display capability.
➤S
upports large data throughput for multiple megapixel cameras
triplex video functions.
➤ Easy video export function with DVD, USB or network disk drives.
➤E
quipped with the reliable and robust DOM-based virus resistant
Windows embedded platform.
➤O
perates with HD NVR Client to meet the needs of simple remote
monitoring.
➤
Super standalone up to four HDDs with dual monitors.*
➤
High performance and unique front panel design.
➤
Best for medium and multi-site applications.
➤
User friendly front panel design to easily control functions.
➤
Pre-built 16, 24 or 32 channels with up to four hard disk drives.
➤
Supports large data throughput for multiple megapixel cameras.
➤
Part No:
Description:
*DV version only.
Part No:
Description:
LI-M350-CO32HD 32 Channel IP NVR, Rackmountable,
4HDD bays, DVD
LI-M350-CO32-DVHD 32 Channel IP NVR, Rackmountable,
4HDD bays, DVD, Dual HD/SVGA Output
LI-M155-CO12HD 12 Channel IP NVR, Desktop, with
LI-M350-CO24HD 24 Channel IP NVR, Rackmountable,
LI-M155-CO08HD 08 Channel IP NVR, Desktop, with
LI-M350-CO24-DVHD 24 Channel IP NVR, Rackmountable,
LI-M155-CO04HD 04 Channel IP NVR, Desktop, with
LI-M350-CO24-ARHD 24 Channel IP NVR, Rackmountable,
LI-M150-CO12HD 12 Channel IP NVR, Desktop, with
LI-M350-CO16 HD 16 Channel IP NVR, Rackmountable,
LI-M150-CO08HD 08 Channel IP NVR, Desktop, with
LI-M350-CO16-DVHD 16 Channel IP NVR, Rackmountable,
LI-M150-CO04HD 04 Channel IP NVR, Desktop, with
LI-M350-CO16-ARHD 16 Channel IP NVR, Rackmountable,
front panel operation, 4GB,2HDD bays
front panel operation, 4GB, 2HDD bays
front panel operation, 4GB, 2HDD bays
front panel operation, 2GB, 2HDD bays
front panel operation, 2GB, 2HDD bays
4HDD bays, DVD
4HDD bays, DVD, Dual HD/SVGA Output
4HDD bays, DVD, Raid Support
4HDD bays, DVD
4HDD bays, DVD, Dual HD/SVGA Output
front panel operation, 2GB, 2HDD bays
01403 754 233
S EC UR I TY ➤ Recorders
➤ GVD Network Video Recorder
enquiries@networkscentre.com
4HDD bays, DVD, Raid Support
www.networkscentre.com
181
S EC UR I TY ➤ Video Encoders
Video Encoders
➤ SINGLE CHANNEL VIDEO ENCODER
The VS-012 is now supported by Milestone Video Management
Software through the ONVIF standard. This flexible video server will
suit many new and hybrid IP Video Solutions.
Features:
Single channel.
Audio support.
➤ H.264 and JPEG dual streaming.
➤ Full D1 resolution at 720x576.
➤ Supported by Internet Explorer.
➤ One alarm input.
➤ Two relay outputs.
➤ SD card.
➤ Full duplex streaming.
➤ ONVIF compliant.
➤ 12Vdc.
➤ Free NVR software.
➤
➤
This encoder forms part of an IP Video system. Its works as a server
by streaming analogue video to the network. Using the VS-012, live
video can be viewed on any PC running Internet Explorer and the
supplied NVR software enables viewing and recording of multiple
channels.
H.264 compression means the Encoder is compatible with many
devices including the iPhone, it delivers high frame rates even across
3G networks.
Many network video recording applications work with the VS-012,
including LILIN Network Video Recorders, both locally and via the
network. This unit also encodes audio and provides a multi-protocol
telemetry output for Pan, Tilt and Zoom Cameras. There is a single
alarm input and two switched outputs. An SD card can also be
installed for local alarm image storage.
Part No:
Description:
Li-vs-012
Single channel video encoder
➤ rack mount adaptor plate
This rack mount plate can accomodate up to eight videoservers.
Features:
➤
12Vdc.
➤
1-8 12Vdc connectors included.
➤
850g.
➤
480mm x 133.5mm x 2mm.
Part No:
Description:
Li-bte02s
Rack mount kit for vs-012
Fibre Transmission
➤ DATA ONLY
Features:
➤
S upports RS-232, RS-422 and RS-485 (2w and 4w).
➤
M
ultimode and singlemode.
➤
L ED indicators provide quick diagnosis of all important system
parameters.
➤
S witchable 120Ω termination and biassing.
➤
U
p to 14 receivers in one 3U chassis.
➤
C ompact and 3U chassis card configurations.
Part No:
Description:
K-fddb1-m1r-bsFull duplex multiprotocol data rx,
1 mm fibre st, 3u card
K-fddb1-m1r-msbFull duplex multiprotocol data rx,
1 mm fibre st, compact
K-fddb1-m1t-bsFull duplex multiprotocol data tx,
1 mm fibre st, 3u card
K-fddb1-m1t-msbFull duplex multiprotocol data tx,
One channel, multi-protocol, bi-directional data point-to-point
transmission.
182
1 mm fibre st, compact
For SM replace M with S
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
The KBC FDVA series uses the most advanced digital technologies to
provide excellent, repeatable performance for today’s CCTV systems.
It supports transmission of one analogue composite video channel
over one multimode or singlemode optical fibre. Products with one,
two or four individual modules within a single unit are available,
offering substantial savings in racking and power requirements on
site. PAL, NTSC and SECAM video standards are fully supported. The
series is available in compact wall-mount or 3U chassis card.
Features:
Part No:
Description:
K-fdva1-m1t-bsVideo only transmitter, 1 mm fibre st,
3u card
K-fdva1-m1t-msbVideo only transmitter, 1 mm fibre st,
compact
K-fdva2-m2t-bs2 channel video only transmitter,
2 mm fibre st, 3u card
K-fdva2-m2t-wsb2 channel video only transmitter,
2 mm fibre st, box
K-fdva4-m4t-bs4 channel video only transmitter,
4 mm fibre st, 3u card
K-fdva4-m4t-wsb4 channel video only transmitter,
4 mm fibre st, box
For SM replace M with S
➤
8 or 10 bit digitally-encoded, non-compressed video transmission.
➤
Multimode and singlemode solutions.
➤
Unique 4 channel wall-mount and 3U card module.
➤
Up to 56 receivers in one 3U chassis.
Part No:
Description:
K-fdva1-m1r-bsVideo only receiver, 1 mm fibre st,
S EC UR I TY ➤ Fibre Transmission
➤ VIDEO ONLY
3u card
K-fdva1-m1r-msbVideo only receiver, 1 mm fibre st,
compact
K-fdva2-m2r-bs2 channel video only receiver,
2 mm fibre st, 3u card
K-fdva2-m2r-wsb2 channel video only receiver,
2 mm fibre st, box
K-fdva4-m4r-bs4 channel video only receiver,
4 mm fibre st, 3u card
K-fdva4-m4r-wsb4 channel video only receiver,
4 mm fibre st, box
For SM replace M with S
➤ Video Only Muxes
The KBC FDVA4 series uses the most advanced digital technologies to
provide excellent repeatable performance for today’s CCTV systems.
It supports transmission of four analogue composite video channel
over one multimode or singlemode optical fibre. PAL, NTSC and
SECAM video standards are fully supported. The plug-and-play design
ensures ease of installation with no electrical or optical adjustment
needed. LED indicators are provided to show the operational status
of the unit clearly. The series is available in compact wall-mount or
3U chassis card.
Part No:
Description:
K-fdva4-m1r-bs4 channel video only dmux receiver,
1 mm fibre st, 3u card
Features:
K-fdva4-m1r-wsb4 channel video only dmux receiver,
1 mm fibre st, box
8
or 10 bit digitally-encoded,
non-compressed video
transmission.
K-fdva4-m1t-bs4 channel video only mux transmitter,
➤
M
ultimode and singlemode
solutions.
K-fdva4-m1t-wsb4 channel video only mux transmitter,
➤
C ard module requires just
1 slot of 3U chassis.
➤
L ED indicators provide quick
diagnosis of all important system
parameters.
➤
01403 754 233
1 mm fibre st, 3u card
1 mm fibre st, box
For SM replace M with S
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
183
S EC UR I TY ➤ Fibre Transmission
➤ Video and data
Features:
➤
8 or 10 bit digitally-encoded, non-compressed video transmission.
➤
Unique, 2 channel card module.
➤
Up to 28 receivers in one 3U chassis.
➤
Cost effective WDM single fibre solution.
➤
Switchable 120Ω termination and line biasing.
➤
L ED indicators provide quick diagnosis of all important system
parameters.
➤
Multimode and singlemode models.
➤
Compact and 3U chassis card configurations.
Part No:
Description:
K-fdva1-db1-m1r-bsVideo receiver, bi-directional data,
1 mm fibre st, 3u card
K-fdva1-db1-m1r-msbVideo receiver, bi-directional data,
1 mm fibre st, compact
K-fdva2-db2-m2r-bsDual video receiver, dual
bi-directional data, 2 mm fibre st,
3u card
The KBC FDVA-DB1 series uses the most advanced digital
technologies to provide excellent repeatable performance for
today’s CCTV systems. It supports transmission of one analogue
composite video channel and one bi-directional data channel over
one multimode or singlemode optical fibre. PAL, NTSC and SECAM
video standards are fully supported and the data channel supports
all standard PTZ (Pan-Tilt-Zoom) control signals. The plug-and-play
design ensures ease of installation with no electrical or optical
adjustment needed. LED indicators are provided to clearly show the
operational status of the unit. The series is available in compact or
3U chassis card.
K-fdva1-db1-m1t-bsVideo transmitter, bi-directional
data, 1 mm fibre st, 3u card
K-fdva1-db1-m1t-msbVideo transmitter, bi-directional
data, 1 mm fibre st, compact
K-fdva2-db2-m2t-bsDual video transmitter, dual
bi-directional data, 2 mm fibre st,
3u card
For SM replace M with S
➤ Video Data and Contact Closure
Features:
➤
8
or 10 bit digitally-encoded, non-compressed video transmission.
➤
F ully independent, bi-directional contact closure circuit.
➤
U
p to 14 receivers in one 3U chassis.
➤
C ost effective WDM single fibre solution.
➤
S witchable 120Ω termination and line biasing.
➤
LED
indicators provide quick diagnosis of all important system
parameters.
➤
M
ultimode and singlemode models.
Part No:
Description:
K-fdva1-db1-ib1-m1r-bsVideo receiver, bi-directional
data and contact closure,
1 mm fibre st, 3u card
K-fdva1-db1-ib1-m1r-msbVideo receiver, bi-directional
The KBC FDVA-DB1-IB1 series uses the most advanced digital
technologies to provide excellent repeatable performance for
today’s CCTV systems. It supports transmission of one analogue
composite video channel, with one bi-directional data channel and
one bi-directional contact closure signal over one multimode or
singlemode optical fibre. PAL, NTSC and SECAM video standards are
fully supported and the data channel supports all standard PTZ
(Pan-Tilt-Zoom) control signals. The plug-and-play design ensures
ease of installation with no electrical or optical adjustment needed.
LED indicators are provided to clearly show the operational status
of the unit. The series is available in compact or 3U chassis card.
184
data and contact closure,
1 mm fibre st, compact
K-fdva1-db1-ib1-m1t-bsVideo transmitter,
bi-directional data and cc,
1 mm fibre st, 3u card
K-fdva1-db1-ib1-m1t-msbVideo transmitter,
bi-directional data and cc,
1 mm fibre st, compact
For SM replace M with S
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
PAL, NTSC and SECAM video standards are fully supported. The plugand-play design ensures ease of installation with no electrical or
optical adjustment needed. LED indicators are provided to clearly
display the operational status of the unit. The series is available in
wall mount and 3U chassis card.
Features:
➤
1
0 bit digitally-encoded, non-compressed video transmission.
➤
D
ual module 3U chassis card.
➤
C ompatible with all major ‘Up the Coax’ manufacturers’
equipment.
➤
2
full duplex contact closure channels.
Part No:
Description:
K-fcha1-m1r-bsVideo receiver, up coax data, 2 contact
closures, 1 mm fibre st, 3u card
S EC UR I TY ➤ Fibre Transmission
➤ Video and Up-The-Coax Data
K-fcha1-m1t-wsbVideo and up the coax data, 2 contact
closures wall mount tx unit, 1 no. Mm
fibre, st. Psu inc
K-FCHA1-m1R-WSBVideo and up the coax data, 2 contact
The KBC FCHA1 series uses the most advanced digital technologies to
provide excellent repeatable performance for today’s CCTV systems.
It supports transmission of one video channel, one ‘Up the Coax’
data channel and two duplex contact closure channels over one
multimode or singlemode optical fibre.
closures wall mount RX unit, 1 no. MM
fibre. ST
K-FCHA1-m1T-BSVideo and up the coax data, 2 contact
closures 3U card TX unit, 1 no. MM
fibre. ST
For SM replace M with
S
➤ Video And Data Mux
optical adjustment needed. LED indicators are provided to show
the operational status of the unit clearly. The series is available in
compact, wall mount or 3U chassis card.
Features:
➤
8
or 10 bit digitally-encoded, non-compressed video transmission.
➤
M
ultimode and singlemode solutions.
➤
C ard module requires just 1 slot of 3U chassis.
➤
S witchable 120Ω termination and biasing.
➤
L ED indicators provide quick diagnosis of all important system
parameters.
Part No:
Description:
K-fdva4-db1-m1r-bs4 channel video dmux receiver,
bi-directional data, 1 mm fibre st,
3u card
K-fdva4-db1-m1r-wsb4 channel video dmux receiver,
The KBC FDVA4-DB1 series uses the most advanced digital
technologies to provide excellent repeatable performance for
today’s CCTV systems. It supports transmission of four analogue
composite video channels and one bi-directional data channel
over one multimode or singlemode optical fibre. PAL, NTSC and
SECAM video standards are fully supported and the data channel
supports all standard PTZ (Pan-Tilt-Zoom) control signals. The plugand-play design ensures ease of installation with no electrical or
bi-directional data, 1 mm fibre st,
box
K-fdva4-db1-m1t-bs4 channel video mux transmitter,
bi-directional data, 1 mm fibre st,
3u card
K-fdva4-db1-m1t-wsb4 channel video mux transmitter,
bi-directional data, 1 mm fibre st,
box
For SM replace M with S
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
185
S EC U R I TY ➤ Fibre Transmission/KBC
➤ Chassis
The KBC FR3 series chassis is a high quality 3U, 19” rack mounted
card cage. It can accommodate up to 14 single slot 3U cards, or a
number of various width cards, depending on the number of slots
required by each individual product. Any 3U card product can be
located in the FR3 chassis, in any location and next to any other
model. All modules located within the rack are hot swappable,
removing the need to power down the chassis when carrying out
maintenance or making additions to the installation. All electrical
and optical connections are to the rear, with all LED status indicators
to the front.
A dual redundant PSU option is available, with the second PSU
requiring 2 slots of the chassis, leaving 12 slots for card units.
All integrated PSUs are modular.
Part No:
Description:
K-fr3-ba3u 19 14 slot chassis with modular psu
and blanking panels
K-fr3-ba-rp3u 19 14 slot chassis with modular psu
blanking panels and redundant psu
KBC
➤ Hardware VPN
The KBC ThruLink is a hardware VPN device that allows secure
communications to be established over any standard, public or
private TCP/IP network. ThruLink performs behind firewalls, NAT
devices and through nearly any other type of network configuration
and offers encrypted communication for all TCP/IP protocols
regardless of the type of traffic. When deployed, ThruLink provides
a secure and encrypted tunnel for network communications that will
not affect TTL, UPnP, VLAN information, broadcast, multicast, or any
other traffic.
Features:
➤
P
rovides secure and encrypted communication via tunnelling.
➤
O
ptimised for video.
➤
“ At a Glance” status check display.
➤
R
ack mount style server.
➤
E asy to use GUI interface.
➤
E liminates the need to make network changes.
➤
F ailover functionality.
➤
D
iagnostic tools: network traffic monitoring, basic traceroute
and ping function.
➤
C an be used for mobile 3G applications.
➤
D
DNS, DHCP, SNMPv3.
Part No:
Description:
K-thlk-s2-wbThrulink standard 30mbps tunneling transceiver,
1 lan port, 1 wan port, wall mount
K-thlk-h2-rbThrulink high capacity 250mbps tunneling
transceiver, 1 lan port, 1 wan port, 1u rack
mount
186
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
WI R ELES S
WIRELESS
KBC’s Wireless Ethernet Systems offer superior
wireless connectivity in point-to-point (PtP),
point-to-multipoint (PtMP) and mesh configurations.
➤ Lilin
188
➤ KBC
189
LILIN’s “Airlive” wireless products are all external
devices with built in antennas and varying
frequencies, bandwidths, transmission ranges and
configurations. For most IP Video applications two
matched devices would be required to create a
link but in AP mode one device acts as an access
point to communicate with multiple transmitters.
Consideration should always be made to required
bandwidth and we would be happy to help with
any wireless system designs.
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
187
WI R ELES S ➤ LILIN
lilin
➤ AirLive AirMax
➤ AIRLIVE WHA
The AirLive, AirMax5, is the new generation of all-in-one wireless
5GHz CPE built to the highest standard. It greatly surpasses the
competition in value, feature, performance, and reliability.
The WHA-5500CPE is AirLive's flagship 5GHz all-in-one Outdoor CPE.
It is designed with high performance and long distance in mind.
From the full range 18dBi built-in antenna that can deliver up to
25km distance to the 802.3af compliant PoE kit, the CPE is built with
the highest outdoor grade materials. Now, with the new AirMax5
Extreme firmware, it is also the most powerful and easy-to-use
outdoor CPE.
If you are looking for a cost effective way to build your wireless
outdoor network that can withstand the test of time, look no further.
AirMax5 is the first choice.
The AirMax5 comes with almost everything you need to build 5GHz
outdoor connection instantly. The CPE enclosure is built with high
grade, anti-UV materials, for protection from prolonged sunshine and
rain. It includes an integrated 14dBi 5GHz antenna with horizontal,
vertical, or diversity polarisation. The internal PCBA slides out for
easy maintenance. To speed up your installation process, there is
also a 4-level LED to assist you with Antenna alignment. The built-in
advanced passive Power Over Ethernet will let your AirMax5 operate
up to 100 metre distance from power source.
Part No:
The WHA-5500CPE comes with almost everything you need to build
5GHz connection instantly. The CPE enclosure is rain and splash proof.
It includes an integrated 18dBi 5GHz antenna and 802.3af compliant
Power-Over-Ethernet Kits. The only thing you need is an outdoor
Cat-5 PoE cable and then you can establish long distance connection
instantly. With each product is the step-by-step instruction video to
help you setup the CPE quickly. Metal mounting kits for both pole
mounting and wall mounting are also included.
Part No:
Description:
Li-airmax-55ghz 802.11a external wireless device
LI-WHA-5500CPE5GHZ 108 Mbps 802.11A outdoor CPE
with 18dBi antenna up to 25 km
upto 10km
The AirMax2 is a wireless outdoor CPE that combines our expertise in
WISP products. It is meticulously designed inside out to meet all the
outdoor application requirements.
The AirMax2 comes with almost everything you need to build 2.4GHz
outdoor connection instantly. The CPE enclosure is built with high
grade anti-UV materials for protection from prolonged sunshine
and rain. Therefore, it is suitable for both outdoor and industrial
applications. Inside the housing is an integrated 10dBi panel antenna
projecting in the forward direction. The internal PCBA slides out for
easy maintenance. To speed up your installation process, there is
also a 4-level LED to assist you with Antenna alignment. The built-in
advanced passive Power Over Ethernet will let your AirMax2 operate
up to 100 metre distance from power source.
Part No:
Description:
Li-airmax-22.4ghz 802.11b-g external wireless
Description:
As the leading global WISP solution provider, AirLive understands the
application environments of WISP operators. The AirLive WH-5420CPE
is the new generation of AirLive Outdoor Wireless CPE that is built
upon years of experience and heritage from our high performance
Access Points series. It is equipped with the latest Clear Signal
Technology and earth shattering 40dBm combined output power
(for South America only) deliver the longest and most stable
wireless connection possible.
The AirLive WH-5420CPE can operate in 8 different wireless modes.
It can work as a Wireless Router, AP, Client, Repeater, Bridge, and
much more. Whether it is for home, office, or WISP; the AirLive AP
has a solution for you.
Part No:
Description:
LI-WHA-5420CPE
2 .4GHZ 108 Mbps 802.11B-G outdoor CPE
with 14dBi antenna up to 15 km
device upto 3km
188
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
Supporting a 10/100 Ethernet interface, KBC’s WESII units provide a
reliable and efficient transmission solution where it’s not possible or
cost-effective to install cabling.
IEEE802.11a/n and 802.11h compliance means that the WESII units
operate in the license-free 5GHz band; feature MIMO technology to
increase system throughput and transmission distance and comply
with DFS and TPC standards (Dynamic Frequency Selection and
Transmit Power Control). The units provide up to 100Mbps of usable
throughput and employ WPA2 encryption to prevent unauthorised
access. Designed to operate in unconditioned environments, WESII
units have weatherproof casings and wide operating temperature
ranges. The units come with the option of a number of directional
and omnidirectional antennas.
WI R ELES S ➤ KBC
KBC WESII (WIRELESS ETHERNET SYSTEM)
The units are straightforward to set up and configure. They feature
a built-in site survey tool to assess local, in-band noise which allows
an appropriate transmission frequency to be selected. In addition, an
antenna alignment tool allows you to check the signal strength at
the client and the host, ensuring that the antennas are positioned to
use the optimal signal path.
WESII Features:
Part No:
Description:
K-wesii-aa-ab5dbi omni directional antenna –
5ghz single point ap/host
K-wesii-aa-cb17dbi integrated directional antenna –
5ghz single point ap/host
➤
IEEE802.11a/n and 802.11h compliant.
➤
Up to 100Mbps throughput.
➤
MIMO technology.
➤
WPA2 encryption.
➤
IP66 casing.
➤
Range of antenna options.
➤
Antenna alignment and signal survey tools.
➤
Suitable for long-range wireless deployment.
➤
Passive midspan compliant PoE support.
➤
Weatherproof casing and grounded terminal.
➤
WiFi connectivity.
➤
Plug-and-play design.
➤
Wide operating temperature range (-40 - +74°C).
Typical WES Sites:
➤
City and town centres.
➤
Campus locations.
K-wesii-ab-ab5dbi omni directional antenna –
➤
Borders and perimeters.
➤
Remote locations.
K-wesii-ab-cb17dbi integrated directional antenna –
➤
Government and military sites.
➤
Ports and harbours.
➤
Industrial and commercial sites.
➤
Retail units.
➤
Apartment complexes.
➤
Transport corridors.
Part No:
Description:
5ghz multi point ap/host
5ghz multi point ap/host
Part No:
Description:
K-wesii-ac-ab5dbi omni directional antenna – 5ghz client
K-wesii-ac-cb17dbi integrated directional antenna –
5ghz client
Part No:
Description:
K-wesii-ktSingle point host and client – wireless
ethernet system kit
K-wesii-kt-edSingle point host and client plus edkt-a –
wireless ethernet system kit
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
189
The right partner for IP Video convergence
HD IP Day/Night IR
Cameras
iMEGAPRO III
3 MegaPixel Resolution
HD IP Mini Dome Cameras
iMEGAPRO II
1080P Resolution
Quadruple Streaming
HD IP Day/Night Vandal
Resistant Cameras
iMEGAPRO I
1.3MP Resolution
IP Camera Kits
Network Video Recorder Kits
with 4 HD IP Cameras. Choose
from one of the 3 versions which
all include 16 Channel CMX
software
NVR Touch
World’s First Touch Screen
1080P Network Video Recorder
Committed to the latest technology with an extensive range of
products, LILIN provides the answer for all your requirements
Our 30 years experience in analogue and 8 years experience
in IP makes LILIN your best partner for delivering IP
convergence with products that are easy to install and
operate.
The first company in the World to introduce ONVIF
conformant products, we are committed to open standards
and delivering products that help our customers benefit from
the latest technology.
With many innovative features, LILIN solutions support a
number of advanced technologies such Power over Ethernet
and the delivery of High Definition across the network.
Whatever your needs, LILIN can offer you the perfect solution.
- Based on open standards
- Future proof
- Fully scalable products
- ONVIF compatible
- Power over Ethernet
- Efficient H.264 compression
- High Definition images
Tel: 0870 120 5550
E: uk@meritlilin.com
www.LILIN.co.uk
Davy Avenue, Knowlhill, Milton Keynes. MK5 8NB
Networks Centre stock and distributes DYMO®
Rhino and Panduit™ labelling machines and labels,
designed for the data and electrical markets.
➤ Dymo® Rhino™
192
➤ Panduit™
196
LA B ELLI NG
LABELLING
As well as offering individual products we also
stock and supply their comprehensive range of
labelling kits. 01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
191
labelling ➤ Dymo® Rhino™
Dymo® RHINO™
➤ Rhino 6000 labeller
High end labelling tool for the demanding installation industry. DYMO
have introduced the Rhino 6000 machine that is so easy to use, at the
same time offering you great professional labelling.
In The Box:
➤
RHINO 6000 Professional Label Printer.
The Rhino 6000 industrial labeller boasts many time saving features
that any installation industry would benefit from including Rhinos
exclusively designed hot keys for wiring, patch panels, flags and
vertical labelling along with over 250 pre-programmed industrial
symbols. Creating your own custom labels is a simple task on the
Rhino 6000, these can be saved and instantly retrieved when
required.
➤
AC mains power adapter.
➤
Rechargeable Lithium-ion battery.
➤
24mm Black on White flexible nylon label cassette.
➤
CD with user guide.
➤
Quick reference guide.
➤
Product registration card.
The DYMO thermal technology is a key benefit along with highly
durable labels, available for use with the Rhino 6000 labeller. You can
be sure of a label that lasts with strong adhesive and resistance to UV,
heat, moisture and chemicals, these labels will not smear or move.
➤
Rugged carry case.
The Rhino 6000 also offers the capability of PC connectability when
used with the Rhino connect software (included in kit). Uploading or
downloading labels is an easy process, enabling you to create the
right label, for the right application, every time.
➤
RhinoPRO 6000 printer.
➤
Rhino CONNECT software.
➤
1 x 24mm flexible nylon label cassette (Black on White).
➤
1 x 9mm Vinyl RhinoPRO label cassette.
Features:
➤
Li-ION rechargeable battery pack.
➤
Prints Rhino IND labelling tapes up to a 24mm width.
➤
AC power adapter.
➤
Over 250 integrated industry symbols and terms.
➤
User manual.
Produces 6 different barcodes.
➤
Registration card.
➤
Memory capability of over 1000 labels including logos and graphics.
➤
USB cable.
➤
Serialised numbering via a built in wizard.
➤
Powered label cutter.
➤
Powered by a rechargeable Lithium-ion battery (included).
➤
Slip resistant grip.
➤
Rubber bumper to protect from everyday bumps.
➤
tilises the RHINO CONNECT™ software when connect via a
U
USB cable to your computer (upload and download label files,
insert graphics and logos, import data from Windows® based
programmes, create label via integrated wizard, print labels directly
from computer).
➤
192
The RhinoPRO 6000 Kit includes:
Part No:
Description:
Ro-s0773780
Ro-s0771940
Rhino 6000 uk - yellow
Rhino 6000 kit uk - yellow
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
F I BRE OP TI Clabelling
C A B LI NG ➤
➤ standard
Dymo® Rhino™
cables
➤ Rhino 5200 labeller
The Rhino 5200 professional labeller has been designed for use in any
industrial workplace. A tough exterior machine that produces durable
labelling, the 5200 labeller can offer your business labelling results
that meet with ANSI, TIA/EIA-606 labelling standards.
Enhance your labelling requirements quickly and efficiently, with the
many exclusive features of the Rhino 5200 labeller. These include
time saving hot keys for cabling, flags, patch panels, terminals and
vertical labels, as well as, over 100 built-in industrial symbols.
Designed for use in the electrical, audio/visual, construction and
datacoms industries, the portable and very versatile Rhino 5200
industrial labeller, will ensure your labels are of a professional quality
that lasts.
Features:
➤
Large backlit two line display screen.
➤
Complies with labeling standards ANSI, TIA/EIA-606-A.
➤
Produces Code 39 and Code 128 barcodes (19mm labels).
➤
‘Hot key’ for auto sizing, spacing and format of labels.
➤
Integrated symbol library of industry symbols, fractions,
punctuation and currency.
In the Box:
➤
RHINO 5200 Professional Label Printer.
➤
User guide on CD.
➤
Quick reference guide.
➤
19mm Black on White flexible nylon tape cassette.
The Rhino 5200 Kit includes:
➤
RHINO 5200 Professional Label Printer.
➤
Hard carry case.
➤
AC mains power adapter.
➤
Rechargeable Lithium-ion battery.
Slip resistant grip.
➤
Quick reference guide.
➤
Rubber bumper to protect from everyday bumps.
➤
19mm Black on White flexible nylon tape cassette.
➤
Integrated lanyard loop.
➤
12mm Black on White vinyl tape cassette.
➤
Utilises Rhino 'easy peel' IND tapes.
➤
equires 6 AA batteries or a rechargeable Lithium-ion battery
R
supplied with kit.
➤
Auto power shut off when not in use.
➤
FREE 19mm black on white flexible nylon label cassette.
➤
01403 754 233
Part No:
Description:
Ro-s0841460
Ro-s0841390
Rhino 5200 UK - yellow
enquiries@networkscentre.com
Rhino 5200 kit uk - yellow
www.networkscentre.com
193
labelling ➤ Dymo® Rhino™
➤ Rhino 4200
Features:
The new DYMO® Rhino™ 4200 gets labelling jobs done fast – and
done right. Easily navigate the familiar QWERTY keyboard. Use onetouch “Hot Key” shortcuts to quickly create and format wire/cable
wraps, flags, Code 39 and Code 128 barcodes, fixed-Length labels,
breaker labels and more.
Print labels up to 19mm wide in flexible nylon, permanent polyester
and durable vinyl materials – PLUS print directly on heat-shrink
tubes. Save even more time with great new features – like the
‘Favourites’ key which provides single-key access to commonly used
labels, symbols and terms; and the ‘Custom’ key which eliminates
repeated steps by saving customised settings.
➤
F amiliar computer-style QWERTY keyboard for fast and easy text
entry.
➤
atented “Hot Keys” provide shortcuts for creating and formatting
P
wire/cable wraps, flags, Barcode 39 and Barcode 128, fixed-length,
general and module labels.
➤
rint 6mm, 9mm, 12mm and 19mm wide industrial-strength labels
P
in a variety of materials and colours – PLUS print directly on heatshrink tubes.
➤
“ Favorites” key provides single-key access to your most commonly
used labels, symbols and terms.
➤
void repeated steps with the “Custom” key – customise and save
A
settings for individual label formats.
➤
re-programmed library with 150 symbols and terms for security,
P
electrical, pro A/V, and facilities management.
➤
Integrated rubber bumpers help prevent damage from accidental
drops and falls.
➤
Large back-lit display is easy to read, even in dimly-lit work areas.
➤
uto save/auto power-off – extend battery life without losing
A
current work.
➤
uns on 6 AA batteries (not included) – also compatible with
R
quick-charging Lithium-ion battery (sold as an accessory).
Box includes:
➤
R
hino™ 4200 printer.
➤
Q
uick reference guide.
➤
1
9 mm white flexible nylon tape.
Product specifications:
➤
R
uns on optional rechargeable lithium-ion battery pack
or 6 AA batteries.
➤
1
year warranty + 1 year extra when registering.
➤
U
nit weight: 770 grams.
Part No:
Description:
RO-S0955950Rhino 4200 QWERTY 19mm PB1 UK orange
Label it fast
Label it once
Label it right
194
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
LABELS
K AND
C
I
T
S
T
A
H
T
K
STAY STUC
DYMO® Industrial labels are tough, jobsite tested and UL
recognised. Labels won’t smear or fade and are built with
industrial-strength adhesives to resist moisture, UV light
and extreme temperatures. Whether you are labelling to
OSHA, ISO and ANSI colour standards or labelling in harsh
conditions, DYMO® Industrial labels have you covered.
DYMO® Industrial labels are designed to work exclusively
with Rhino™ printers and to perform on a variety of
surfaces.
LABEL APPLICATIONS
LABEL COLOUR
6 mm
9 mm
12 mm
19 mm
24 mm
BLACK ON WHITE
–
RO-18443
RO-18444
RO-18445
–
BLACK ON YELLOW
–
–
RO-18432
RO-18433
–
BLACK ON ORANGE
–
–
RO-18435
RO-18436
–
BLACK ON WHITE
–
RO-18482
RO-18483
RO-18484
RO-1734523
BLACK ON CLEAR
–
RO-18508DMO
–
–
–
BLACK ON METALLIC
–
RO-18485
RO-18486
RO-18487
–
BLACK ON WHITE
RO-18051
RO-18053
RO-18055
RO-18057
–
BLACK ON YELLOW
RO-18052
RO-18054
RO-18056
RO-18058
–
BLACK ON WHITE
–
–
RO-18488
RO-18489
RO-1734524
BLACK ON YELLOW
–
–
RO-18490
RO-18491
RO-1734525
NON-ADHESIVE TAG
➤ RoHS compliant
➤ L ength: 5.5m
BLACK ON WHITE
RO-18111
–
RO-18113
–
–
SELF-LAMINATING
➤ RoHS compliant
➤ L ength: 5.5m
BLACK ON WHITE
–
–
–
–
RO-1734821
VINYL
➤U
L Recognised Component to UL969
➤R
oHS compliant
➤ L ength: 5.5m
PERMANENT POLYESTER
➤U
L Recognised Component to UL969
➤R
oHS compliant
➤ L ength: 5.5m
HEAT SHRINK TUBES
➤ UL Recognised Component to UL224
➤M
eets MIL-STD-202G, MIL-M-81531
and SAE-DTL 23053/5 (Class 1 and 3)
➤R
oHS compliant
➤ L ength: 1.5m
FLEXIBLE NYLON
UL Recognised Component to UL969
RoHS compliant
L ength: 3.5m
➤
➤
➤
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
F I BRE OP TI Clabelling
C A B LI NG ➤
➤ standard
Dymo® Rhino™
cables
➤ LABELS
195
labelling ➤ Panduit™
Panduit™
➤ HandHeld Thermal Printer
➤
artial cut feature available to provide tear-apart strips of labels
P
or individual cut labels for application flexibility and quicker
installation.
➤
arket specific labeling tools simplify label creation for network
M
components, panel building, and construction and maintenance.
➤
rints self-laminating labels, heat shrink tubing, die-cut component
P
labels, marker plates, flag labels, and continuous tape for improved
printer versatility.
➤
L abel cassette contains integrated memory device for automatic
formatting, recall of last legend used and number of labels
remaining in cassette for improved efficiency.
➤
F ast loading label cassette includes both label material and ribbon
for easy label changeover.
➤
SB interface for importing data, system upgrades and printing
U
from a wireless laptop or desktop computer to increase printer
functionality.
➤
L arge graphic display with backlight improves visibility; ideal for
printing labels at a remote jobsite.
Part No:
Description:
PT-LS8EQIncludes LS8EQ printer with QWERTY keypad, one
cassette of S100X150VAC self-laminating labels,
six AA alkaline batteries, and quick reference card
Features:
➤
Innovative QWERTY keypad design delivers faster text entry and
label design for enhanced productivity.
➤
C ut-to-length functionality eliminates label waste and label
trimming labour.
PT-LS8EQ-KITIncludes LS8EQ printer with QWERTY keypad, one
cassette of S100X150VAC self-laminating labels,
six AA alkaline batteries, LS8-CASE, LS8-PCKIT,
LS8-IB, LS8-WS, quick reference card, and operator’s
manual
➤ HandHeld Thermal Printer
Features:
Part No:
Description:
PT-LS9QIncludes LS9Q printer with QWERTY keypad, one cassette
➤
Innovative QWERTY keypad design delivers faster text entry and
label design for enhanced productivity.
➤
E conomical identification system provides premium quality solutions
at the lowest installed cost.
➤
C ut-to-length functionality eliminates label waste and label
trimming labour.
➤
artial cut feature available to provide tear-apart strips of labels
P
or individual cut labels for application flexibility and quicker
installation.
➤
1™ Label Cassette contains an integrated memory device for
P
automatic formatting, recall of last legend used, and number
of labels remaining in the cassette to increase reliability and
productivity.
➤
L egends can be easily aligned with ports on patch panels and
faceplates, eliminating the need for manual spacing and guesswork
for improved efficiency.
➤
rints a wide variety of continuous tapes for marking of wires/
P
cables, patch panels, faceplates, safety/facility identification and
other network and electrical applications.
➤
rints continuous military and commercial grade heat shrink tubing
P
for improved printer versatility.
➤
F ast loading label cassette includes both label material and ribbon
for easy label changeover.
*Cannot be used to charge batteries.
of T100X000C1C-BK continuous nylon cloth tape, six AA
alkaline batteries, and quick reference card
196
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
Features:
➤
Compatible and easy setup with Panduit™ software and media.
➤
High-quality printed legends.
➤
Durable construction.
➤
Easy-Mark™ Labeling Software included with printer.
➤
Up to 4 inches per second print speed.
Part No:
Description:
PT-TDP43ME300 dpi printer; includes printer, Panduit™
The TDP43ME desktop printer, designed to work with Panduit™
labeling software and media, quickly creates high-quality printed
identification for Industrial Automation, Network Infrastructure, OEM,
MRO, and Construction applications. This easy to set-up and operate
printer, produces crisp, clear, durable printed legends on wire and
cable markers, terminal block labels, conduit and voltage markers,
control panel labels, patch panel labels, safety signs, and pipe
markers.
Easy-Mark™ Labeling Software, RMEH4BL
hybrid black ribbon, AC power adapter with
US and Europlug power cords, USB cable, user
manual, quick start card, and driver disk.
PT-TDP43ME-RSExternal label roll stand used to feed label
media, supplied on 3-inch cores, through the
rear of the printer.
➤ labels
Cassette Type
Part No
Information
Component Label for PT-LS8EQ
PT-C060X020YJC
P1 Cassette, Comp Label, Adhesive Polyester, .60" W x .20" H,
White
PT-C100X050YJC
P1 Cassette, Comp Label, Adhesive Polyester, 1.00" W x .20" H,
White
PT-C100X050YMC
P1 Cassette, Comp Label, Adhesive Polyester, .60" W x .20" H,
White
PT-C125X030FJC
P1 Cassette, Comp Label, Adhesive Polyester, .60" W x .20" H,
White
➤
F ast loading P1™ Label Cassette includes both label
material and ribbon to make changing labels easy
➤
ulti-purpose labels for identifying flat surfaces
M
such as components, control panels, circuit boards
and general labeling
➤
ie-cut labels designed to provide maximum
D
aesthetic quality and appearance
➤
Vinyl cloth labels can be repositioned or reused
➤
S uper tack adhesive labels are ideal for rough,
textured, or coated surfaces
PT-C150X075YJC
P1 Cassette, Comp Label, Adhesive Polyester, .60" W x .20" H,
White
➤
T amper resistant, destructible lables are designed to
prevent easy removal
PT-C200X100YJC
P1 Cassette, Comp Label, Adhesive Polyester, .60" W x .20" H,
White
PT-C200X100YMC
P1 Cassette, Comp Label, Adhesive Polyester, .60" W x .20" H,
White
PT-C252X030FJC
P1 Cassette, Comp Label, Adhesive Polyester, .60" W x .20" H,
White
PT-H000X025F1C
P1 Cassette, Continuous Heatshrink Tubing, Polyolefin,
8' W x .25" H, White
PT-H000X025H1C
P1 Cassette, Continuous Heatshrink Tubing, Mil Grade Polyolefin,
8' W x .25" H, White
PT-H000X025H2C
P1 Cassette, Continuous Heatshrink Tubing, Mil Grade Polyolefin,
8' W x .25" H, Yellow
PT-H000X034F1C
P1 Cassette, Continuous Heatshrink Tubing, Polyolefin,
8' W x .34" H, White
PT-H000X034H2C
P1 Cassette, Continuous Heatshrink Tubing, Mil Grade Polyolefin,
8' W x .34" H, Yellow
PT-H000X044F1C
P1 Cassette, Continuous Heatshrink Tubing, Polyolefin,
8' W x .44" H, White
PT-H000X044H2C
P1 Cassette, Continuous Heatshrink Tubing, Mil Grade Polyolefin,
8' W x .44" H, Yellow
PT-H000X084F1C
P1 Cassette, Continuous Heatshrink Tubing, Polyolefin,
8' W x .84" H, White
Heatshrink Label for PT-LS8EQ
➤
L abels offer crisp, clear legends with superior
legibility
➤
Meets UL Standard 224 for flammability
➤
Shrink ratio 3:1
➤
E ach cassette contains a continuous roll of flattened
polyolefin that can be cut-to-length and partially cut
➤
F or use in PanTher™ LS8 and Cougar™ LS9 HandHeld Thermal Transfer Printers
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
F I BRE OP TI C C A B
labelling
LI NG ➤ standard
➤ Panduit™
cables
➤ Desktop Thermal Transfer Printer
197
labelling ➤ Panduit™
➤ labels continued
Cassette Type
Information
PT-M300X050Y6C
P1 Marker Plate 3" x .50" Yellow
PT-M300X050Y7C
P1 Marker Plate 3" x .50" White
PT-R100X075V1C
P1 Cassette, Turn-Tell Self-Lam Label, Vinyl, 1.00" W x 0.75" H,
.25" POA, Clear/White
Marker Plates for PT-LS8EQ
➤
F ast loading P1™ Label Cassette includes both label
material and ribbon to make changing labels easy
➤
arker plates are designed for use on larger
M
diameter wire/cables and may be applied after all
terminations are complete
➤
eets requirements for MIL-STD-202F, Notice 12
M
Method 215J
Turn-Tell Label for PT-LS8EQ
➤
F ast loading P1™ Label Cassette includes both label
material and ribbon to make changing labels easy
➤
Innovative label design allows labels to rotate for
visibility from any angle, and for repositioning on the
wire/cable to align legends and improve aesthetics
PT-R100X125V1C
P1 Cassette, Turn-Tell Self-Lam Label, Vinyl, 1.00" W x 1.25" H,
.25" POA, Clear/White
L abels can be easily installed on existing terminated
wires and assemblies without disconnecting the
wires/cables
PT-R100X150V1C
P1 Cassette, Turn-Tell Self-Lam Label, Vinyl, 1.00" W x 1.50" H,
.25" POA, Clear/White
PT-S050X075VAC
P1 Cassette, Self-Lam Label, Vinyl, .50" W x .75" H, .25" POA,
Clear/White
PT-S050X150VAC
P1 Cassette, Self-Lam Label, Vinyl, .50" W x 1.50" H, .25" POA,
Clear/White
PT-S075X150VAC
P1 Cassette, Self-Lam Label, Vinyl, .75" W x 1.50 H, .25" POA,
Clear/White
PT-S100X125VAC
P1 Cassette, Self-Lam Label, Vinyl, 1.0" W x 1.25." H, .25" POA,
Clear/White
PT-S100X150VAC
P1 Cassette, Self-Lam Label, Vinyl, 1.0" W x 1.50" H, .25" POA,
Clear/White
PT-S100X150VBC
P1 Cassette, Self-Lam Label, Vinyl, 1.00" W x 1.50" H, .50"
POA, Clear/Blue
PT-S100X150VHC
P1 Cassette, Self-Lam Label, Vinyl, 1.00" W x 1.50" H, .50"
POA, Clear/Red
PT-S100X150VIC
P1 Cassette, Self-Lam Label, Vinyl, 1.00" W x 1.50" H, .50"
POA, Clear/Yellow
PT-S100X160VAC
P1 Cassette, Self-Lam Label, Vinyl, 1.00" W x 1.60" H, .80"
POA, Clear/White
PT-S100X225VAC
P1 Cassette, Self-Lam Label, Vinyl, 1.00" W x 2.25" H, .75"
POA, Clear/White
PT-S100X400VAC
P1 Cassette, Self-Lam Label, Vinyl, 1.00" W x 4.00" H, 1.00"
POA, Clear/White
PT-S100X650VAC
P1 Cassette, Self-Lam Label, Vinyl, 1.00" W x 6.50" H, 1.50"
POA, Clear/White
PT-T024X000FJC-BK
P1 Cassette, Continuous Tape, Polyolefin, .24" W x 25' L,
White/Black
PT-T031X000FJC-BK
P1 Cassette, Continuous Tape, Polyolefin, .31" W x 25' L,
White/Black
PT-T038X000VPC-BK
F ast loading P1™ Label Cassette includes both label
material and ribbon to make changing labels easy
P1 Cassette, Continuous Tape, Vinyl, .38" W x 25' L, White/
Black
PT-T050X000VPC-BK
rint terminal block labels ranging in size from 0.19
P
inches to 0.38 inches
P1 Cassette, Continuous Tape, Vinyl, .50" W x 25' L, White/
Black
PT-T050X000VXC-BK
P1 Cassette, Continuous Tape, Vinyl, .50" W x 25' L, Yellow/
Black
PT-T075X000VPC-BK
P1 Cassette, Continuous Tape, Vinyl, .75" W x 25' L, White/
Black
➤
Self-laminating Label for PT-LS8EQ
➤
➤
F ast loading P1™ Label Cassette includes both label
material and ribbon to make changing labels easy
S elf-laminating adhesive labels for wire/cable
identification include a coloured print-on area and
clear overlaminate
Continuous Tape for PT-LS9Q AND PT-LS8EQ
➤
F ast loading P1™ Label Cassette includes both label
material and ribbon to make changing labels easy
➤
rint terminal block labels ranging in size from 0.19
P
inches to 0.38 inches
Continuous Tape for PT-LS9Q AND PT-LS8EQ
➤
➤
198
Part No
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
Cassette Type
Part No
Information
pt-T100X000C1C-BK
P1 Cassette, Continuous Tape, Nylon Cloth, 1.00"(25.4mm)
x18'(5.49m), White/Black
PT-T100X000CBC-BK
P1 Cassette, Continuous Tape, Vinyl Cloth, 1.00" W x 12.5' L,
White/Black
PT-T100X000VPC-BK
P1 Cassette, Continuous Tape, Vinyl, 1.00" W x 25' L, White/
Black
PT-T100X000VXC-BK
P1 Cassette, Continuous Tape, Vinyl, 1.00" W x 25' L, Yellow/
Black
Continuous Tape for PT-LS9Q AND PT-LS8EQ
➤
F ast loading P1™ label cassette includes both label
material and ribbon to make changing labels easy
➤
on-laminated adhesive labels for wire/cable
N
identification
➤
Nylon cloth labels can be repositioned or reused
Continuous Tape for PT-LS9Q AND PT-LS8EQ
➤
F ast loading P1™ label cassette includes both label
material and ribbon to make changing labels easy
➤
on-laminated adhesive labels for wire/cable
N
identification
➤
Vinyl cloth labels can be repositioned or reused
Continuous Tape for PT-LS9Q AND PT-LS8EQ
➤
F ast loading P1™ Label Cassette includes both label
material and ribbon to make changing labels easy
➤
rint terminal block labels ranging in size from 0.19
P
inches to 0.38 inches
Thermal Transfer Ribbons for PT-TDPM43ME
PT-RMEH2BL
Ribbon, Hybrid, 2.50 inches wide, Black, 91.44 metres
ybrid – Recommended for use with selfH
laminating, heat shrink, component and nonlaminated labels
PT-RMEH4BL
Ribbon, Hybrid, 4.25 inches wide, Black, 91.44 metres
➤
ax – Recommended for use with self-laminating
W
and non-laminated labels
PT-RMER2BL
Ribbon, Resin, 2.50 inches wide, Black, 91.44 metres
➤
esin – Recommended for use with component
R
labels, marker plates, and continuous tape
PT-RMER4BL
Ribbon, Resin, 4.25 inches wide, Black, 91.44 metres
PT-RMER2WH
Ribbon, Resin, 2.50 Inches Wide, White, 91.44 metres
PT-RMER4WH
Ribbon, Resin, 4.25 Inches Wide, White, 91.44 metres
PT-RMER4RD
Ribbon, Resin, 4.25 inches wide, Red 91.44 metres
➤
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
F I BRE OP TI C C A B
labelling
LI NG ➤ standard
➤ Panduit™
cables
➤ labels continued
199
ter m s & conditions
Terms & Conditions of Sale
1. Definitions
transaction covered by these Conditions shall become
immediately due and payable.
1.1“Buyer / You” means the Account Applicant or person who
buys or agrees to buy Goods from the Seller.
1.2 “Conditions” means the Terms and Conditions of Sale set out
in this document and any special conditions agreed in writing
by the Seller.
1.3 “Contract” means the contract for the sale and purchase of
the Goods;
1.4 “Goods” means the articles the Buyer agrees to buy from
Networks Centre.
1.5 “Seller / Us / We” means Networks Centre Limited of
Networks House, Unit 4, Lawson Hunt Industrial Park,
Broadbridge Heath, West Sussex.
2. Conditions
2.1 The Seller shall sell and the Buyer shall purchase the Goods
in accordance with any written order of the Buyer which
is accepted by the Seller subject to these Conditions which
shall govern the Contract to the exclusion of any other terms
and conditions subject to which any such order is made or
purported to be made by the Buyer.
2.2 These Conditions do not affect your statutory rights as a
consumer. If you are a consumer, please contact us.
2.3 No amendment to these Conditions shall be effective unless
it is in writing and signed by or on behalf of the Seller and
the Buyer.
2.4 Acceptance of the Goods shall be deemed conclusive evidence
of the Buyer’s acceptance of these Conditions.
3. Prices
3.1 The price of the Goods shall be the price as set out in the
Seller’s current price list and as quoted to the Buyer plus any
additional costs if applicable.
3.2 If the Seller changes its prices for Goods between receipt of
order from the Buyer and dispatch to the Buyer, the Seller
will notify the Buyer who will then be entitled to cancel the
order and receive a full refund. If the Seller does not receive
notice of cancellation within 5 days of receipt of notice from
the Seller, the Buyer will be deemed to have accepted the
change in price.
3.3 ll Prices are exclusive of VAT and charges for packing,
A
postage and carriage (plus VAT) which shall be paid in
addition.
3.4 The total purchase price, including VAT and Delivery charges
will be displayed in the Buyer’s total prior to confirming the
order.
3.5 The Seller shall be entitled to invoice each delivery of Goods
separately.
3.6 Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Seller, payment is
due in full not more than 30 days from the date of invoice.
Time for payment shall be of the essence and any failure to
pay shall entitle the Seller at its option to treat the Contract as
repudiated by the Buyer or to delay delivery until paid.
3.7 If any act or proceedings shall be commenced in which the
Buyer’s solvency is concerned, all monies under any
200
3.8 If full payment is not made to the Seller, the Seller may
withhold or suspend future or current deliveries of the product
under any other agreement with the Buyer.
4. Interest on Overdue Invoices
4.1 Interest on overdue invoices shall accrue from the date when
payment becomes due from day to day until the date of
payment before as well as after any judgment at 4.5% above
the base rate of HSBC Bank Plc compounded monthly.
5. Delivery
5.1 Whilst every reasonable effort shall be made to keep any
delivery date, time of delivery shall not be of the essence and
the Seller shall not be liable for any losses, costs, damages
or expenses incurred by the Buyer or any other person or
company arising directly or indirectly out of any failure
to meet any estimated delivery date. Failure shall not be
deemed to be breach of the contract, or these Conditions.
5.2 Delivery of the Goods shall be made to the Buyer’s address
and the Buyer shall make all arrangements necessary to take
delivery of the Goods whenever they are tendered
for delivery.
5.3 The Seller reserves the right to deliver Goods in instalments.
5.4 Where Goods are delivered in instalments, each delivery will
be a separate and distinct contract and any failure by the
Seller to deliver, or any claim by the Buyer in respect of, any
stage shall not entitle the Buyer to reject or terminate this
contract as a whole.
5.5 Where Goods are delivered by a third party carrier, the Seller
shall have no liability to the Buyer for any failure to deliver
the Goods on or before any agreed time or date. The Seller’s
maximum liability for any such failure shall be the charges
paid to the carrier in respect of any such delivery.
6. Inspection, Delay and Non-Delivery
of the Goods
6.1 The Goods must be inspected by the Buyer or an authorised
representative of the Buyer, as soon as possible after the
delivery of the Goods.
The Buyer must give notice in writing to the Seller within 7
days of delivery setting out in detail any defect in the Goods
including any shortages, and any other complaint which the
Buyer may have in relation to the Goods.
6.2 If the Buyer does not advise the Seller as set out in condition
6.1, then the Goods shall be deemed to be in accordance
with the contract and free from defect and the Buyer shall be
deemed to have accepted the Goods accordingly. After the
Buyer accepts the Goods it will not be entitled to reject the
Goods which are not in accordance with the contract.
6.3 Except as above, the Seller under no circumstances will be
liable to compensate the Buyer in damages or otherwise for
non-delivery or late delivery of the Goods or any of them for
whatever reason or for any loss consequential or otherwise
arising from non-delivery or late delivery.
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
F I BRE OP TI C C Ater
B LI m
NGs ➤
& conditions
standard cables
6.4 In spite of the Seller having delayed or failed to deliver the
Goods promptly, the Buyer shall be bound to accept delivery
and to pay for the Goods in full providing that the delivery
shall be tendered at any time within 14 days of the
delivery date.
7. Cancellations
7.1 Cancellations or part cancellations cannot be accepted unless
the Buyer reaches agreement with the Seller and the Seller
confirms cancellation in writing to the Buyer.
8. Title and Risk
8.1 Risk of damage to or loss of the Goods shall pass to the Buyer
upon delivery.
8.2 Notwithstanding delivery and the passing of risk in the Goods
property in the Goods shall not pass from the Seller until:
8.2.1 the Seller has received either cash or cleared funds in
respect of the full amount due (Inc VAT), and
8.2.2 No other payments are due from the Buyer to the
Seller.
8.3 Until property in the product passes to the Buyer in
accordance with condition 8.2 the Buyer shall store the
Goods, at no cost to the Seller, in such a way as to be clearly
separate and identifiable from the Buyer’s other Goods and
Goods. The Buyer will allow the Seller the right to enter onto
the Buyer’s premises for the purpose of recovering such
Goods at any time until payment.
8.4 Notwithstanding that the Goods remain the property of the
Seller the Buyer may sell or use the Goods in the ordinary
course of the business at full market value for the account of
the Seller. Any such sale or dealing shall be a sale or use of
the Seller’s property by the Buyer on the Buyer’s own behalf
and the Buyer shall deal as principal when making such sales
or dealings. Until property in the Goods passes from the Seller
the entire proceeds of sale or otherwise of the Goods shall be
held in trust for the Seller and shall not be mixed with other
money or paid into any overdrawn bank account and shall be
at all material times identified as the Seller’s money.
8.5 The Seller shall be entitled to recover the cost and VAT
notwithstanding that the property in any of the Goods has not
passed from the Seller.
8.6 The Buyer shall not pledge or in anyway charge by way of
security for any indebtedness any of the Goods which are the
property of the Seller.
Without prejudice to the other rights of the Seller, if the Buyer
does so all sums whatever owing by the Buyer shall forthwith
become due and payable.
8.7 The Buyer shall insure the Goods to the full price including
VAT against all risks to the Sellers satisfaction until the Goods
pass from the Seller, and whenever requested by the Seller,
produce a copy of the insurance policy. If the Buyer fails to do
so, all sums whatever owing by the Buyer will become due
and payable.
8.8 The Buyer may not withhold payment of any invoice or any
other amount due to the Seller by reason of any right of setoff or counterclaim which the Buyer may have or alleges to
have or for any other reason.
Continued over…
01403 754 233
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
201
ter m s & conditions
8.9 Any Goods supplied to the Buyer which are subject to
restrictions or provisions imposed by the manufacturer
design (including copyright, design right or other intellectual
property) are supplied to the Buyer by the Seller subject to
any such license restriction or provisions in respect of which
the Seller will use reasonable endeavours to notify the Buyer
of the same.
9. Warranty and Liability
11.1 In the event that the Seller is prevented from carrying out its
obligations under a contract for sale as a result of any cause
beyond its control such as but not limited to Acts of God,
War, Strikes, Lock-outs, Flood and Failure of third parties to
deliver Goods, the Seller shall be relieved of its obligations
and liabilities under such contract for sale for as long as such
fulfilment is prevented.
9.1 The Seller warrants as follows:
9.1.1 The Goods at the time of delivery correspond to the
description given by the Seller.
9.1.2 It will repair or replace Goods which do not conform
with condition 9.1.1.
9.2 These Conditions set out the Seller’s entire liability in respect
of the Goods and the Seller’s liability under these Conditions
shall be in lieu and to the exclusion of all other warranties,
conditions, terms and liabilities express or implied statutory
or otherwise in respect of the quality or the fitness for any
particular purpose of the Goods or otherwise howsoever
except any implied law which by law can be excluded.
9.3 In no event shall any breach of any express or implied terms
of the contract between the Seller and the Buyer, or any
order accepted by the Seller, or in respect of any defect
in the Goods give rise to any liability for damages, loss of
revenue or profits or future business, damage to reputation or
goodwill, loss of any orders or contract or consequential loss
or damage arising from any fault.
10. Returns Procedure
10.1 In the event that the Buyer issues notice to the Seller
pursuant to condition 6.1, the Buyer shall return to the Goods
to the Seller in accordance with this condition 10. The Buyer’s
sole remedy in respect of non compliance with condition 9.1
shall be limited to the repair or, at the Seller’s discretion, the
replacement of the Goods or where sums are owed by the
Buyer to the Seller, the issue of a credit note against return of
Goods.
10.2 Returns must be authorised by the Seller before any Goods
are returned. If it is agreed that the Goods are to be returned:
202
11. Force Majeure
10.2.1 The Buyer shall obtain a returns number for those
Goods from the Seller.
10.2.2 The returns number must be clearly displayed shown
on the returned parcels. The Buyer acknowledges
that Goods returned without a returns number clearly
identifiable on the packaging will be refused or
returned to sender.
10.2.3 The Buyer must return the Goods suitably packaged
and with carriage paid
10.2.4 The Buyer will be liable for the cost of remedying any
damage to the Goods returned where such damage
has, in the opinion of the Seller, been caused by the
Goods being inadequately packaged by the Buyer or
through the Buyer’s fault.
10.2.5 The Seller reserves the right to make a handling and
restocking charge of at least 25% on Goods which
are returned if they were ordered in error or are no
longer required.
12. Insolvency
12.1 If the Buyer fails to pay for the Goods in accordance with
these Terms, or commits any breach of this contract of sale
or if any distress shall be levied upon any of the Buyer’s
Goods or if the Buyer offers to make any agreement with its
creditors or commits an act of bankruptcy or if any petition
in bankruptcy is presented against the Buyer or the Buyer is
unable to pay its debts as they fall due or if being a limited
company any resolution or petition to wind up the Buyer
shall be passed or presented or if a receiver administrator,
administrative receiver or manager shall be appointed over
the whole or any part of the Buyer’s business or assets or if
the Buyer shall suffer any similar proceedings under foreign
law all sums outstanding in respect of the Goods shall
become payable immediately. The Seller may in discretion
and without any prejudice to any other rights it may have:
12.1.1 suspend all future deliveries of Goods to the Buyer
and / or terminate the contract without liability upon
its part; and / or
12.1.2 exercise any of its rights pursuant to Condition 9.
13. Entire agreement
13.1 These Conditions constitute the entire agreement and
understanding between the parties and supersedes all prior
agreements, understandings or arrangements (whether oral
or written) in respect of the subject matter of this Contract.
13.2 This agreement shall be binding upon the heirs, successors
and assigns of the parties hereto. If any provision of this
agreement shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable, the
remainder of this agreement shall remain in full force and
effect.
14. General
14.1 Any notice to either party under these Conditions shall be
in writing signed by or on behalf of the party giving it and
shall, unless delivered to a party personally, be left at or sent
by prepaid first class post, prepaid recorded delivery, telex
or facsimile to the address of the party as notified in writing
from time to time.
14.2 Either party may, in whole or in part, release, compound,
compromise, waive or postpone, in its absolute discretion,
any liability owed to it or right granted to it under the
Contract by the other party without in any way prejudicing
or affecting its rights in respect of any other liability or right
not so released, compounded, compromised, waived or
postponed.
14.3 No single or partial exercise or failure or delay in exercising
any right, power or remedy by either party shall constitute
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
14.4 To the extent that any provision of these Conditions is found
by any court or competent authority to be invalid, unlawful
or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, that provision shall be
deemed not to be a part of these Conditions, it shall not
affect the enforceability of the remainder of these Conditions
nor shall it affect the validity, lawfulness or enforceability of
that provision in any other jurisdiction.
14.5 Any reference in these Conditions to any provision of a
statute shall be construed as a reference to that provision as
amended, re-enacted or extended at the relevant time.
14.6 The headings in these Conditions are for convenience only
and shall not affect their interpretation.
14.7 Unless expressly provided in this Contract, no term of this
Contract is enforceable pursuant to the Contracts (Rights of
Third Parties) Act 1999 by any person who is not a party to it.
15. Law of Contract
15.1 This Contract shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with English law.
15.2 Each of the parties irrevocably submits for all purposes in
connection with these Conditions to the exclusive jurisdiction
of the courts of England.
203
01403 754 233
Can’t find what you’re looking
for? Then contact us…
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
F I BRE OP TI C C Ater
B LI m
NGs ➤
& conditions
standard cables
a waiver by that party of, or impair or preclude any further
exercise of that or any right, power or remedy arising under
the Contract or otherwise.
203
HOW TO FI ND US
How to find us
LONDON
East Croydon
Gatwick
Crawley
Horsham
Haywards Heath
Worthing
Portsmouth
Brighton
Gu
ild
f
Eastbourne
ad
Ro
ord
ridge
Gui
ldfo
rd R
d
l a n d s F ie ld
Ln
d
Bea
rsd
en
W ay
Shelley D
r
A26
A264
A24
A
28
4
A 264
Wi c k
A2 6
Old Wi
ckhurs
t La n e
hurs
t Ln
Ro
aks
Five O
A24
4
A24
D
T helton Av e
Ln
A24
Co r s l e
rst Ln
Oak
lton Ave
W i ck h u
t ts A
ve
Cl
leton Rd
Sh e l l e y
A 264
F i ndon Way
T
Newbrid
ge
R
e
he
64
oad
dR
for
ild
Gu
ks
Sing
W
Swann ay
Heath Close
wickhurst Lane
Castl
e Rd
St
Jo
A2
ch Rd
Corsle
tts A
v
Sta
nfor
d Wa
y
rington Wa
y
Ch ar
ks
Pl
ent
res
Kin
gsm
e
Billin
gsh
urs
tR
d
n
Chu r
e
Rd
ad
Oa
ri v
rch
L
sC
hn
A281
Five
d
Chu
Old Guildfors Rd
Sleets Rd
t Rd
urs
sh
Bro mw ic
o
Bil
lin
g
Billingshurst Rd
ead
ldfo
rd R
ling
ton
M
Gui
Sul
Warn
ham
R
dns
Old
Hol
G
Forge
Vi n a l l
Broa
db
Old
d
A281
Heat
h Rd
Gu
ildf
ord
Rd
ad
Wi c k
hu
rst
Ln
Networks Centre Ltd, Head Office, Lawson Hunt Industrial Park, Broadbridge Heath, West Sussex RH12 3JR
01403 754 233
204
01403 750 663
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com
Welcome to the Networks Centre catalogue…
Your complete guide
to our extensive product range
Established in 2005, Networks Centre
has fast become one of the UK’s leading
Network Cabling and Security product
distributors; offering an extensive range
of premier cabling systems and quality
networking products.
Manufacturing Partners
Exceeding your expectations
is our number one objective
Training Programmes
We want you to understand how committed we are to
supporting your business... As a company we do not aim to
be the biggest, we strive to be the best. With today’s business
demands, we understand you need a professional, fast, effective
and helpful service from your distributor. Our approach is to act
as a partner, understand your requirements and tailor the way
we service your account, to suit the way you do business.
Customer Service Level Promises
➤Each customer has a dedicated Internal Account Manager
to provide quotes, process orders, and offer advice
and support.
➤Internal/External Technical Support.
➤All standard quotations are either completed on the spot or
e-mailed direct within a maximum 30 minute time frame.
➤A
ll acknowledgements are e-mailed within 30 minutes
of processing an order.
Networks Centre has forged and developed strong relationships
with a number of industry leading manufacturers. Year on
year, we have increased our stock holding across all product
categories, to ensure we can offer highly competitive prices on
all our stocked brands. To offer our customers a high level of
customer and technical service, we work hand in hand with our
manufacturing partners, to facilitate you with the resources to
win and rollout projects of all sizes.
At Networks Centre we offer in-house and onsite technical
training. We cover subjects from operating test and
measurement equipment, through to optical and copper
accreditation courses.
Investment in developing the skills of staff sends the message
that they are valued members of your business. Giving them
the skills to carry out their jobs correctly can boost their
effectiveness, which reduces errors and makes your life easier…
For more information please contact our sales team.
3 Ways to Pay
0%
Open an account (Interest free credit)
Credit or Debit card
Cash or Cheque
➤We accept orders for next day delivery up to 6pm.
Can’t find what you’re looking for? Then contact us…
1010101101011011S
BU
111000
RM
AN
ITDO
MEOX
R
1
00
01
01
00
www.networkscentre.com
11
Networks Centre
Product
Catalogue
+44 (0)1403 754 233
01
100
01
010
01
10D
00
PA
01
Y
N
MDOURI
01
01
T
101110
01
00 101010101000
0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 101
10010
0F
00001
1
0
1
010110111000
1110
LU
00
0 01
10
KE
01 0
1
NE
11
001
00
TW
01
01
OR
01
0
KS
01
10
101
01
00
00
1 10
10
10
10
001
11
10
010
10
0010
10
00
1 01 0
1
00
1
10
1
0
111NE
10
10001010DYMO RHI
10
T
1
C 0001010
NO100
1
10101000100101110001011000010101010100101110000
01101000101
0101
00
01010100
0001
01
10
00101
0101
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
110
0
1
0
10
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0101010
10
10
1 11
11101111010
0
1
1
1
0
0
01
1
0
0
0
0
1
0 0010
010
1001
101
00
10PRISM10111000101000
0111
10 0
010
0
1
0001
010
0
10 1
00 0
0100
101
01
0 10
1
0 00
01 0
01 0
010
101
100
101
101
01 0
010
000
01 0
100
01 0
101
000
101
111
LILI
10 1
1
100
N010
0 00
0101
0
110111
1
1
0100
0
100
1100000101000101010
110001010001010010KBC1011100010100010101011010
0
101000
1010
0 10
10010
10 1
1010
1110
010
1000
0010
100
01010
10 0
101
1010
For more information
1100
010
contact our sales team:
101
0101
010
0001
0101
1 00
01010
01403 754 233
101
10100
1 01 00 0
1 01
01403 750 663
enquiries@networkscentre.com
www.networkscentre.com